Home

PAGE POSITION: 1 JOB: @zeta.tweddle.com

Contents

1. 238 Pressure c 2 238 Tire inflation Pressures s 6 cee ee oe orena 238 Tire Pressures For High Speed Operation 239 O 239 All Season 239 e Summer Or Three Season Tires If Equipped 240 240 Spare Tire Matching Original Equipped Tire And Wheel If Equipped 240 Compact Spare Tire If Equipped 240 Full Size Spare If 241 Limited Use Spare If Equipped 241 Tire Spinning 222222209222 0 ok Guay n 241 exireadiWeanlndicatorS PTT 242 CT CO PUIG Pc TEE s 242 e Replacement 22222 2 7 02 242 O WSN S IT 243 TIRE ROTATION RECOMMENDATIONS 244 197 PAGE POSITION 199 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 26 ENG AA DIV_Ownbrs_Manual_v1 TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR SYSTEM TPMS 245 OTESARY OR ibecancanemecannainasnanoonboedooes 246 Premium System If 248 e FUEL REQUIREMENTS GASOLINE ENGINES 250 O r2 251 Ethanol PTT 251 Clean Air Gasoli
2. 353 T T 353 354 O poo Gan CL Lr c 354 e LUXEMBURG 225222222002 354 e NETHERLANDS 225752702000 355 sINEWZEA AND econ ooo hho o bh 355 NORWAY irae ie een teen a a ee ee 355 ei PTT 356 PARAGUAY os 222222222002 2502225 356 356 e POLAND 357 PORTUGAL ccce ee yE 357 e PUERTO RICO AND U S VIRGIN ISLANDS 357 REUNION 358 e ROMANIA 358 358 O QUO AN TTT 359 SLOVENIA 359 342 PAGE 344 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 PAGE POSITION 345 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 IF YOU NEED ASSISTANCE The manufacturer distributors are vitally inter ested in your satisfaction with their products and services If a servicing problem or other difficulty should occur we recommend that you take the following steps Discuss the problem at the authorized dealer with the dea
3. eden ween acl 267 7 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE 279 8 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES 313 9 IF YOU NEED CONSUMER ASSISTANCE 2 25 n dab s Rd A 341 WDE TETTE 365 1 PAGE POSITION 3 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 PAGE POSITION 4 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION lt 4 AROLLOVERIWABRNING 4 IMPORTANT NOTICE 5 HOWTO USE THIS MANUAL 6 WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS 8 e VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER 8 VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS ALTERATIONS 8 PAGE POSITION 5 JOB Gxzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 26 ENG AA DIV Owne s Manual vi INTRODUCTION Congratulations on selecting your new Chrysler Group LLC vehicle Be assured that it repre sents precision workmanship distinctive styl ing and high quality all essentials th
4. 113 Door Frame Removal 2 2 4 114 Door Frame Installation Two Door Models 115 Door Frame Installation Four Door Models 115 e SOFT TOP TWO DOOR 1 5 117 e Quick Steps To Lowering The Soft 118 Quick Steps To Raising The Soft 120 nro 122 801 22222222222 127 SOFT TOP FOUR DOOR MODELS 132 e Quick Steps For Lowering The Soft 133 e Quick Steps For Raising The Soft 135 e Folding Down The Soft 138 Putting Up 144 SUNRIDER TWO DOOR MODELS IF EQUIPPED 148 Opening The Sunrider su ae eaa 149 58 PAGE T 60 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Closing 2 150 SUNRIDER FOUR DOOR MODELS IF EQUIPPED 150 Opening he 5 772225222222 150 Closing The Sunrider sc seen saws ee ee es 151 es FOLDING WINDSHIEED TE E tere cen rn one 151 Lowering The Windshield And Removing Side Bars
5. 327 PAGE POSITION 329 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Ownprs_Manual_v1 142 500 Miles 228 000 or 114 Months Maintenance Service Sched ule 1 Change the engine oil and engine oil fil ter TT J Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 150 000 Miles 240 000 km or 120 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Replace the engine air cleaner filter Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Inspect the front and rear axle fluid change if using your vehicle for police taxi fleet off road or frequent trailer towing Change the manual transmission fluid if using your vehicle for any of the following trailer towing snow plowing heavy loading taxi police delivery service commercial service off road desert operation or more than 50 of your driving is at sustained high speeds dur ing hot weather above 90 F 32 C Inspect the transfer case fluid Odometer Reading Date Repair Orde
6. 23 Wind Buffeting 24 SCC TL I 25 OCCUPANT RESTRAINTS 25 Eap Shoulder Belts Rene c Sr 27 e Rear Center Lap Shoulder Belt Retractor Lockout EourcDooriModels Only 30 Lap Shoulder Belt Untwisting Procedure 30 Adjustable Upper Shoulder Belt Anchorage 30 e Seat Belts In Passenger Seating Positions 31 Automatic Locking Retractor Mode ALR If 32 10 PAGE Saal 12 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 e Seat Belt Pretensioners 32 e Enhanced Seat Belt Use Reminder System BeltAlert 32 e Seat Belts And Pregnant Women 33 Supplemental Restraint System SRS Air Bags 33 Air Bag Deployment Sensors And Controls 36 e Event Data Recorder EDR 40 Child Restraints 5 22225 25 05550 40 ENGINE BREAK IN RECOMMENDATIONS 50 e Additional Requirements For Diesel Engine If Equipped 50 SAFETY TIPSE EA 51 Transporting 51 e ExhaustGas 51 e Safety Checks You Should Make Inside The
7. 285 310 286 Overheating 268 SIE ILS MR Goh 199 Temperature Gauge 165 Engine Oil Viscosiy 285 Engine Oil Viscosity Chart 285 PAGE m 370 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Enhanced Accident Response Feature 38 Entry System llluminated 16 Ethanol 251 Event DataRecorder 40 Exhaust Gas Caution 51 Exhaust System 51 289 Exterior Eight 2 rs REEF 53 Fabric 300 301 Fabric xau ao 301 Filters Air Cleaner 2 286 Air Conditioning 192 288 Engine Oll 286 Engine Oil Disposal 286 Flashers Hazard Warning 268 Turn 53 162 309 Flooded Engine Starting 200 Fluid Capacities 310 PAGE POSITION 371 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Fluid 53 Fluid Level 298 Engine OIl ea eae ede we ee eee 284 Manual Transmission 297 Power Steering 226 Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Part
8. 62 Variance Compass 171 178 Vehicle Identification Number 8 Vehicle Modifications Alterations 8 Vehicle 192 307 Viscosity Engine 285 Voice Recognition System VR 78 PAGE m 378 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Warning Lights Instrument Cluster Wind 24 Windshield Washers 94 289 162 Window Fogging 192 o MC CEP 289 Warnings and 0 5 8 WINdOWS 25 rcr Rm 23 Windshield Wiper Blades 289 Washers Windshield 289 POW Saxe tage pase dE ES 23 Windshield 94 Washing 299 Windshield Defroster 52 190 Wiper Blade Replacement 289 Wheel and Wheel 299 Windshield Folding 151 Wiper 154 Wheel and Wheel Trim Care 299 377 PAGE POSITION 379 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 378 PAGE POSITION 380 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER
9. 271 Guide 256 Recreational 263 ex aces 256 375 Towing Eyes 276 Trac Lok Rear 216 Traction Control 230 Traction Control 169 Trailer Sway Control 756 236 Trailer 0 254 Cooling System Tips 262 ed qs 262 Minimum Requirements 259 Trailer and Tongue Weight 258 Trailer Towing 256 Trailer 256 Transaxle Autostick 212 Transfer Case 298 Four Wheel Drive Operation 376 Maintenance 298 55 0 295 Automatic 208 295 Manual Re 205 Range Indicator 166 SMILING scene a 207 Transmitter Battery Service Remote Keyless 18 Transporting 50 Tread Wear Indicators 242 Computer 170 Trip Odometer 167 Trip Odometer Reset Button 166 Turn 90 162 309 UCI 182 Uconnect Hands Free 62 Universal Consumer Interface UCI 182 Untwisting Procedure Seat Belt 30 Upholstery Care 2 300 Vanity 0 5
10. 310 Check Engine Malfunction Indicator 168 166 Daytime Running 91 Dimmer Switch Headlight 91 Electronic Stability Program ESP Indicator 169 236 Electronic Throttle Control Warning 170 iue oer REX ene 53 FOO dee ae 91 309 Glow Plug Light 170 Hazard Warning Flasher 268 Headlight Leveling 93 Headlights 308 Headlights On With Wipers 90 Headlight Switch 89 HighBeam 163 High Beam Indicator 163 Hill Descent Control Indicator 237 Illuminated Entry 16 Instrument Cluster 89 Initio s tom ad ae 92 Lights On Reminder 91 LOW Fuel uo Eds 162 Pressure 163 Rear Servicing 309 hear Tall 2o etu ERES 309 Seat Belt Reminder 162 Security Alarm Theft Alarm 165 DEVICE 5 ec 308 Side Marker 309 Theft Alarm Security Alarm 165 Tire Pressure Monitoring TPMS 166 Traction 169 236 Signal 53 90 162 309 Voltage 162 371 Warning Instrument Cluster Description 162 LOCKING Axle aia ea ke ee Remi 216 EUR XE EEG 21 Automatic 23 Child Protection 23 DOOM ou rcs REY 2
11. HOSS EBT 040336333 161 PAGE POSITION 163 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DESCRIPTIONS 1 Fuel Gauge The pointer shows the level of fuel in the fuel tank when the ignition switch is in the ON RUN position 2 Charging System Light This light shows the status of the elec trical charging system The light should come on when the ignition switch is first turned to ON RUN and remain on briefly as a bulb check If the light stays on or comes on while driving turn off some of the vehicle s non essential electrical devices or increase en gine speed if at idle If the charging system light remains on it means that the vehicle is experiencing a problem with the charging sys tem Obtain SERVICE IMMEDIATELY See an authorized dealer If jump starting is required refer to Jump Starting Procedures in What To Do In Emergencies 162 3 Front Fog Light Indicator This indicator will illuminate when the front fog lights are on 4 Low Fuel Warning Light When the fuel level reaches approxi mately 2 U S Gallons 7 6L this light will come on and remain on until fuel is added The Low Fuel Warning Light may turn on and off again especially during and after hard braking accelerations or turns This oc curs due to the shifting of the fuel in the tank
12. 222 201 Normal Starting Diesel 201 STOP START SYSTEM DIESEL MODELS WITH MANUAL TRANSMISSION ONLY 22 203 222222 222 4 4 42 5 203 MANUAL TRANSMISSION IF EQUIPPED 205 205 Downshifting 206 eX Reverse Shifting TTE 207 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION IF EQUIPPED 207 Key Ignition Park Interlock 208 Brake Transmission Shift Interlock System 208 Five Speed Automatic Transmission 208 195 PAGE POSITION 197 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 26 ENG AA DIV Ownbrs Manual vi e Gear Ranges 209 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE OPERATION COMMAND TRAC I OR 214 e Operating Instructions Precautions 214 esShif Positions 2000 I 215 ezsShiftingiProcedure me rae a a E 216 TRAC LOK REAR AXLE IF EQUIPPED 216 e AXLE LOCK TRU LOK RUBICON MODELS 216 e ELECTRONIC SWAY BAR DISCONNECT IF EQUIPPED 217 e ON ROAD DRIVING TIPS 2 22 218 OFF ROADDRIVING TIPS 218 Side Step Removal If 218
13. 37 500 Miles 60 000 km or 30 Months Maintenance Service Schedule 2 Change the engine oil and engine oil fil ter Tt Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 318 PAGE POSITION 320 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 45 000 Miles 72 000 km or 36 Months Maintenance Service Schedule 52 500 Miles 84 000 km or 42 Months Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary grease reapply if necessary Inspect exhaust system Inspect the front suspension tie rod ends and boot seals replace if necessary 11 Change the engine oil and engine oil filter tt Maintenance Service Schedule 1 Rotate tires J Change the engine oil and engine oil fil 1 Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary ter tt If using your vehicle for any of the following Dusty or off road conditions Inspect the Rotate tires engine air cleaner filter replace if necessary J Inspect all door latches for presence of a a Odometer Reading Date Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center Signature Authorized Service Ce
14. Maximum trailer towing speed is limited to 62 mph 100 km h unless local laws require a lower speed NOTE The trailer tongue weight must be consid ered as part of the combined weight of occupants and cargo and should never ex ceed the weight referenced on the Tire and Loading Information placard Refer to Tires General Information in Starting and Op erating for further information 258 Trailer And Tongue Weight Loads balanced over the wheels or heavier in the rear can cause the trailer to sway severely side to side which will cause loss of control of the vehicle and trailer Failure to load trailers heavier in front is the cause of many trailer accidents Never exceed the maximum tongue weight stamped on your trailer hitch Consider the following items when computing the weight on the rear axle of the vehicle e The tongue weight of the trailer e The weight of any other type of cargo or equipment put in or on your vehicle PAGE m 260 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 e The weight of the driver and all passengers NOTE Remember that everything put into or on the trailer adds to the load on your vehicle Also additional factory installed options or dealer installed options must be consid ered as part of the total load on your vehicle Refer to the Tire a
15. 3 COOL OR COLD Press the lt lt button to turn recirculate off HUMID CONDITIONS If it s sunny set the Mode control at or between and 4 then turn the air 65606 conditioning on If it s cloudy or dark set Mode control at or near J and turn 64 5 the air conditioning If the windows begin to fog set Mode control at or between and Sg COLD DRY Set the Mode control at or near 27 If it is sunny you may want more upper air In CONDITIONS this case set the Mode control at or between and 22 In very cold weather ae if you need extra heat at the windshield set the Mode control at or near 045606725 193 PAGE POSITION 195 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 194 PAGE POSITION 196 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 STARTING AND OPERATING STARTING PROCEDURES 199 Manual Transmission If Equipped 199 Automatic Transmission If Equipped 199 Normal Starting Gasoline Engine 199 e Extreme Cold Weather below 20 or 29 C 200 euit Engine EailssTo Start ae 202022 200 After Starting 5 0 reve
16. 270 Jack 269 Jack Operation 269 270 271 Jump 273 Key In Reminder 13 Keyless Entry 16 Key Programming 14 Key Replacement 14 KEYS 554 tad dd 12 Key Sentry Immobilizer 13 PAGE 372 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Lane Change and Turn Signals 162 Lane Change 91 Lap ze e vr 27 Lap Shoulder Belts 27 LatcfiaS o Ri Eher 53 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tether for CHildren eee da 44 47 Leaks 0 53 Leveling Headlight 93 5 242 Lom B bs seu ye bee RR 53 EIglhiS e ard 53 89 ADAG gt ud a 39 52 164 dina 165 164 Anti Lock Warning 164 Automatic Headlights 90 Back Up 309 Brake Assist Warning 236 Brake Warning 163 PAGE POSITION 373 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Bulb Replacement 308 92 Center Mounted Stop
17. 67 e Uconnect Phone 69 e Advanced Phone 71 Things You Should Know About Your Uconnect Phone 72 VOICE COMMAND IF EQUIPPED 78 Voice Command System 78 szcommands 1 rrr T TT 79 eavoicelrraining Tr 2 80 PAGE POSITION 57 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v GEIS 81 Front Seat Adjustment 81 e Manual Seat Height Adjustment If Equipped 82 Front Seatback Recline 2 2222 82 Easy Entry Seats Two Door Models 82 Slide Seats Two Door 5 83 Heated Seats If Equipped 84 exHeadiRestrainis 84 Fold And Tumble Rear Seat Two Door Models 85 Removing The Rear Seat Two Door Models 86 Replacing The Rear Seat Two Door Models 87 60 40 Split Folding Rear Seat Four Door Models 87 OPEN AND CLOSE THE HOOD a eee ee eee 88 or MIGHT E 89 89 Headlights And Position Lights 89 Automatic Headlights If Equipped 90 e Headlig
18. OWNER REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE Selling Dealer OWNER Stamp ADDRESS Selling Dealer Signature VIN Telephone Number Private Make Business Model have provided and explained the following Day Month Year oF LE TE Registration No or License No OPERATING MANUAL Vehicle Handbook VEHICLE PRE DELIVERY INSPECTION CUSTOMER SIGNATURE DEALER SIGNATURE 80140608 PAGE POSITION 1 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 PAGE POSITION 2 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Table of Contents Ede 3 2 THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE 9 3 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE 55 4 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL 157 5 STARTING AND OPERATING Pa keen dean denen ase 195 6
19. 159 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER GASOLINE 160 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DIESEL 161 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DESCRIPTIONS 162 COMPASS AND TRIP COMPUTER IF EQUIPPED 170 eXcControliButtons 22 17 171 Compass Temperature lt 171 Conditions 222 22 222 2025 174 ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER EVIC IF EQUIPPED E TP 174 e Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Displays 175 sxoiliGhange Requiredlg Ce 176 Menut E 177 e Compass Display ECO Fuel Saver Mode If Equipped 177 e Average Fuel Economy 180 eaubistancestolEmptv DIE rcc 180 eagElapsedarime rrr 180 s System Stalus 180 PAGE POSITION 159 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 26 ENG AA DIV Ownbrs Manual vi Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features 180 SSGOUNDISYSTEMST TESTI Ic 182 iPod USB MP3 CONTROL IF EQUIPPED 182 Connecting The iPod Or External USB Device 182 sasingsihislEeature c 183 Controlling The iPod Or External USB Device Using Radio 222222522222 222222255206 183 183 exPistiOnBrowse Mode rrr PCI 184 Bluetooth Streaming Aud
20. 180 Distance To Empty DTE Shows the estimated distance that can be trav eled with the fuel remaining in the tank This estimated distance is determined by a weighted average of the instantaneous and average fuel economy according to the current fuel tank level DTE cannot be reset NOTE Significant changes in driving style or ve hicle loading will greatly affect the actual drivable distance of the vehicle regardless of the DTE display value When the DTE value is less than 30 miles 48 km estimated driving distance the DTE display will change to a text display of LOW FUEL This display will continue until the ve hicle runs out of fuel Adding a significant amount of fuel to the vehicle will turn off the LOW FUEL text and a new DTE value will display Elapsed Time Shows the total elapsed time of travel since the last reset Elapsed time will increment when the ignition switch is in the RUN or START position Elapsed time is displayed as follows hours minutes seconds Elapsed time can be reset by pressing and holding the SELECT button as prompted in the EVIC display Upon reset all digits will change to zeros and time will start incrementing again if the ignition switch is in RUN or START System Status Displays SYSTEM OK if there are no active Warning Messages stored Pressing and re leasing the DOWN button when SYSTEM OK is displayed will do nothing Displays SYSTEM WARNINGS PRESENT if there are acti
21. 25 Rotation 65 244 Safety Checks Inside Vehicle 51 Safety Checks Outside Vehicle 53 Safety Exhaust 51 Safety 1 5 cx em 51 Schedule Maintenance 314 329 Seat Belt 300 Seat Belt 32 Seat Belts 27 51 Adjustable Upper Shoulder Anchorage 30 And Pregnant Women 33 Child Restraint 40 48 FrontSeat 27 374 INSPECHON ue 51 Pretensioners 32 Reminder 162 Untwisting Procedure 30 Seals ssa go ex ede e a 81 Adjustment 81 Easy nec petu ded 82 Fold and Tumble Rear 85 Head Restraints 84 Heated ness eae Rr E x3 84 Height Adjustment 82 Rear Folding 87 Removal 86 87 Seatback Release 82 ote Pie pote gd 82 Security Against 15 Security Alarm Theft 15 Sentry Key Immobilizer 13 Sentry Key Programming 14 Service 344 Settings 180 SUMING x i sis dms 207 Automatic Transmission 207 Manual Transmission 205 Transfer Case Shifting into Transfer Case Neutral N 264 Transfer Cas
22. 5 Speedometer Indicates vehicle speed 6 Front Axle Lock Indicator If Equipped Indicates when the front axle lock uU has been activated 7 Seat Belt Reminder Light When the ignition switch is first turned to ON RUN this light will turn on for four to eight seconds as a bulb check During the bulb check if the driver s seat belt is unbuckled a chime will sound After the bulb check or when driving if the driver seat belt remains unbuckled the Seat Belt Warning Light will flash or remain on continuously Refer to Occupant Restraints in Things To Know Before Starting Your Vehicle for further information 8 Turn Signal Indicators The left or right arrow will flash with the corresponding exterior turn signal lights when the turn signal lever is operated A chime will sound if the vehicle is driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km with either turn signal on NOTE If either indicator flashes at a rapid rate check for a defective outside light bulb PAGE 164 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 9 Oil Pressure Warning Light 271 This light shows low engine pres sure The light should turn on momen tarily when the engine is started if the bulb does not come on have the system checked by an authorized dealer If the light turns on while driving stop the vehicle and
23. WARNING Failure to engage a position completely can cause transfer case damage or loss of power and vehicle control You could have colli sion Do not drive the vehicle unless the transfer case is fully engaged TRAC LOK REAR AXLE IF EQUIPPED The Trac Lok rear axle provides a constant driving force to both rear wheels and reduces wheel spin caused by the loss of traction at one driving wheel If traction differs between the two rear wheels the differential automatically pro portions the usable torque by providing more torque to the wheel that has traction Trac Lok is especially helpful during slippery driving conditions With both rear wheels on a slippery surface a slight application of the ac celerator will supply maximum traction WARNING On vehicles equipped with a limited slip dif ferential never run the engine with one rear wheel off the ground The vehicle may drive through the rear wheel remaining on the ground and cause you to lose control of your vehicle AXLE LOCK TRU LOK RUBICON MODELS The AXLE LOCK switch is located on the instru ment panel to the left of the steering column PAGE 218 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Axle Lock Switch This feature will only activate when the following conditions are met Key
24. provided should be checked 9 monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufac turer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pres sure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pres sure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the lo
25. 81534 11 Ensure that the straps are positioned cor rectly before pulling the sail panels over the rear roof bow 4 bow 145 PAGE POSITION 147 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 12 install the side windows affix the win dow temporarily by attaching it to the Velcro in the upper rear corner Start the zipper but close only about 1 in 2 5 cm 036005872 Partially install the sail panel retainers into the body side channel leaving the last 3 in 7 6 cm toward the rear window loose on both sides Pulling down on the rear roof bow 4 bow will aid in reaching the channel with the retainers 13 Insert the front retainer of the window into the door channel making sure the retainer is fully seated and properly positioned on the door frame Failure to do so can result in wind and water leaks or damage to the window 1 Incorrect Insertion 2 Correct Insertion 146 PAGE m 148 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 14 Insert the retainer along the bottom edge of the window into the bottom side channel begin ning at the front and working to the rear of the vehicle Finish by closing the zipper completely and attaching the Velcro along the top a
26. Pull Strap To Raise The Rear Seat Raise the seatback and lock it into place If interference from the cargo area prevents the seatback from fully locking you will have diffi culty returning the seat to its proper position 88 NOTE If the rear seatback is not fully latched the center shoulder belt will not be able to be extended for use If you cannot extend the center shoulder belt make sure your seat back is fully latched WARNING Be certain that the seatback is securely locked into position If the seatback in not securely locked into position the seat will not provide the proper stability for child seats and or passengers An improperly latched seat could cause serious injury TO OPEN AND CLOSE THE HOOD Release both the hood latches 031333906 Hood Latch Raise the hood and locate the safety latch located in the middle of the hood opening Push the latch to the left side of the vehicle to open the hood You may have to push down slightly on the hood before pushing the safety latch Insert the support rod into the slot on the hood To close the hood remove the support rod from the hood panel and place it in the retaining clip Lower the hood slowly Secure both of the hood latches PAGE d 90 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 WARNING Be sure the hood is fu
27. Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 1692 1692 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 1692 169 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12046 Dodge Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 36343 000 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 3634 300 International Toll Number Tel Not Available The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of prob ems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 351 PAGE POSITION 353 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV OwnPers Manual v1 GREECE Chrysler Jeep Dodge Hellas 240 242 Kifisias Avenue 15231 Halandri Athens Greece Tel 30 210 6700800 Fax 30 210 6700820 GUATEMALA Grupo Q del Guatemala Km 16 carretera a El Salvador condado con Ciudad de Guatemala Guatemala Zip Code 1004 Tel 502 6685 9500 HONDURAS Grupo Q de Honduras Blvd Centro Am rica frente a Plaza Miraflores Tegucigalpa Honduras Tel 504 2290 3700 Fax 504 2232 6564 The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling
28. and the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will extinguish once the updated tire pres sure s have been received The vehicle may need to be driven for up to 20 minutes above 15 mph 24 km h to receive this information PAGE POSITION 251 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua SERVICE TPM SYSTEM Warning The Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will flash on and off for 75 seconds and remain on solid when a system fault is detected The system fault will also sound a chime The EVIC will display a SERVICE TPM SYSTEM mes sage for a minimum of five seconds This mes sage is then followed by a graphic display with in place of the pressure value s indicating which Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensor s is not being received NOTE Your system can be set to display pressure units in PSI kPa or BAR INFLATE TO 33 27 33 33 33 gt 0 0 055870515 If the ignition switch is cycled this sequence will repeat providing the system fault still exists If the system fault no longer exists the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will no longer flash the SERVICE TPM SYSTEM message will not be present and a pressure value will be displayed instead of dashes A system fault can occur by any of the following 1 Jamming due to electronic devices or driving next to facilities emitting the sam
29. vehicle has been lowered Failure to follow this warning may result in personal injury 3 Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the jack handle counterclockwise 4 Finish tightening the lug nuts Push down on the wrench while at the end of the handle for increased leverage Tighten the lug nuts in a star pattern until each nut has been tightened twice The correct tightness of each lug nut is 95 ft lbs 130 N m If in doubt about the correct tightness have them checked with a torque wrench by your authorized dealer or service station PAGE 274 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 5 After 25 miles 40 check the lug nut torque with a torque wrench to ensure that all lug nuts are properly seated against the wheel JUMP STARTING PROCEDURES If your vehicle has a discharged battery it can be jump started using a set of jumper cables and a battery in another vehicle or by using a portable battery booster pack Jump starting can be dan gerous if done improperly so please follow the procedures in this section carefully NOTE When using a portable battery booster pack follow the manufacturer s operating instruc tions and precautions CAUTION Do not use a portable battery booster pack or any other booster source with a system voltage greater than 12 Volts or damage to th
30. 165 Alarm Security Alarm 15 Alterations Modifications Vehicle 8 366 Antifreeze Engine Coolant 291 310 293 Anti Lock Brake System 5 228 Anti Lock Warning Light 164 Appearance 298 Arming Theft System Security Alarm 15 Auto Down Power Windows 24 Automatic Dimming Miror 61 Automatic Door Locks 23 Automatic Headlights 90 Automatic Oil Change Indicator 176 Automatic Temperature Control ATC 187 Automatic Transaxle Interlock System 13 Automatic Transmission 208 295 297 Adding Fluid 297 Fluid and Filter Changes 297 Fluid Change 297 Fluid Level Check 296 297 Fluid Type 295 Special Additives 295 212 213 Auxiliary Electrical Outlet Power Outlet 97 Auxiliary Power 97 Axle Lok ius RSS 216 eee eee da 287 Keyless Transmitter Replacement RKE aaga ms 18 Belts 27 51 Body Mechanism Lubrication 288 Brake Assist 230 Brake Control System Electronic 229 Brake 294 Anti Lock ABS 228 Master Cylinder 294 Parking scere t ee s 227
31. 2222 2 22 acer usta 5 55 310 FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND GENUINE PARTS 311 311 Ghassis an 312 280 PAGE m 282 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT 3 6L 1 Integrated Power Module Fuses 7 Washer Fluid Reservoir 2 Battery 8 Engine Coolant Reservoir 3 Engine Oil Dipstick 9 Air Cleaner Filter 4 Automatic Transmission Dipstick Under Engine Cover 10 Coolant Pressure Cap 5 Engine Oil Fill 11 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir 6 Brake Fluid Reservoir 281 PAGE POSITION 283 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT 2 8L DIESEL 070639043 1 Battery 6 Washer Fluid Reservoir 2 Integrated Power Module Fuses 7 Engine Oil Dipstick 3 Engine Oil Fill 8 Air Cleaner Filter 4 Engine Coolant Reservoir 9 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir 5 Brake Fluid Reservoir 282 PAGE m 284 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 ONBOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM OBD II Your vehicle i
32. 355 PAGE POSITION 357 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV OwnPers Manual v1 Automotora Autostar 5 A Avenida Domingo Diaz Via Tocumen Frente a la Urbanizacion El Crisol Panama Panama Tel 507 233 7222 Fax 507 233 2843 PARAGUAY Garden Autolider S A Av Republica de Argentina esq Facundo Machain Asuncion Paraguay Tel 595 21 664 580 Fax 595 21 664 579 PERU Divemotor S A Av Canada 1160 Urb Sta Catalina Lima Peru Zip Code Lima 13 Tel 51 1 712 2000 Fax 51 1 712 2002 The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of problems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 356 PAGE 2 358 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 POLAND Fiat Auto Poland S A ul M Gra y skiego 141 43 300 Bielsko Biata Tel 48 033 813 21 00 813 51 00 PORTUGAL Chrysler Portugal S A Qta da Fonte Edif 0 Am lia Rua Victor Camara 2 12A 2770 229 Paco de Arcos Portugal Tel 351 0 21 323 91 00 Fax 351 0 21 323 91 99 PUERTO RICO
33. Snow Tires Some areas of the country require the use of snow tires during the winter Snow tires can be identified by a mountain snowflake symbol on the tire sidewall If you need snow tires select tires equivalent in size and type to the original equipment tires Use snow tires only in sets of four failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Snow tires generally have lower speed ratings than what was originally equipped with your vehicle and should not be operated at sustained speeds over 75 mph 120 km h For speeds above 75 mph 120 km h refer to original 240 equipment or an authorized tire dealer for rec ommended safe operating speeds loading and cold tire inflation pressures While studded tires improve performance on ice skid and traction capability on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded tires Some states prohibit studded tires therefore local laws should be checked before using these tire types Spare Tire Matching Original Equipped Tire And Wheel If Equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with a spare tire and wheel equivalent in look and function to the original equipment tire and wheel found on the front or rear axle of your vehicle This spare tire may be used in the tire rotation for your vehicle If your vehicle has this option refer to an autho rized tire dealer for the recommended tire rota tion pattern If your vehicle is not equipped
34. The Basics Of Off Road Driving 219 When To Use 4L Low 219 Simultaneous Brake And Throttle 220 Driving In Snow Mud And Sand 220 Crossing Obstacles Rocks And Other High Points 221 223522 65 222 sabuvingaihroughiWalen os oo on oo ono ee nao ond oo eon 224 After Driving Off Road 225 POWER STEERING on sc cae seis ie she el ee ous a 226 Power Steering Fluid Check 226 e PARKING BRAKE 2 227 SANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM a 222222222222 2022 228 ELECTRONIC BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM 229 e Traction Control System 65 230 Brake Assist System 5 230 196 PAGE 198 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 StartvASSIsSti HSA 230 Electronic Roll Mitigation 233 Electronic Stability Control 233 e ESC Activation Malfunction Indicator Light and ESC OFF Indicator Light 236 e Trailer Sway Control TSC 236 Hill Descent Control If Equipped 237 e TIRES GENERAL
35. Uconnect Phone allows you to transfer calls between the Uconnect Phone and your mobile phone as you enter or exit your vehicle and enables you to mute the Uconnect Phone s microphone for private conversation The Uconnect Phone is driven through your Bluetooth Hands Free profile mobile phone Uconnect Phone features Bluetooth technol ogy the global standard that enables different electronic devices to connect to each other without wires or docking station so Uconnect Phone works no matter where you stow your mobile phone be it your purse pocket or briefcase as long as your phone is turned on and has been paired to the vehicle s Uconnect Phone The Uconnect Phone al lows up to seven mobile phones to be linked to the system Only one linked or paired mobile phone can be used with the Uconnect Phone at a time The Uconnect Phone is available in English Dutch French German Italian or Spanish languages as equipped WARNING Any voice commanded system should be used only in safe driving conditions following all applicable laws including laws regarding phone use Your attention should be focused on safely operating the vehicle Failure to do so may result in a collision causing serious injury or death PAGE E 64 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Uconnec
36. e Use only refrigerants and compressor lu bricants approved by the manufacturer for your air conditioning system Some unap proved refrigerants are flammable and can explode injuring you Other unapproved refrigerants or lubricants can cause the system to fail requiring costly repairs e The air conditioning system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid risk of personal injury or damage to the sys tem adding refrigerant or any repair re quiring lines to be disconnected should be done by an experienced repairman NOTE Use only manufacturer approved A C Sys tem Sealers Stop Leak Products Seal Con ditioners Compressor Oil and Refrigerants Refrigerant Recovery And Recycling R 134a Air Conditioning Refrigerant is a hydro fluorocarbon HFC that is endorsed by the Environmental Protection Agency and is an ozone saving product However the manufac 287 turer recommends that air conditioning service be performed by authorized dealer or other service facilities using recovery and recycling equipment NOTE Use only manufacturer approved A C sys tem sealers stop leak products seal condi tioners compressor oil and refrigerants Air Filter WARNING Do not remove the A C air filter while the blower is operating or personal injury may result The A C air filter is located in the fresh air inlet behind the glove box Perform the following procedure to replace the filter 1
37. younger including a child in a rearward facing infant seat e Only use a rearward facing child restraint in a rear seat Here are some tips for getting the most out of your child restraint Before buying any restraint system make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets all applicable Safety Standards The manu facturer also recommends that you try a child restraint in the vehicle seats where you will use it before you buy it e The restraint must be appropriate for your child s weight and height Check the label on the restraint for weight and height limits e Carefully follow the instructions that come with the restraint If you install the restraint improperly it may not work when you need it All seating positions except for driver have a automatic locking retractor The seat belts are designed to keep the lap portion tight around the child restraint so that it is not necessary to use a locking clip For the seat belt with the automatic locking retractor pull the belt from the retractor until there is enough to allow you to pass through the child restraint and slide the latch plate into the buckle Then pull the belt until it is fully extracted from the retractor Allow the belt to 41 PAGE POSITION 43 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 42 return to the retractor
38. 152 e Raising The Windshield And Replacing Side Bars 154 REAR WINDOW FEATURES HARD TOP ONLY 154 Rear Window Wiper Washer If Equipped 154 Rear Window Defroster If Equipped 155 59 PAGE POSITION 61 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Own rs_Manual_v1 MIRRORS Inside Day Night Mirror A single ball joint mirror is provided in the vehicle It is a twist on mirror that has a fixed position at the windshield The mirror installs on the windshield button with a counterclockwise rotation and requires no tools for mounting The mirror head can be adjusted up down left and right for various drivers The mirror should be adjusted to center on the view through the rear window Headlight glare from vehicles behind you can be reduced by moving the small control under the mirror to the night position toward the rear of the vehicle The mirror should be adjusted while the small control under the mirror is set in the day position toward the windshield 60 Adjusting Rearview Mirror 030407085 Outside Mirrors To receive maximum benefit adjust the outside mirror s to center on the adjacent lane of traffic with a slight overlap of the view obtained on the inside mirror 030433897 Outside Rearview Mirror WARNING Vehicles and other
39. 344 SPARGENTINA NC DIE MAP a ee TY M na 344 s AUSTRALIA E A O a yrs Pee ipo e 345 a HAUS TRIAS yee enn NU RU 345 e BALANCE OF THE CARIBBEAN 345 SSBEEGIUM EPI A er EIE RH 346 SIBOLIVIAES Uo 346 SEB RAZ arte UN EN 346 BULGARIAN eat iy ae HM EM on eae 347 SU CHILE NA A A A E 347 ey CHINA HL ME EMO 347 SACOLOMBIANS TM 348 pe 348 CROATIA 348 o CZECH REPUBLIC ee ee ne 349 SIUE US E sheen tier 349 e DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 349 ECUADOR Ne E UE 350 ee 350 341 PAGE POSITION 343 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 26 ENG AA DIV_Ownbrs_Manual_v1 ESTONIAST TE 350 351 e FRANCE 222222222 0022 02 351 e GERMANY 552535025025 04204 2 351 352 GUATEMALA TE 352 HONDURAS 422222 352 353
40. A gASCAP message will be displayed in the odometer Tighten the gas cap until a clicking sound is heard This is an indication that the gas cap is properly tightened Press the odometer reset button to turn the message off If the problem persists the message will appear the next time the vehicle is started This might indicate a damaged cap If the problem is detected twice in a row the system will turn on the MIL Resolving the problem will turn the MIL off REPLACEMENT PARTS Use of genuine MOPAR parts for normal scheduled maintenance and repairs is highly recommended to ensure the designed perfor mance Damage or failures caused by the use of non MOPAR parts for maintenance and repairs will not be covered by the manufactur er s warranty MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES The pages that follow contain the required maintenance services determined by the engi neers who designed your vehicle Besides those maintenance items specified in the fixed maintenance schedule there are other components which may require servicing or replacement in the future 283 CAUTION e Failure to properly maintain your vehicle or perform repairs and service when neces sary could result in more costly repairs damage to other components or negatively impact vehicle performance Immediately have potential malfunctions examined by an authorized dealer or qualified repair center Your vehicle has been built with improved fluids t
41. Maintenance 186 Compact Spare 240 Compass 170 173 177 Compass Calibration 173 178 Compass 171 178 Computer Trip Travel 170 177 Connector dete eto es 182 Universal Consumer Interface UCI 182 Consoles 25 452 ede 100 Console 100 Coolant Pressure Cap Radiator Cap 292 Cooling 291 Adding Coolant Antifreeze 292 Coolant Capacity 310 Coolant Level 293 Disposal of Used Coolant 293 Drain Flush and Refill 291 Inspection 222254955 291 Points to Remember 293 Pressure 292 Radiator 292 Selection of Coolant Antifreeze 291 310 Corrosion 298 Cruise Light 2 ee 166 100 Customer Assistance 344 Data Recorder 40 Daytime Running Lights 91 Defroster Rear 155 367 Defroster Windshield 52 190 Delay Intermittent Wipers 94 Diagnostic System Onboard 283 Diesel Engine Maintenance 329 Diesel 252 Diesel Fuel Requirements 252 Dimmer Switch Headlight 9 Dipsticks Oil Engine 284 Power Ste
42. Not Available BOLIVIA Ovando amp Cia S A Av Cristobal de Mendoza 2do Anillo y Canal Isuto Santa Cruz Bolivia PO Box 6852 Tel 591 3 336 3100 Fax 591 3 334 0229 BRAZIL Chrysler do Brasil Rua Funchal 418 16 andar CJ 1601 1602 Vila Olimpia 04551 060 Sao Paulo S P Brazil Tel 5511 4949 3900 Fax 45511 4949 3905 The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of problems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 346 PAGE 25 348 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 BULGARIA BALKAN STAR Resbarska Str 5 1510 Sofia Tel 359 2 91988 Fax 359 2 945 40 14 CHILE Comercial Chrysler S A Av Americo Vespucio 1601 Quilicura Santiago Chile Zip Code 101931 7 367 V Tel 562 837 1300 Fax 562 6039196 CHINA Chrysler Group China Sales Limited 16F Gemdale Plaza Tower A No 91 Jian Guo Road Chaoyang District Beijing 100022 P R China Chrysler Brand Tel 400 650 1195 Dodge Brand Tel 400 650 0118 The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main
43. Pull upward on the recline lever and slide the entire seat forward Easy Entry Easy Entry Lever 83 PAGE POSITION 85 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 With the seat forward pull the entire seat as sembly toward the instrument panel Tip n Slide Heated Seats If Equipped On some models the front driver and passen ger seats may be equipped with heaters in both the seat cushions and seatbacks There are two heated seat switches that allow the driver and passenger to operate the seats independently The controls for each seat are located on a switch bank near the bottom center of the instrument panel You can choose from HIGH LOW or OFF heat settings Amber indicator lights in each switch 84 indicate the level of heat in use Two indicator lights will illuminate for HIGH one for LOW and none for OFF Press the switch once to select HIGH level heating Press the switch a second time to select LOW level heating Press the switch a third time to shut the heat ing elements OFF When the HIGH level setting is selected the heater will provide a boosted heat level during the initial stages of operation Then the heat output will drop to the normal HIGH level If the HIGH level setting is selected the system will automatically switch to LOW level after approxi mately 60 min
44. Release the sail panel retainers from the body side channel at the rear corners of the vehicle NOTE When releasing the sail panel retainers it is helpful to pull down on the rear roof bow 5 Fold the sail panels so that they rest on top of the soft top 6 Fold header rearward pulling the fabric to the rear PAGE ES 136 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Quick Steps For Raising The Soft Top 1 Open the swing gate and raise the top engaging the Sunrider latches another person may be needed to help with this operation 7 Release Sunrider latch both sides NOTE Ensure the fabric does not overhang the sides of the vehicle 135 PAGE POSITION 137 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 3 Rotate the header forward 5 Install the back window 036033904 2 Install rear corner panels 4 Engage the header latches 136 PAGE POSITION 138 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 6 Install the side windows 7 Insert the front retainer of the window into 8 Insert the retainer along the bottom edge of the door channel ma
45. Two Door 2 8L Manual Sport amp Sahara 3 21 2 205 Ibs 1 000 kg 110 Ibs 50 kg Two Door 2 8L Automatic Sport amp Sahara 3 21 2 205 Ibs 1 000 kg 110 Ibs 50 kg Two Door 3 6L Manual Rubicon Two Door 4 10 4 409 Ibs 2 000 kg 220 Ibs 100 kg 3 6L Automatic Rubicon Two Door 4 10 2 205 Ibs 1 000 kg 110 Ibs 50 kg 2 8L Manual Rubicon Two Door 3 73 2 205 Ibs 1 000 kg 110 Ibs 50 kg 2 8L Automatic Rubicon Two Door 3 73 2 205 Ibs 1 000 kg 110 Ibs 50 kg 3 6L Manual Sport Four Door 3 21 2 205 Ibs 1 000 kg 110 Ibs 50 kg 3 6L Manual Sport Four Door 3 73 4 409 Ibs 2 000 kg 220 Ibs 100 kg 3 6L Automatic Sport amp Sahara 3 73 4 409 Ibs 2 000 kg 220 lbs 100 kg 257 PAGE POSITION 259 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Engine Transmission Model Axle Ratio Max GTW Gross Trailer Wt Max Tongue Wt See Note 2 8L Manual Sport amp Sahara 3 21 2 205 Ibs 1 000 kg 110 Ibs 50 kg Four Door 2 8L Automatic Sport amp Sahara 3 21 2 205 Ibs 1 000 kg 110 1 5 50 kg Four Door 3 6L Manual Rubicon Four 4 10 4 409 Ibs 2 000 kg 220 lbs 100 kg Door 3 6L Automatic Rubicon Four 4 10 7 716 lbs 3 500 kg 385 Ibs 175 kg Door 2 8L Manual Rubicon Four 3 73 5 511 Ibs 2 500 kg 220 lbs 100 kg Door 2 8L Automatic Rubicon Four 3 73 4 850 Ibs 2 200 kg 242 lbs 110 kg Door
46. Two Door Models 1 Locate and remove the two boxes that con tain the following items e Right and left door frames e Four door frame attachment knobs e Right and left quarter windows Rear window e Two rear window roll up straps e Two Sunrider secure straps if equipped e Two rear swing gate brackets 2 Remove the hard top Refer to Freedom Top Three Piece Modular Hard Top Front Rear Panel Removal in this section 3 Remove the soft top bow assembly pivot bracket screws two per side using a 130 Torx head driver m 4 Disconnect the knuckles from the left and right metal pivot brackets Remove the soft top from the vehicle and store in a clean dry location 101 To aid in disconnecting the knuckles you may carefully tap on the knuckles using a rubber mallet 5 Unzip the zipper on the sport bar cover to expose the pivot brackets Remove the brack ets using a 130 Torx head driver Recover and re zip the sports bar cover Store the pivot brackets and screws in a safe place 102 035605928 6 Reinstall the hard top Refer to Freedom Top Three Piece Modular Hard Top Front Rear Panel Installation in this section Installing The Soft Top Two Door Models NOTE The following procedures are for first time set up only For future soft top procedures refer to Soft Top in this section 1 Locate and remove the following items prior to hard
47. Warning Light 163 Brake Transmission Interlock 208 Bulb Replacement 307 308 PAGE m 368 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Bulbs Lights me 53 Calibration Compass 173 178 Capacities 310 Caps Filler cok debated 253 Power Steering 226 Radiator Coolant Pressure 292 Carbon Monoxide Warning 51 Cargo 92 299 Cellular 62 187 Center High Mounted Stop Light 310 Chains 243 Changing 269 Check Engine Light Malfunction Indicator Light 168 Checking Your Vehicle For Safety 51 Checks 51 Child 40 41 42 47 48 PAGE POSITION 369 JOB 2zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Child Restraint Tether Anchors 44 47 Child Safety 0 5 23 Child S ats sc ok hv PRA 43 Clean Air 251 Cleaning Wheels 299 Climate 187 Cold Weather Operation 200 Compact Disc CD
48. child or others could be seriously or fatally injured Children should be warned not to touch the parking brake brake pedal or the shift lever Do not leave the key in or near the vehicle A child could operate power windows other controls or move the vehicle Continued 228 WARNING Continued e Be sure the parking brake is fully disen gaged before driving failure to do so can lead to brake failure and a collision e Always fully apply the parking brake when leaving your vehicle or it may roll and cause damage or injury Also be certain to leave an automatic transmission in PARK a manual transmission in REVERSE or first gear Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll and cause damage or injury CAUTION If the Brake Warning Light remains on with the parking brake released a brake system malfunction is indicated Have the brake System serviced by an authorized dealer immediately ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The Anti Lock Brake System ABS is designed to aid the driver in maintaining vehicle control under adverse braking conditions The system operates with a separate computer to modulate hydraulic pressure to prevent wheel lock up and help avoid skidding on slippery surfaces All vehicle wheels and tires must be the same Size and type and tires must be properly in flated to produce accurate signals for the com puter WARNING Significant over or under inflation of tires or mixing sizes of t
49. climbing a steep hill allow your vehicle to come to a stop and immediately apply the brake Restart the engine and shift into REVERSE Back slowly down the hill allowing engine brak ing to control the descent and apply your brakes if necessary but do not allow the tires to lock 223 WARNING If the engine stalls or you lose headway or cannot make it to the top of a steep hill or grade never attempt to turn around To do so may result in tipping and rolling the vehicle which may result in severe injury Always back carefully straight down a hill in RE VERSE Never back down a hill in NEUTRAL using only the vehicle brakes Never drive diagonally across a hill always drive straight up or down Driving Through Water Extreme care should be taken crossing any type of water Water crossings should be avoided if possible and only be attempted when necessary in a safe responsible manner You should only drive through areas which are designated and approved You should tread lightly and avoid damage to the environment You should know your vehicle s abilities and be able to recover it if something goes wrong You should never stop or shut a vehicle off when crossing deep water unless you ingested water 224 into the engine air intake If the engine stalls do not attempt to restart it Determine if it has ingested water first The key to any crossing is low and slow Shift into first gear manual trans mission or
50. current and bottom conditions On soft bottoms the vehicle will sink in effectively increasing the water level on the vehicle Be sure to consider this when determining the depth and the ability to safely cross PAGE 226 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Crossing Puddles Pools Flooded Areas Or Other Standing Water Puddles pools flooded or other standing water areas normally contain murky or muddy waters These water types normally contain hidden obstacles and make it difficult to determine an accurate water depth approach angle and bottom condition Murky or muddy water holes are where you want to hook up tow straps prior to entering This makes for a faster cleaner and easier vehicle recovery If you are able to deter mine you can safely cross than proceed using the low and slow method CAUTION Muddy waters can reduce the cooling sys tem effectiveness by depositing debris onto the radiator Crossing Ditches Streams Shallow Rivers Or Other Flowing Water Flowing water can be extremely dangerous Never attempt to cross a fast running stream or river even in shallow water Fast moving water can easily push your vehicle downstream PAGE POSITION 227 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK7
51. do not open the hood until the radiator has had time to cool Never try to open a cooling system pressure cap when the radiator or coolant bottle is hot PAGE POSITION 293 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Engine Coolant Checks Check the engine coolant antifreeze protec tion every 12 months before the onset of freezing weather where applicable If the en gine coolant antifreeze is dirty or rusty in appearance the system should be drained flushed and refilled with fresh engine coolant antifreeze Check the front of the A C con denser if equipped or radiator for any accumu lation of bugs leaves etc If dirty clean by gently spraying water from a garden hose ver tically down the face of the A C condenser if equipped or the back of the radiator core Check the engine cooling system hoses for brittle rubber cracking tears cuts and tight ness of the connection at the coolant recovery bottle and radiator Inspect the entire system for leaks With the engine at normal operating tempera ture but not running check the cooling system pressure cap for proper vacuum sealing by draining a small amount of engine coolant an tifreeze from the radiator drain cock If the cap is sealing properly the engine coolant anti freeze will begin to drain from the coolant recovery bottle DO NOT REMOVE THE COOLANT
52. nected mobile phone is accessible Either the mobile phone s phonebook or the mobile phones SIM card phonebook is downloaded This downloaded phonebook cannot be ed ited or deleted on the Uconnect Phone These can only be edited on the mobile phone The changes are transferred and updated to Uconnect Phone on the next phone connection Add Names to Your Uconnect Phonebook NOTE Adding names to the Uconnect Phonebook is recommended when the vehicle is not in motion Press the amp button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Phonebook New Entry e When prompted say the name of the new entry Use of long names helps the Voice Command and it is recommended For ex ample say Robert Smith or Robert in stead of Bob e When prompted enter the number designa tion e g Home Work Mobile or Other This will allow you to store multiple numbers for each phonebook entry if desired e When prompted recite the phone number for the phonebook entry that you are adding After you are finished adding an entry into the phonebook you will be given the opportunity to add more phone numbers to the current entry or to return to the main menu 65 PAGE POSITION 67 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 Uconnect Phone will allow y
53. position disengages both the front and rear driveshaft from the powertrain and will allow the vehicle to move regardless of the transmission position The parking brake should always be applied when the driver is not in the vehicle Shift Positions For additional information on the appropriate use of each transfer case mode position see the information below 2H Position This range is used for normal street and high way driving on hard surfaced roads 4H Position This range locks the front and rear driveshafts together forcing the front and rear wheels to rotate at the same speed This range 4H provides additional traction for loose slippery road surfaces and should not be used on dry pavement The 4WD Indicator Light located in the instru ment cluster will illuminate when the transfer case is shifted into the 4H position N Neutral Position This range disengages the front and rear drive shafts from the powertrain It is to be used for flat towing behind another vehicle Refer to Recreational Towing in Starting and Operat ing for further information 4L Position This range locks the front and rear driveshafts together forcing the front and rear wheels to rotate at the same speed This range 4L provides additional traction and maximum pull ing power for loose slippery road surfaces only Do not exceed 25 mph 40 km h The 4WD Indicator Light located in the instru ment
54. pulling the excess webbing to tighten the lap portion around the child restraint For additional information re fer to Automatic Locking Mode In the rear seat you may have trouble tight ening the lap shoulder belt on the child re straint because the buckle or latch plate is too close to the belt path opening on the restraint Disconnect the latch plate from the buckle and twist the short buckle end belt several times to shorten it Insert the latch plate into the buckle with the release button facing out If the belt still cannot be tightened or if pulling and pushing on the restraint loosens the belt disconnect the latch plate from the buckle turn the buckle around and insert the latch plate into the buckle again If you still cannot make the child restraint secure try a different seating position Buckle the child into the restraint exactly as the manufacturer s instructions tell you WARNING When your child restraint is not in use secure it in the vehicle with the seat belt or remove it from the vehicle Do not leave it loose in the vehicle In a sudden stop or collision it could strike the occupants or seatbacks and cause serious personal injury Older Children And Child Restraints Children who are two years old or who have outgrown their rear facing convertible child seat can ride forward facing in the vehicle Forward facing child seats and convertible child seats used in the forward facing dir
55. radio only Pressing this button toggles be tween Shuffle ON and Shuffle OFF modes for the iPod or external USB device or press the VR button and say Shuffle ON or Shuffle Off If the RND icon is showing on the radio display then the shuffle mode is ON List Or Browse Mode During Play mode pressing any of the buttons described below will bring up List mode List mode enables scrolling through the list of menus and tracks on the audio device TUNE control knob The TUNE control knob functions in a similar manner as the scroll wheel on the audio device or external USB device e Turning it clockwise forward and counter clockwise backward scrolls through the lists displaying the track detail on the radio display Once the track to be played is highlighted on the radio display press the TUNE control knob to select and start playing the track Turning the TUNE con trol knob fast will scroll through the list faster During fast scroll a slight delay in updating the information on the radio dis play may be noticeable During all List modes the iPod displays all lists in wrap around mode So if the track is at the bottom of the list just turn the wheel backward counterclockwise to get to the track faster e In List mode the radio PRESET buttons are used as shortcuts to the following lists on the iPod or external USB device Preset 1 Playlists Preset 2 Artists Preset 3
56. replace if necessary LL Oooo Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 333 PAGE POSITION 335 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Ownprs_Manual_v1 60 000 Miles 100 000 km or 48 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter tt Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Replace engine air cleaner filter Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Drain the fuel filter water separator unit Replace the fuel filter Replace the engine accessory drive belt Inspect the front and rear axle fluid change if using your vehicle for police taxi fleet off road or frequent trailer towing Change the transfer case fluid if using your vehicle for police taxi fleet off road or frequent trailer towing Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Inspect the manual transmission fluid add as necessary Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter if using the vehicle for any of the following police taxi fleet or frequent trailer towing O O O O O O C C Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 334 PAGE POSITION 336 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAutho
57. toward the rear window loose on both the rear corner Start the zipper but close only sides Pulling down on the rear roof bow 3 about 1 in 2 5 cm bow will aid to reach the channel with the retainers 129 PAGE POSITION 131 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 035905867 1 Incorrect Insertion 2 Correct Insertion 12 Insert the retainer along the bottom edge of the window into the bottom side channel begin ning at the front and working to the rear of the vehicle Finish by closing the zipper completely and attaching the Velcro along the top and rear of the window Repeat this step for the opposite side 130 13 Locate the black swing gate bar Slide the swing gate bar over the receiver at the bottom inside of the rear window The spongy part of the seal should be down and pointed outward to seal with the swing gate when closed 81b34ac6 14 Install the rear window by starting both zipper ends at the lower left corner of the rear window opening Ensure that the zippers are properly started and aligned before zipping to prevent damage PAGE zs 132 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 18 Appl
58. 1 and 7 with 1 being the highest priority You can pair up to seven mobile phones to your Uconnect Phone However at any given time only one mobile phone can be in use connected to your Uconnect System The priority allows the Uconnect Phone to know which mobile phone to use if multiple mobile phones are in the vehicle at the same time For example if priority 3 and priority 5 phones are present in the vehicle the Uconnect Phone will use the priority 3 mobile phone when you make a call You can select to use a lower priority mobile phone at any time refer to Advanced Phone Connectivity Dial by Saying a Number e Press the X button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Dial The system will prompt you to say the num ber you want to call e For example you can say 151 1234 5555 e The Uconnect Phone will confirm the phone number and then dial The number will ap pear in the display of certain radios Call by Saying a Name e Press the X button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Call The system will prompt you to say the name of the person you want to call PAGE d 66 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say the name of the person you want to c
59. 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 V safety of your vehicle is unimpaired Therefore neither experts nor official agencies are liable The manufacturer only assumes responsibility when parts which are expressly authorized or recommended by the manufacturer are at tached or installed at an authorized dealer The same applies when modifications to the original condition are subsequently made on the manu facturer s vehicles Your warranties do not cover any part that the manufacturer did not supply Nor do they cover the cost of any repairs or adjustments that might be caused or needed because of the installation or use of non manufacturer parts components equipment materials or additives Nor do your warranties cover the costs of repairing damage or conditions caused by any changes to your vehicle that do not comply with the manufactur ers specifications Original Mopar parts and accessories and other products approved by the manufacturer including qualified advice are available at your authorized dealer When it comes to service remember that your authorized dealer knows your vehicle best has the factory trained technicians and genuine Mopar parts and is interested in your satisfac tion Copyright 2012 Chrysler International HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Consult the Table of Contents to determine which section contains the information you de sire Since the specification of your vehicle depends on the items
60. 6 20 Power Outlet lite mehe Blue 2 1 Rain Sensor SDARS DVD J22 Spare 5 Hands Free A M7 20 Power Outlet 2 Module RA M1 15 Center High Amp BATT ACC SE DIO Anehna Amp Mounted Stop Yell LECT zs Blue Light CHMSL Universal Ga Switch Stop 8 20 Front Heated rage Door Lamp Feed Amp Seat Opener Vanity i Yellow Lamp M2 20 Relay Trailer Amp Lighting Sto M9 20 Rear Heated M11 10 Ignition Off Yellow plamp Amp Seat If Amp Draw Climate Yellow Equipped Red Control System M3 20 Frt Rear Axle Underhood Amp Locker Relay Lamp Yellow M4 304 PAGE 306 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 PAGE POSITION 307 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua Cav Car Mini Description Cav Car Mini Description Cav Car Mini Description ity tridge Fuse ity tridge Fuse ity tridge Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse 12 30 Amplifier M15 20 Climate Control M18 15 Right Tail Park Amp Amp System Rear Amp Run Lamp Green Yellow View Mirror Blue M13 20 ignition Off Cabin at M19 25 Auto Shut Amp Draw Cabin Md 2 Down ASD 1 Yellow Compartment Si N ME Natu and 2 Node Wireless 2 ori ral E UE trol Switch Ti
61. 62 Haid poea age ERE oe ane 107 Hard Top Modular 107 Hard Top 111 Hazard Warning 268 Headlights Automatic 90 Bub Replacement 308 Dimmer Switch 91 eon sd 93 On With Wipers 90 Replacing 308 ee 89 370 Head 84 Head 84 Heated 05 61 Heated Seats 84 High Beam Indicator 163 Hil Descent Control 237 Hill Descent Control Indicator 237 Hil Start 230 Hood 88 OMIN s es RR Pe A 12 Key t ape a oe 12 Ignition Key 12 Illuminated 16 Immobilizer Sentry 13 Infant 41 Inflation Pressure Tires 238 Information Center Vehicle 174 Inside Rearview Mirror 60 Instrument 160 Instrument Panel and Controls 159 Instrument Panel Lens Cleaning 300 Integrated Power Module Fuses 302 Interior Appearance Care 300 Interior 5 92 Intermittent Wipers Delay Wipers 94 Introductionis vo e rr Ga ee ge eS 4 Jacking Instructions
62. AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Ensure the front Freedom panel latch is closed prior to inserting the panel into the bag A 035707993 Install the seat attachment strap at the top of the bag through the loops m 035707992 Unfold the outer flap and zip the Freedom bag closed 035707994 110 Lift the Freedom bag into the vehicle with the hooks and straps facing the back of the rear seat Attach the clips at the bottom of the bag to the child restraint anchorages located at the base of the rear seat 035707995 Wrap the upper strap around the rear head restraints and loop the strap through the buckle Pull on the strap to tighten the Freedom bag securely against the rear seat PAGE sd 112 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 035707996 Front Panel s Installation NOTE Set the panels on the windshield frame so that there is no overhang Also make sure that the panels are sitting flush with the body 1 Install the right panel first then the left panel 2 Reinstall the panel s using the same steps for removal in reverse order Front Panel s Installation With Rear Hard Top Removed 1 Turn the left and right panels over and move the spacer block located on the rear of the panel upward 90 degrees 035707391 NOTE The front pa
63. AND U S VIRGIN ISLANDS Chrysler International Services S A Calle 1 lote 1 Suite 205 Metro Office Park Guaynabo Puerto Rico P O Box 191857 San Juan 009191857 Tel 7877825757 Fax 7877823345 The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of problems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 357 PAGE POSITION 359 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV OwnPers Manual v1 REUNION COTRANS AUTOMOBILES 17 Bd du Chaudron 97490 Sainte Clotilde Tel 0262920000 Fax 0262488443 ROMANIA AUTO ITALIA IMPEX SRL Bd Timisoara nr 60 D Bucuresti ROMANIA Tel 40 0 21 444 333 4 Fax 40 0 21 444 2779 www autoitalia ro RUSSIA Chrysler Russia SAO Testovskaya street 10 123317 Moscow Tel 7 495 745 26 36 Fax 7 495 745 26 37 The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of problems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 358 PAGE 2 360 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_Info
64. Dash 1 906 Heater Control Lamps 2 194 Rocker Switch Indicator Lamp Rear Window Defogger Soundbar Dome 912 Bulbs only available from authorized dealer 307 PAGE POSITION 309 JOB 2zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 E Exterior Lights Bulb Type Backup Lamps 2 W16W Center High Mounted Stop Lamp 1 LED Serviced at Authorized Dealer Front Fog Lamps 2 PSX24W Rear Fog Lamps 2 P27 7W Front Direction Lamps 2 P27 7W Front Side Repeaters Side Marker 2 acsi de W5W Headlamps 2 H4 Front Position Lamps 2 12V14W Stop Rear Position Lamps 2 P27 7W Rear Direction Lamps 2 PY27 7W License Lamp 2 W5W NOTE Numbers refer to commercial bulb types that can be purchased from your local au thorized dealer 308 BULB REPLACEMENT NOTE Lens fogging can occur under certain atmo spheric conditions This will usually clear as atmospheric conditions change to allow the condensation to change back into a vapor Turning the lamps on will usually accelerate the clearing process Headlamp 1 Open hood and support using prop rod 2 Remove the front grille Turn the retainers along the top 1 4 turn counterclockwise and remove 3 Pull the bot
65. Failure to fold the fabric rearward will allow the material to sag and may block the rear view mirror FOLDING WINDSHIELD The fold down windshield and removable side bars on your vehicle are structural elements that can provide some protection in some acci dents The windshield also provides some pro tection against weather road debris and intru sion of small branches and other objects Do not drive your vehicle on road with the windshield down and the side bars removed as you lose the protection these structural ele ments can provide If required for certain off road uses the side bars can be removed and the windshield folded down However the protection afforded by these features is then lost If you remove the Side bars and fold down the windshield drive slowly and cautiously It is recommended that the speed of the vehicle be limited to 10 mph 16 km h with low range operation preferred if you are driving off road with the windshield folded down Raise the windshield and reinstall the side bars as soon as the task that required their removal is completed and before you return to on road driving Both you and your passenger should wear seat belts at all times on road and off road regardless of whether the windshield is raised or folded down 151 Outside rearview mirrors are mounted on the doors If you choose to remove the doors see your authorized dealer for a replacement cowl mounted outside mirror Fed
66. JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 1 Press the Voice Command button say System Setup and once you are in that menu then say Voice Training This will train your own voice to the system and will improve rec ognition 2 Repeat the words and phrases when prompted by Uconnect Voice For best results the Voice Training session should be completed when the vehicle is parked engine running all windows closed and the blower fan switched off This procedure may be repeated with a new user The system will adapt to the last trained voice only SEATS Seats are a part of the Occupant Restraint System of the vehicle WARNING e t is dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Continued WARNING Continued Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Front Seat Adjustment The seat can be adjusted forward or rearward by using a bar located by the front of the seat cushion near the floor While sitting in the s
67. Open the glove compartment and remove all contents 2 Push in on the sides of the glove compart ment and lower the door 3 Pivot the glove compartment downward 288 4 Disengage the two retaining tabs that secure the two air filter access doors to the HVAC housing 072670351 5 Open the two air filter access doors 6 Remove the two particulate air filters from the HVAC air inlet housing Pull the filter ele ments straight out of the housing one at a time 7 Install the A C air filter with the air filter position indicators pointing in the same direc tion as removal CAUTION The A C air filter is identified with an arrow to indicate airflow direction through the filter Failure to properly install the filter will result in the need to replace it more often 8 Rotate the glove compartment door back into position Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for the proper maintenance intervals Body Lubrication Locks and all body pivot points including such items as seat tracks door hinge pivot points and rollers liftgate tailgate sliding doors and hood hinges should be lubricated periodically with a lithium based grease such as MOPAR PAGE 290 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Spray White Lube to assure quiet easy opera tion and to protect a
68. System TCS Indicator Light If the Electronic Stability Program ESP Traction Control System ee TCS Indicator Light begins to flash during acceleration ease up on the accelerator and apply as little throttle as possible This indicator light starts to flash as soon as the tires lose traction and the Electronic Stability Program ESP be comes active The ESP TCS Indicator Light also flashes when TCS is active Be sure to adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions If the ESP TCS Indicator Light is on solid the ESP system has been turned off by the driver or a temporary condition exists that will not allow full ESP function 28 O D Overdrive OFF Indicator Light O D This light will illuminate when the O D OFF button has been selected and overdrive has been turned off The O D OFF button is located on the center console 29 Sway Bar Indicator Light If Equipped This light will illuminate when the SWAY front sway bar is disconnected BAR 30 Electronic Stability Control ESC OFF Indicator Light If Equipped This light indicates the Electronic 22 Stability Control ESC is off OFF 169 31 Electronic Throttle Control ETC Light This light informs you of a problem with the Electronic Throttle Control ETC system If a problem is de tected while the engine is running the light will either stay on or flash depending on the nature of the problem Cycle the ignition
69. The top left switch controls the left front window and the top right switch controls the right front window 23 PAGE POSITION 25 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 The switches will continue to function for up to 10 minutes after the ignition key has been turned to the LOCK position or until a front door is opened Four Door Models The lower left switch controls the left rear pas senger window and the lower right switch con trols the right rear passenger window Auto Down Both the driver and front passenger window switches have an Auto Down feature Press the window switch past the first detent release and the window will go down automatically To cancel the Auto Down movement operate the switch in either the up or down direction and release the switch To stop the window from going all the way down during the Auto Down operation pull up on the switch briefly To partially open the window press halfway to the first detent and release it when you want the window to stop 24 Window Lockout Switch Four Door Models The window lockout switch located between the front window switches allows you to disable the rear window switches that are located on the back of the center floor console To disable the window controls press the window lockout button downward To e
70. activates when the vehicle is descending a hill HDC speed may be adjusted by the driver to suit the driving conditions The speed corre sponds to the transmission gear selected Gear Approximate HDC Set Speed 1st 1 mph 1 5 km h 2nd 2 5 mph 4 km h 3rd 4 mph 6 5 km h 4th 5 5 mph 9 km h DRIVE 7 5 mph 12 km h REVERSE 1 mph 1 5 km h However the driver can override HDC opera tion by applying the brake to slow the vehicle down below the HDC control speed If more speed is desired during HDC control the accel erator pedal will increase vehicle speed in the usual manner When either the brake or the accelerator is released HDC will control the vehicle at the original set speed Enabling HDC 1 Shiftthe transfer case into 4WD LOW range Refer to Four Wheel Drive Operation in Start ing and Operating for further information 2 Press the Hill Descent button The Hill Descent Control Indicator Light in the instru ment cluster will turn on solid NOTE If the transfer case is not in 4WD LOW range the Hill Descent Control Indicator Light will flash for five seconds and HDC will not be enabled Disabling HDC Press the Hill Descent button or shift the transfer case out of 4WD LOW range The Hill Descent Control Indicator light in the instru ment cluster will turn off 237 TIRES GENERAL INFORMATION Tire Pressure Proper tire inflation pressure is essen
71. and or impair its performance The proper type of brake fluid for your vehicle is also identified on the original factory installed hydraulic mas ter cylinder reservoir Continued PAGE 296 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 WARNING Continued To avoid contamination from foreign matter or moisture use only new brake fluid or fluid that has been in a tightly closed container Keep the master cylinder reser voir cap secured at all times Brake fluid in a open container absorbs moisture from the air resulting in a lower boiling point This may cause it to boil unexpectedly during hard or prolonged braking resulting in sudden brake failure This could result in a accident Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts causing the brake fluid to catch fire Brake fluid can also damage painted and vinyl surfaces care should be taken to avoid its contact with these surfaces Do not allow petroleum based fluid to contaminate the brake fluid Brake seal components could be damaged causing partial or complete brake failure This could result in an accident Automatic Transmission If Equipped Selection Of Lubricant It is important to use the proper transmission fluid to ensure optimum transmission perfor mance and life Use only th
72. assemble the RKE transmitter case snap the two halves together PAGE d 20 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 DOORS CAUTION Careless handling and storage of the remov able door panels may damage the seals causing water to leak into the vehicle s inte rior Upper Half Door Window Removal If Equipped Grasp the half door window and pull upward Upper Half Door Window Upper Half Door Window Installation If Equipped 1 Grasp the half door window and line up the pins with the pockets in the lower door 2 Push down to ensure the half door window is fully seated Front Door Removal WARNING Do not drive your vehicle on public roads with the doors removed as you will lose the protection that they can provide This proce dure is furnished for use during off road operation only 1 Remove the hinge pin screws from the upper and lower outside hinges using a 50 Torx head driver Hinge Pin Screw 2 Unplug the wiring harness connector under the instrument panel by pressing the tab at the BOTTOM of the connector and pull to discon nect PAGE POSITION 21 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 If the red latch on
73. button If the button is continually pressed the set speed will continue to increase until the button is released then the new set speed will be established Pressing the RES button once will result in a 1 mph 1 6 km h increase in set speed Each subsequent tap of the button results in an increase of 1 mph 1 6 km h To decrease speed while the Electronic Speed Control is set push the SET button If the button is continually held in the SET position the set speed will continue to decrease until the button is released Release the button when the desired speed is reached and the new set speed will be established Pressing the SET button once will result in a 1 mph 1 6 km h decrease in set speed Each subsequent tap of the button results in a de crease of 1 mph 1 6 km h To Accelerate For Passing Press the accelerator as you would normally When the pedal is released the vehicle will return to the set speed Using Electronic Speed Control On Hills The transmission may downshift on hills to maintain the vehicle set speed NOTE The Electronic Speed Control system main tains speed up and down hills A slight speed change on moderate hills is normal On steep hills a greater speed loss or gain may occur so it may be preferable to drive without Electronic Speed Control WARNING Electronic Speed Control can be dangerous where the system cannot maintain a con stant speed Your vehicle could go
74. cargo can become projectiles in an off road situation When To Use 4L Low Range When off road driving shift into 4L Low for additional traction and control on slippery or difficult terrain ascending or descending steep hills and to increase low speed pulling power This range should be limited to extreme situa tions such as deep snow mud steep inclines or sand where additional low speed pulling power is needed Vehicle speeds in excess of 25 mph 40 km h should be avoided when in 4L Low range 219 PAGE POSITION 221 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 CAUTION Do not use 4L Low range when operating the vehicle on dry pavement Driveline hard ware damage can result Simultaneous Brake And Throttle Operation Many off road driving conditions require the simultaneous use of the brake and throttle two footed driving When climbing rocks logs or other stepped objects using light brake pres sure with light throttle will keep the vehicle from jerking or lurching This technique is also used when you need to stop and restart a vehicle on a steep incline Driving In Snow Mud And Sand Snow In heavy snow or for additional control and traction at slower speeds shift the transmission into a low gear and the transfer case into 4L Low if necessary Do not shift to a lower gea
75. caution Continued CAUTION Continued e After the use of high power draw accesso ries or long periods of the vehicle not being started with accessories still plugged in the vehicle must be driven a sufficient length of time to allow the alter nator to recharge the vehicle s battery Power outlets are designed for accessory plugs only Do not hang any type of acces Sory or accessory bracket from the plug Continued 99 PAGE POSITION 101 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 CUPHOLDERS Front Cupholders The front cupholders are located in the center console Front Cupholders Rear Cupholders The rear cupholders are located on the back of the center console 100 Rear Cupholders STORAGE Glovebox Storage The lockable glovebox storage compartment is located on the passenger side of the lower instrument panel Pull outward on the handle latch to open the compartment Console Storage Compartment To lock or unlock the storage compartment insert the ignition key and turn To open the storage compartment press the latch and lift the cover Center Console There is an extra storage area underneath the console lid The console lid has an integrated paper clip feature that can hold small items Center Console Lid Storage PAGE 102 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareA
76. children to be in a vehicle unat tended is dangerous for a number of rea sons A child or others could be seriously or fatally injured Children should be warned not to touch the parking brake brake pedal or the shift lever Continued 22 WARNING Continued e Do not leave the key in or near the vehicle or in a location accessible to children child could operate power windows other controls or move the vehicle Power Door Locks If Equipped The power door lock switch is located on each front door panel Press the switch forward to lock the doors and rearward to unlock the doors Power Door Lock Switch WARNING For personal security reasons and safety in a collision lock the vehicle doors when you drive as well as when you park and leave the vehicle e When leaving the vehicle always remove the Key Fob from the ignition and lock your vehicle Never leave children alone in a vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle e Allowing children to be in a vehicle unat tended is dangerous for a number of rea sons A child or others could be seriously or fatally injured Children should be warned not to touch the parking brake brake pedal or the shift lever e Do not leave the key in or near the vehicle or in a location accessible to children A child could operate power windows other controls or move the vehicle PAGE d 24 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS
77. com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Ownprs_Manual_v1 30 000 Miles 50 000 24 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter tT Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Replace engine air cleaner filter Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Drain the fuel filter water separator unit Replace the fuel filter Inspect the front and rear axle fluid change if using your vehicle for police taxi fleet off road or frequent trailer towing Inspect the transfer case fluid Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary OODD OO Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 332 PAGE POSITION 334 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 45 000 Miles 75 000 km or 36 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Tt Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary If using your vehicle in dusty or off road conditions inspect the engine air cleaner filter and replace if necessary Drain the fuel filter water separator unit Inspect the brake linings
78. descent What is the surface traction Is the grade too steep to maintain a slow controlled descent PAGE POSITION 225 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua Are there obstacles Is it a straight descent Is there plenty of distance at the base of the hill to regain control if the vehicle descends to fast If you feel confident in your ability to proceed then make sure you are in 4L Low and pro ceed with caution Allow engine braking to con trol the descent and apply your brakes if nec essary but do not allow the tires to lock WARNING Do not descend a steep grade in NEUTRAL Use vehicle brakes in conjunction with en gine braking Descending a grade too fast could cause you to lose control and be seriously injured Driving Across An Incline If at all possible avoid driving across an incline If it is necessary know your vehicle s abilities Driving across an incline places more weight on the downhill wheels which increases the pos sibilities of a downhill slide or rollover Make sure the surface has good traction with firm and stable soils If possible transverse the incline at an angle heading slightly up or down WARNING Driving across an incline increases the risk of a rollover which may result in severe injury If You Stall Or Begin To Lose Headway If you stall or begin to lose headway while
79. e Note that only the phonebook in the current language is deleted e Automatic downloaded phonebook entries cannot be deleted or edited List All Uconnect Phonebook Names e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Phonebook List Names e The Uconnect Phone will play the names of all the phonebook entries including the downloaded phonebook entries if available To call one of the names in the list press the button during the playing of the desired name and say Call NOTE The user can also exercise Edit or De lete operations at this point e The Uconnect Phone will then prompt you as to the number designation you wish to call e The selected number will be dialed Phone Call Features The following features can be accessed through the Uconnect Phone if the feature s are avail able on your mobile service plan For example if your mobile service plan provides three way calling this feature can be accessed through the Uconnect Phone Check with your mobile service provider for the features that you have Answer or Reject an Incoming Call No Call Currently in Progress When you receive a call on your mobile phone the Uconnect Phone will interrupt the vehicle audio system if on and will ask if you would like to answer the call Press the button to accept the call To reject the call press and hold the button until you
80. e Prior to giving a voice command one must wait for the beep which follows the Ready prompt or another prompt e For certain operations compound com mands can be used For example instead of saying Setup and then Phone Pairing the following compound command can be said Setup Phone Pairing e For each feature explanation in this section only the compound form of the voice com mand is given You can also break the com mands into parts and say each part of the command when you are asked for it For example you can use the compound form voice command Phonebook New Entry or you can break the compound form command into two voice commands Phonebook and New Entry Please remember the Uconnect Phone works best when you talk in a normal conversational tone as if speak ing to someone sitting a few feet meters away from you Voice Command Tree Refer to Voice Tree in this section Help Command If you need assistance at any prompt or if you want to know your options at any prompt say Help following the beep The Uconnect Phone will play all the options at any prompt if you ask for help 63 PAGE POSITION 65 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 To activate the Uconnect Phone from idle simply press the Se button and follow the audible prompts for
81. en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 7 Position the spare wheel tire on the vehicle and install the lug nuts with the cone shaped end toward the wheel Lightly tighten the lug nuts clockwise Lug Nut Installation WARNING To avoid the risk of forcing the vehicle off the jack do not tighten the lug nuts fully until the vehicle has been lowered Failure to follow this warning may result in personal injury 272 8 Lower the vehicle by turning the jack screw to the left and remove the jack 9 Finish tightening the lug nuts Push down on the wrench while tightening for increased lever age Alternate nuts until each nut has been tightened twice The correct wheel nut tightness is 95 ft Ibs 130 If in doubt about the correct tightness have them checked with a torque wrench by your authorized dealer or ata service station 10 Remove the jack assembly and wheel blocks 11 Secure the tire jack and tools in their proper locations WARNING A loose tire or jack thrown forward in a collision or hard stop could endanger the occupants of the vehicle Always stow the jack parts and the spare tire in the places provided Road Tire Installation 1 Mount the road tire on the axle 2 Install the remaining lug nuts with the cone shaped end of the nut toward the wheel Lightly tighten the lug nuts WARNING To avoid the risk of forcing the vehicle off the jack do not tighten the lug nuts fully until the
82. first few shifts on a new vehicle may be some what abrupt This is a normal condition and precision shifts will develop within a few hun dred miles kilometers Only shift from DRIVE to PARK or REVERSE when the accelerator pedal is released and the vehicle is stopped Be sure to keep your foot on the brake pedal when shifting between these gears The transmission shift lever has only PARK REVERSE NEUTRAL and DRIVE shift posi tions Manual downshifts can be made using the Autostick shift control refer to AutoStick in this section or when the transfer case is in the 4L range the Electronic Range Select ERS shift control refer to Electronic Range Select ERS Operation in this section Moving the shift lever to the left or right while in the DRIVE position will manually select the trans mission gear or when the transfer case is in PAGE 210 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 the 4L range the highest available transmission gear and will display that gear in the instrument cluster as 5 4 3 2 1 Shift Lever Gear Ranges DO NOT race the engine when shifting from PARK or NEUTRAL into another gear range If there is a need to restart the engine be sure to cycle the ignition to the LOCK OFF position before restarting Transmission gear engage ment may be delaye
83. for the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light to be turned OFF The System will automatically update and the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will extin guish once the updated tire pressures have been received The vehicle may need to be driven for up to 20 minutes above 15 mph 24 km h to receive this information For example your vehicle may have a recom mended cold parked for more than three hours air pressure of 35 psi 241 kPa If the ambient temperature is 68 F 20 C and the measured tire pressure is 30 psi 207 kPa a temperature drop to 20 F 7 C will decrease the tire pres sure to approximately 26 psi 179 kPa This tire pressure is sufficiently low enough to turn ON the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light 245 PAGE POSITION 247 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Driving the vehicle may cause the tire pressure to rise to approximately 30 psi 207 kPa but the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will still be ON In this situation the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will turn OFF only after the tires have been inflated to the vehicle s recommended cold placard pressure value CAUTION e The TPMS has been optimized for the original equipment tires and wheels The TPMS pressures have been established for the tire size equipped on your vehicle Undesirabl
84. helpful to open the rear doors 1 Install the door frames if removed Refer to Door Frame in this section for further informa tion 2 Undo the straps used to secure the top in the down position and store in secure location 3 Open the swing gate 4 Grasp the folded side bows and lift to the top of the rear door frames NOTE Help from another person will ease this operation 035963573 a 5 Insert the slider feature of the knuckles into the door frame tracks and slide the top forward PAGE 146 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 6 Ensure that the top locks into the Sunrider locking mechanisms that are located above the front of the rear doors 036067913 7 Unclip and move the sun visors to the side 8 Standing on the side of the vehicle lift the top by the side bow until it rests on the wind shield frame 036107424 9 Open the header latches and engage the hook on each side onto the windshield loops do not close the latches 10 If the swing gate brackets were removed install them by hooking the rear edge of the bracket on the interior side of the body channel Then rotate it rearward and over the channel until it snaps onto the exterior part of the rail To be properly located the bracket must only be clipped to the shortened rail edge
85. hose connector and pull downward PAGE POSITION 114 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 dem Pinch Grip On Hose 035734182 10 Close the swing gate 11 Remove the hard top from the vehicle Place the hard top on a soft surface to prevent damage CAUTION The removal of the Freedom Top requires four adults located on each corner Failure to follow this caution could damage the Free dom Top Rear Hard Top Installation NOTE If the door frames are installed from soft top usage they must be removed prior to instal lation of the hard top 1 Inspect the hard top seals for damage and replace if necessary 2 Install the hard top using the same steps for removal in reverse order Make sure that the hard top is sitting flush with the body at the sides and check to ensure that there is a uniform gap between the lift glass and hard top NOTE e The Torx fasteners that attach the hard top to the body should be torqued to 66 in Ib 22 in Ib 7 5 N m 2 5 N m e t is not necessary to pinch connection when reinstalling washer hose Push on until click is heard DOOR FRAME WARNING Do not drive your vehicle on pavement with the door frame s removed as you will lose the protection that they can provide This procedure is furnished for use during off road operatio
86. it is not completely in PARK Check by trying to move the shift lever rearward with the brake pedal released after you have placed it in PARK Make sure the transmission is in PARK before leaving the vehicle Continued 209 PAGE POSITION 211 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 WARNING Continued e t is dangerous to move the shift lever out of PARK or NEUTRAL if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly pressing the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in re verse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling nor mally and your foot is firmly pressing the brake pedal Unintended movement of a vehicle could injure those in or near the vehicle As with all vehicles you should never exit a ve hicle while the engine is running Before exiting a vehicle always apply the parking brake shift the transmission into PARK and remove the ignition key Once the ignition key is removed the shift lever is locked in the PARK position securing the vehicle against unwanted movement Continued 210 WARNING Continued e When leaving the vehicle always remove the ignition key and lock your vehicle e Never leave children alone in a vehicle or with access to an unloc
87. key when the vehicle is safely and completely stopped and the shift lever is placed in the PARK position The light should turn off If the light remains on with the engine running your vehicle will usually be drivable however see an authorized dealer for service as soon as possible If the light continues to flash when the engine is running immediate service is required and you may experience reduced performance an el evated rough idle or engine stall and your vehicle may require towing The light will come on when the ignition is first turned to ON RUN and remain on briefly as a bulb check If the light does not come on during starting have the system checked by an authorized dealer 170 32 Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Display Compass Mini Trip Com puter Display If Equipped When the appropriate conditions exist this dis play shows the Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC messages For further informa tion refer to Electronic Vehicle Information Center When the appropriate conditions exist this dis play shows the Mini Trip Computer messages Refer to Mini Trip Computer for further information 33 Water In Fuel Indicator Light Diesel Only 4 This light indicates water has col a 4 lected in the fuel filter and should be drained immediately See authorized dealer for service 34 Wait To Start Light Diesel Only This light will illuminate when th
88. least three clicks are heard CAUTION e Damage to the fuel system or emissions control system could result from using an improper fuel tank filler tube cap gas cap e A poorly fitting gas cap could let impurities into the fuel system A poorly fitting gas cap may cause the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to turn on e To avoid fuel spillage and overfilling do not top off the fuel tank after filling When the fuel nozzle clicks or shuts off the fuel tank is full WARNING e Remove the fuel tank filler tube cap gas cap slowly to prevent fuel spray from the filler neck which may cause injury The volatility of some gasolines may cause a buildup of pressure in the fuel tank that may increase while you drive This pres sure can result in a spray of gasoline and or vapors when the cap is removed from a hot vehicle Removing the cap slowly allows the pressure to vent and prevents fuel spray Never have any smoking materials lit in or near the vehicle when the gas cap is removed or the tank is being filled Never add fuel to the vehicle when the engine is running A fire may result if gasoline is pumped into a portable container that is inside of a vehicle You could be burned Always place gas containers on the ground while filling 253 Tighten the gas cap until you hear clicking sound This is an indication that the gas cap is tightened properly The MIL in the instr
89. maintaining stability The Full Off ESC mode is intended for off road use only 4H Range 4WD Models or 2WD Models On This is the normal operating mode for ESC in 4H and 2WD vehicles Partial Off This mode is entered by momentarily pressing the ESC OFF switch When in Partial Off mode the TCS portion of ESC has been disabled and the ESC Activation Malfunction Indicator Light will be illuminated All other stability features of ESC function nor mally This mode is intended to be used if the vehicle is in deep snow sand or gravel condi tions and more wheel spin than ESC would normally allow is required to gain traction To turn ESC on again momentarily press the ESC OFF switch This will restore the normal 5 On mode of operation PAGE m 236 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 e In partial ESC mode the engine power reduction feature of ESC is disabled Therefore enhanced vehicle stability of fered by the ESC system is reduced e To improve the vehicle s traction when driving with snow chains or starting off in deep snow sand or gravel it may be desirable to switch to the Partial Off mode by pressing the ESC OFF switch Once the situation requiring ESC to be switched to the Partial Off mode is over come turn ESC back on by momentarily pressing
90. make sure that you are using it properly 2 All occupants should always wear their lap and shoulder belts properly 3 The driver and front passenger seats should be moved back as far as practical to allow the Advanced Front Air Bags room to inflate 4 Do not lean against the door or window If your vehicle has side air bags and deploy ment occurs the side air bags will inflate forcefully into the space between you and the door 5 If the air bag system in this vehicle needs to be modified to accommodate a disabled person contact the Customer Center Phone numbers are provided under If You Need Assistance WARNING e Relying on the air bags alone could lead to more severe injuries in a collision The air bags work with your seat belt to restrain you properly In some collisions the air bags won t deploy at all Always wear your Seat belts even though you have air bags Continued PAGE E 28 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 WARNING Continued e Being too close to the steering wheel or instrument panel during Advanced Front Air Bag deployment could cause serious injury including death Air Bags need room to inflate Sit back comfortably extending your arms to reach the steering wheel or instrument panel Seat Mounted Side Air Bags SAB need room to inflate Do not lea
91. may also be disabled The air bags may not be ready to inflate for your protection Promptly check the fuse block for blown fuses Refer to the label located on the inside of the fuse block cover for the proper air bag fuses See your authorized dealer if the fuse is good Event Data Recorder EDR This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems per formed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating 40 e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling These data can help provide a better under standing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement c
92. member of the vehicle and thus cannot properly carry any additional loads other than environ mental rain snow etc e Do not move your vehicle until the top has been either fully attached to the windshield frame and bodyside or fully removed 107 CAUTION Front Panel s Removal Failure to follow these cautions may cause NOTE interior water damage stains or mildew Left panel must be removed before remov e t is recommended that the top be free of ing right panel water prior to panel removal Removing 1 Fold down the sun visor and move it to the the top opening a door or lowering a Side window while the top is wet may allow 2 Turn the rear fasteners knobs located on water to drip into the vehicles interior the overhead speaker bar assembly counter The hard top assembly must be positioned clockwise until they can be removed properly to ensure sealing Improper in stallation can cause water to leak into the vehicles interior Careless handling and storage of the re p movable roof panels may damage the ue seals causing water to leak into the ve t wem hicles interior f 035707352 vehicles interior 3 Turn the center L shaped locks two from the center of the roof panel B1cd523e 4 Turn the rear L shaped lock located above the shoulder belt anchorage The front panel s must be positioned properly to ensure sealing Improper in stallation can cause wat
93. mine what the vehicle is hung up on where it is 222 contacting the underbody and what is the best direction to recover the vehicle Depending on what you are in contact with jack the vehicle up and place a few rocks under the tires so the weight is off of the high point when you let the vehicle down You can also try rocking the vehicle or winching the vehicle off the object CAUTION Winching or rocking the vehicle off hard objects increases the risk of underbody dam age Hill Climbing Hill climbing requires good judgment and a good understanding of your abilities and your vehicle s limitations Hills can cause serious problems Some are just too steep to climb and should not be attempted You should always feel confident with the vehicle and your abilities You should always climb hills straight up and down Never attempt to climb a hill on an angle Before Climbing A Steep Hill As you approach a hill consider its grade or steepness Determine if it is too steep Look to see what the traction is on the hill side trail Is the trail straight up and down What is on top and the other side Are there ruts rocks branches or other obstacles on the path Can you safely recover the vehicle if something goes wrong If everything looks good and you feel confident shift the transmission into a lower gear with 4L Low engaged and proceed with caution maintaining your momentum as you climb the hill Driving Up Hill Once
94. mirrors if equipped Refer to Mirrors in Understanding The Features Of Your Vehicle for further information The lights will fade to off after approximately 30 seconds or they will immediately fade to off once the ignition switch is turned to ON RUN from the OFF position NOTE e The front courtesy overhead console and door courtesy lights will turn on if the dimmer control is in the Dome posi tion extreme top position e The Illuminated Entry system will not op erate if the dimmer control is in the Dome defeat position extreme bottom position 16 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RKE IF EQUIPPED This system allows you to lock or unlock the doors and swing gate from distances approxi mately 35 ft 11 m using a hand held Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter The RKE transmitter does not need to be pointed at the vehicle to activate the system 81866027 Vehicle Key With RKE Transmitter NOTE The line of transmission must not be blocked with metal objects To Unlock The Doors And Swing Gate Press and release the RKE transmitter UN LOCK button once to unlock the driver s door only or twice to unlock all the doors and swing gate When the RKE transmitter UNLOCK but ton is pressed the Illuminated Entry will initiate and the parking lights will flash twice Remote Key Unlock On First Press This feature lets you program the system to unlock either the driver s side or all doors a
95. normal operation NOTE Even if the transmission can be reset we recommend that you visit your authorized dealer at your earliest possible conve nience Your authorized dealer has diagnos tic equipment to determine if the problem could recur If the transmission cannot be reset authorized dealer service is required AUTOSTICK AutoStick is a driver interactive transmission feature providing manual shift control giving you more control of the vehicle AutoStick allows you to maximize engine braking elimi nate undesirable upshifts and downshifts and improve overall vehicle performance 212 This system can also provide you with more control during passing city driving cold slippery conditions mountain driving trailer towing and many other situations NOTE AutoStick is not available when the trans fer case is in the 4L Low range Instead Electronic Range Select ERS can be used for manual shifting while in the 4L range refer to Electronic Range Select ERS Op eration in this section Operation When the shift lever is in the DRIVE position the transmission will operate automatically shifting between the five available gears To engage AutoStick simply tap the shift lever to the right or left while in the DRIVE position Tapping to enter AutoStick mode will down shift the transmission to the next lower gear while using to enter AutoStick mode will retain the current gea
96. not modify the front bumper or vehicle body structure or add aftermarket side steps or running boards You need proper knee impact protection in a collision Do not mount or locate any aftermarket equipment on or behind the knee bolsters It is dangerous to try to repair any part of the air bag system yourself Be sure to tell anyone who works on your vehicle that it has an air bag system Air Bag Warning Light You will want to have the air bags o ready to inflate for your protection ry in a collision The Air Bag Warning Light monitors the internal circuits and interconnecting wiring associ ated with air bag system electrical components While the air bag system is de signed to be maintenance free If any of the following occurs have an authorized dealer Service the air bag system immediately The Air Bag Warning Light does not come on during the four to eight seconds when the ignition switch is first turned to the ON RUN position The Air Bag Warning Light remains on after the four to eight second interval The Air Bag Warning Light comes on inter mittently or remains on while driving 39 PAGE POSITION 41 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 If the speedometer tachometer or any gine related gauges are not working the Occupant Restraint Controller ORC
97. objects seen in the pas senger side convex mirror will look smaller and farther away than they really are Rely ing too much on your passenger side mirror could cause you to collide with another ve hicle or other object Use your inside mirror when judging the size or distance of a ve hicle seen in the passenger side mirror PAGE d 62 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Automatic Dimming Mirror If Equipped This mirror automatically adjusts for headlight glare from vehicles behind you This feature will be defaulted on and only be disabled when the vehicle is moving in reverse NOTE This feature is disabled when the vehicle is moving in reverse 030436523 CAUTION To avoid damage to the mirror during clean ing never spray any cleaning solution di rectly onto the mirror Apply the solution onto clean cloth and wipe the mirror clean Power Mirrors If Equipped The power mirror switch is located on the center of the instrument panel below the climate con trols A rotary knob selects the left mirror right mirror or off position Power Mirror Switch After selecting a mirror move the knob in the same direction you want the mirror to move Use the center off position to guard against accidentally moving a mirror position Heated Mirrors If Equipped The
98. of Chrysler Material Standard MS 6395 such as SELENIA K POWER American Petroleum Institute API Engine Oil Identification Symbol This symbol means that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API The manu facturer only rec ommends API Certified engine oils PAGE m 286 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 CAUTION Do not use chemical flushes in your engine oil as the chemicals can damage your en gine Such damage is not covered by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Engine Oil Selection ACEA Categories For countries that use the ACEA European Oil Categories for Service Fill Oils we recommend you use 5W 20 engine oils that meet the re quirements of Chrysler Material Standard MS 6395 and are approved to Fiat 9 55535 S1 or Fiat 9 55535 S3 such as SELENIA K POWER SAE 5W 30 engine oil approved to Fiat 9 55535 CR1 may be used when SAE 5W 20 engine oil meeting MS 6395 is not available Engine Oil Viscosity SAE GRADE 5W 20 engine oils that meet the requirements of Chrysler Material Standard MS 6395 and are approved to Fiat 9 55535 S1 or Fiat 9 55535 53 such as SELENIA K POWER is recommended for all operating temperatures This engine oil improves low temperature starting and vehicle fuel economy PAGE POSITION 287 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareA
99. on the connector is locked push the red latch to the right until you can only see the latch on one end right of the connector This will unlock the connector tab allowing the tab to be pressed down and enabling the harness to be disconnected Red Connector Latch 5 Unhook the door strap from the body hook 6 With the door open lift the door to clear the hinge pins from their hinges and remove the door DOOR LOCKS Manual Door Locks All doors are equipped with an interior rocker type door lock lever To lock a door when leaving your vehicle press the rocker lever forward to the LOCK position and close the door To UNLOCK the door press the rocker lever rearward Manual Door Lock Full Frame Doors Manual Door Lock Half Doors 21 PAGE POSITION 23 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 The ignition key that is used to start the vehicle is used to lock or unlock the doors swing gate glove compartment and con sole storage WARNING e For personal security reasons and safety in collision lock the vehicle doors when you drive as well as when you park and leave the vehicle e When leaving the vehicle always remove the Key Fob from the ignition and lock your vehicle e Never leave children alone in a vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle e Allowing
100. shut off the engine as soon as possible A chime will sound when this light turns on Do not operate the vehicle until the cause is corrected This light does not indicate how much oil is in the engine The engine oil level must be checked under the hood 10 High Beam Indicator Light This light shows that the high beam headlights are on Push the multifunc tion control lever away from you to switch the headlights to high beam Pull the lever toward you to switch the headlights back to low beam If the driver s door is open and the headlights or park lights are left on the high beam indicator light will remain illuminated and a chime will sound PAGE POSITION 165 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 11 Brake Warning Light This light monitors various brake func tions including brake fluid level and parking brake application If the brake light turns on it may indicate that the parking brake is applied that the brake fluid level is low or that there is a problem with the anti lock brake system reservoir If the light remains on when the parking brake has been disengaged and the fluid level is at the full mark on the master cylinder reservoir it indicates a possible brake hydraulic system malfunction or that a problem with the Brake Booster has been detected by the Anti Lock Brake System ABS Electron
101. sioners cannot protect you in another col lision Have the air bags seat belt preten sioner and seat belt retractor assembly replaced by an authorized dealer immedi ately Also have the Occupant Restraint Controller ORC system serviced as well Continued PAGE d 40 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 WARNING Continued Do not attempt to modify any part of your air bag system The air bag may inflate accidentally or may not function properly if modifications are made Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer for any air bag system service If your seat including your trim cover and cushion needs to be ser viced in any way including removal or loosening tightening of seat attachment bolts take the vehicle to your authorized dealer Only manufacturer approved seat accessories may be used If it is necessary to modify the air bag system for persons with disabilities contact your authorized dealer Maintaining Your Air Bag System WARNING e Modifications to any part of the air bag system could cause it to fail when you need it You could be injured if the air bag system is not there to protect you Do not modify the components or wiring including adding any kind of badges or stickers to the steering wheel hub trim cover or the upper right side of the instrument panel Do
102. speed if both the chain manufacturer and ve hicle manufacturer suggest a maximum speed This notice applies to all chain traction devices including link and cable radial chains TIRE ROTATION RECOMMENDATIONS The tires on the front and rear of your vehicle operate at different loads and perform different steering handling and braking functions For these reasons they wear at unequal rates These effects can be reduced by timely rotation of tires The benefits of rotation are especially worthwhile with aggressive tread designs such as those on On Off Road type tires Rotation will increase tread life help to maintain mud snow and wet traction levels and contribute to a smooth quiet ride Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for the proper maintenance intervals The reasons for any rapid or unusual wear should be corrected prior to rotation being performed The suggested rotation method is the forward cross shown in the following diagram PAGE 246 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 EM Ct 055703771 Tire Rotation CAUTION Proper operation of four wheel drive vehicles depends on tires of equal size type and circumference on each wheel Any difference in tire size can cause damage to the transfer case Tire rotation schedule should be fol lowed to balance tire
103. switch once will go to the next track on the CD Pressing the bottom of the switch once will go to the beginning of the current track or to the beginning of the previous track if it is within one second after the current track begins to play If you press the switch up or down twice it plays the second track three times it will play the third etc The center button on the left side rocker switch has no function for a single disc CD player However when a multiple disc CD player is equipped on the vehicle the center button will select the next available CD in the player CD DVD DISC MAINTENANCE To keep a CD DVD in good condition take the following precautions 1 Handle the disc by its edge avoid touching the surface 2 Ifthe disc is stained clean the surface with a soft cloth wiping from center to edge PAGE 188 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 3 Do not apply paper or tape to the disc avoid scratching the disc 4 Do not use solvents such as benzene thin ner cleaners or anti static sprays 5 Store the disc in its case after playing 6 Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight 7 Do not store the disc where temperatures may become too high NOTE If you experience difficulty in playing a par ticular disc it be damaged i e scratched reflective co
104. system Do not park or operate your vehicle in areas where your exhaust system can contact any thing that can burn In unusual situations involving grossly malfunc tioning engine operation a scorching odor may suggest severe and abnormal catalyst over heating If this occurs stop the vehicle turn off the engine and allow it to cool Service includ ing a tune up to manufacturer s specifications should be obtained immediately To minimize the possibility of catalytic converter damage e Do not shut off the engine or interrupt the ignition when the transmission is in gear and the vehicle is in motion e Do not try to start the engine by pushing or towing the vehicle e Do not idle the engine with any spark plug wires disconnected or removed such as when diagnostic testing e Do not idle the engine for prolonged periods during very rough idle or malfunctioning op erating conditions e Do not allow the vehicle to run out of fuel PAGE 292 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Intentional tampering with emissions con trol systems can result in civil penalties being assessed against you Cooling System WARNING You or others can be badly burned by hot engine coolant antifreeze or steam from your radiator If you see or hear steam com ing from under the hood
105. tent When the system is on the Headlight Time Delay feature is also on This means the headlights will stay on for up to 90 seconds after you turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion To turn the Automatic System off turn the end of the multifunction lever out of the AUTO position 031407553 Headlight Switch 90 NOTE The engine must be running before the headlights will turn on in the Automatic mode Headlights With Wipers Available With Automatic Headlights Only When this feature is active the headlights will turn on approximately 10 seconds after the wipers are turned on if the multifunction lever is placed in the AUTO position In addition the headlights will turn off when the wipers are turned off if they were turned on by this feature The Headlights with Wipers feature can be turned on or off through the Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC if equipped Refer to Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Customer Programmable Features in Understanding Your Instrument Panel for fur ther information Turn Signals Move the multifunction lever up or down and the arrows on each side of the instrument cluster flash to show proper operation of the front and rear turn signal lights 031407688 Turn Signal Operation NOTE e If either light remains on and does flash or there is a very fast flash rate check for a defective outside light bulb If an indicator fail
106. that gasoline without MMT be used in your vehicle The MMT content of gasoline may not be indicated on the gasoline pump therefore you should ask your gasoline retailer whether or not his her gasoline contains MMT Materials Added to Fuel Besides using unleaded gasoline with the proper octane rating gasolines that contain detergents corrosion and stability additives are recommended Using gasolines that have these additives will help improve fuel economy re duce emissions and maintain vehicle perfor mance 252 Indiscriminate use of fuel system cleaning agents should be avoided Many of these ma terials intended for gum and varnish removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredi ents These can harm fuel system gasket and diaphragm materials WARNING Carbon monoxide CO in exhaust gases is deadly Follow the precautions below to pre vent carbon monoxide poisoning e Do not inhale exhaust gases They contain carbon monoxide a colorless and odor less gas which can kill Never run the engine in a closed area such as a garage and never sit in a parked vehicle with the engine running for an extended period If the vehicle is stopped in an open area with the engine running for more than a short period adjust the ventilation system to force fresh outside air into the vehicle Continued WARNING Continued e Guard against carbon monoxide with proper maintenance Have the exhaust system inspect
107. the COM PASS button to display one of eight compass headings the outside temperature ECO if the EVIC display is not already displaying this Screen NOTE The system will display the last known out side temperature when starting the vehicle and may need to be driven several minutes before the updated temperature is dis played Engine temperature can also affect the displayed temperature therefore tem perature readings are not updated when the vehicle is not moving ECO Fuel Saver Mode If Equipped The ECO message will display below the out Side temperature in the EVIC display if the audio system is on the ECO indicator will over ride the audio information display line if the Display Fuel Saver personal setting is ON see Personal Settings section This message will appear whenever you are driving in a fuel efficient manner This feature allows you to monitor when you are driving in a fuel efficient manner and it can be used to modify driving habits in order to in crease fuel economy Automatic Compass Calibration This compass is self calibrating which elimi nates the need to set the compass manually When the vehicle is new the compass may appear erratic and the EVIC will display CAL until the compass is calibrated You may also calibrate the compass by completing one or more 360 degree turns in an area free from large metal or metallic objects until the CAL message displayed in the EVIC turns of
108. the ESC OFF switch This may be done while the vehicle is in motion WARNING With the ESC switched off the enhanced vehicle stability offered by ESC and ERM are unavailable In an emergency evasive ma neuver the ESC and ERM systems will not engage to assist in maintaining stability The Full Off ESC mode is intended for off road use only PAGE POSITION 237 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 4L Range 4WD Models ESC Off This is the normal operating mode for ESC in 4L range Whenever the vehicle is started in 4L range or the transfer case if equipped is shifted from 4H range or NEUTRAL to 4L range the ESC system will be in this mode In 4L range ESC and TCS except for the limited slip feature described in the TCS section are turned off until the vehicle reaches a speed of 40 mph 64 km h At 40 mph 64 km h the normal ESC stability function returns but TCS remains off When the vehicle speed drops below 35 mph 56 km h the ESC system shuts off The ESC is off at low vehicle speeds in 4L range so that it will not interfere with off road driving but the ESC function returns to provide the stability feature at speeds above 40 mph 64 km h The ESC Activation Malfunction In dicator Light will always be illuminated in 4L range when ESC is off NOTE The ESC OFF message will display and
109. the Universal Toll Free Number In case of problems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 352 PAGE 354 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 HUNGARY Fiat Hungary Co Ltd H 1123 Budapest Alkot s u 53 Tel 36 1 458 3100 Fax 36 1 458 3148 IRELAND Jeep Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 0 426 5337 Local Toll Free Number Tel 1800 505337 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12 045 Chrysler Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 1692 1692 Local Toll Free Number Tel 1800 363463 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12046 Dodge Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 36343 000 Local Toll Free Number Tel 1800 363430 International Toll Number Tel Not Available ITALY Jeep Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 0 426 5337 Local Toll Free Number Tel 800 0 42653 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12 045 Chrysler Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 1692 1692 Local Toll Free Number Tel 800 1692 16 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12046 Dodge Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 36343 000 Local Toll Free Number Tel 800 363430 International Toll Number Tel Not Available The C
110. the arming process If the Vehicle Security Alarm is successfully set the Vehicle Security Light will flash at a slower rate to indicate the alarm is armed To Disarm The System Either press the UNLOCK button on the RKE transmitter or insert a valid Sentry Key into the ignition lock cylinder and turn the key to the ON RUN position NOTE e Unlocking the doors with the manual door lock plungers or the driver s door lock cylinder will not disarm the Vehicle Secu rity Alarm e When the Vehicle Security Alarm is armed the interior power door lock switches will not unlock the doors The Vehicle Security Alarm is designed to pro tect your vehicle however you can create conditions where the Vehicle Security Alarm will give you a false alarm If the previously de scribed arming sequence has occurred the Vehicle Security Alarm will arm regardless of whether you are inside or outside the vehicle If you remain inside the vehicle and open a door the alarm will sound If this occurs disarm the Vehicle Security Alarm PAGE POSITION 17 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 ILLUMINATED ENTRY IF EQUIPPED The courtesy lights will turn on when you use the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter to unlock the doors or open any door This feature also turns on the approach lighting in the outside
111. the belt webbing out far enough to comfortably wrap around the occupants mid Section so as to not activate the ALR If the ALR is activated you will hear a ratcheting sound as the belt retracts Allow the webbing to retract completely in this case and then carefully pull out only the amount of webbing necessary to comfortably wrap around the occupants mid section Slide the latch plate into the buckle until you hear a click 31 PAGE POSITION 33 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 Automatic Locking Retractor Mode ALR If Equipped In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The Automatic Locking Mode is available on all passenger seating positions with combination lap shoulder belt Use the Automatic Locking Mode anytime a child safety seat is installed in a seating position that has a belt with this feature Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the rear seat How To Engage The Automatic Locking Mode 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Grasp the shoulder portion and pull down ward until the entire belt is extracted 3 Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the Auto
112. the connector is locked PULL as far as it will go before attempting to unlatching the connector This will unlock the connector tab allowing the tab to be pressed down and enabling the harness to be disconnected Door Strap Harness Location 1 Wiring Harness follow the harness up and under the instrument panel to the connector 2 Body Hook 3 Door Harness Strap 20 3 Unhook the door strap from the body hook Be careful not to allow the door to swing fully open as the mirror may damage the paint 4 With the door open lift the door to clear the hinge pins from their hinges and remove the door To reinstall the door s perform the previous steps in the opposite order Rear Door Removal Four Door Models WARNING Do not drive your vehicle on public roads with the doors removed as you will lose the protection that they can provide This proce dure is furnished for use during off road operation only 1 Remove the hinge pin screws from the upper and lower outside hinges using T50 Torx head driver Hinge Pin Screw 2 Slide front seat s fully forward PAGE EN 22 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 3 Remove the trim access door from the bot tom of the B pillar Trim Access Door 4 Unplug the wiring harness connector NOTE If the red latch
113. the installation instructions that were pro vided with the child restraint system In addition there are tether strap anchorages behind each rear seating position located on the back of the seat Tether Strap Mounting Two Door Models The rear seat lower anchorages e are round bars located at the rear of the seat cushion where it meets the seatback and are visible when you lean into the rear seat to install the child restraint You will easily feel them if you run your finger along the intersection of the seatback and seat cushion surfaces Latch Anchorages Four Door Models 47 PAGE POSITION 49 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 Tether Strap Mounting Four Door Models Many but not all restraint systems will be equipped with separate straps on each side with each having a hook or connector for attach ment to the lower anchorage and a means for adjusting the tension of the strap Forward facing toddler restraints and some rear facing infant restraints will also be equipped with a tether strap having a hook for attachment to the tether strap anchorage and a means for adjust ing the tension of the strap You will first loosen the child seat adjusters on the lower straps and on the tether strap so that you can more easily attach the hooks or con nectors to the vehicle anchor
114. the vehicle s seat belt at the center position If your child restraints are not ISOFIX compatible you can only install the child re straints using the vehicle s seat belts Please refer to Installing The ISOFIX Compatible Child Restraint System for typical installation instruc tions Size Seating Position Class Fixture Mass Group Front Rear Pas Out senger board 0 E ISO R1 X Up to 10 kg 1 X X E ISO R1 X X 0 D 180 82 X X Up to 13 kg C ISO R3 X X 1 X X Size Seating Position Class Fixture Mass Group Front Rear Pas Out senger board D ISO R2 X X ISO R3 X X 1 9 ISO F2 X IUF to B1 ISO X IUF 18 kg F2X A ISO F3 X IUF 1 X X II 1 X X 15 to 25 kg 1 X X 22 to 36 kg 45 PAGE POSITION 47 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 Seating Position Size Seating Position Size r Seating Position Class Class F lt Class ture ture ture Mass Mass Mass Grou Grou Grou P Rear Rear ae Rear Rear 2 P Rear Rear sen Out Cen sen Cen sen Cen board ter ger board ter ger board ter 0
115. the wiper will resume function at whichever position the Switch is set at Rear Window Defroster If Equipped The rear window defroster button is ss located on the bottom right side of the blower control knob Press this button to turn on the rear window defroster An indicator in the button will illuminate when the rear window defroster is on The rear win dow defroster automatically turns off after ap proximately 10 minutes For an additional five minutes of operation press the button a second time NOTE To prevent excessive battery drain use the rear window defroster only when the engine is operating CAUTION Failure to follow these cautions can cause damage to the heating elements Use care when washing the inside of the rear window Do not use abrasive window cleaners on the interior surface of the window Use a soft cloth and a mild wash ing solution wiping parallel to the heating elements Labels can be peeled off after soaking with warm water Do not use scrapers sharp instruments or abrasive window cleaners on the interior surface of the window Keep all objects a safe distance from the window 155 156 PAGE POSITION 158 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL FEATURES
116. travel WARNING If the clutch pedal manual transmission only remains pressed during the application of the throttle the HSA will disengage allow ing the vehicle to roll down the incline This could cause a collision with another vehicle or object To avoid this do not apply throttle while pressing the clutch pedal until you are ready to release the clutch Always remem ber the driver is responsible for braking the vehicle HSA Activation Criteria The following criteria must be met in order for HSA to activate e Vehicle must be stopped PAGE POSITION 233 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Vehicle must be on an 8 or greater incline 3 for manual transmission equipped vehicles Gear selection matches vehicle uphill direc tion i e vehicle facing uphill is in forward gear vehicle backing uphill is in REVERSE gear WARNING There may be situations on minor hills i e less than 8 with a loaded vehicle or while pulling a trailer where the system will not activate and slight rolling may occur which could cause a collision with another vehicle or object Always remember the driver is responsible for braking the vehicle The system will only work if the intended direc tion of the vehicle and vehicle gear match For example if the intended direction is forward up a hill and the vehicle is in
117. vehicle has come to a complete stop NEUTRAL Use this range when the vehicle is standing for prolonged periods with the engine running The engine may be started in this range Apply the parking brake and shift the transmission into PARK if you must leave the vehicle WARNING Do not coast in NEUTRAL and never turn off the ignition to coast down a hill These are unsafe practices that limit your response to changing traffic or road conditions You might lose control of the vehicle and have a colli sion PAGE POSITION 213 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 CAUTION Towing the vehicle coasting or driving for any other reason with the transmission in NEUTRAL can cause severe transmission damage Refer to Recreational Towing in Starting And Operating and Towing A Dis abled Vehicle in What To Do In Emergen cies for further information DRIVE This range should be used for most city and highway driving It provides the smoothest up shifts and downshifts and the best fuel economy The transmission automatically up shifts through underdrive first second and third gears direct fourth gear and overdrive fifth gear The DRIVE position provides optimum driving characteristics under all normal operat ing conditions When frequent transmission shifting occurs such as when operating the vehicle under heav
118. wear TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR SYSTEM TPMS The Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS will warn the driver of a low tire pressure based on the vehicle recommended cold placard pres sure The tire pressure will vary with temperature by about 1 psi 6 9 kPa for every 12 F 6 5 C This means that when the outside temperature decreases the tire pressure will decrease Tire pressure should always be set based on cold inflation tire pressure This is defined as the tire pressure after a vehicle has not been driven for more than three hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km after a three hour period Refer to Tires General Information in Starting and Operating for information on how to properly inflate the vehicle s tires The tire pressure will also increase as the vehicle is driven this is normal and there should be no adjustment for this increased pressure The TPMS will warn the driver of a low tire pressure if the tire pressure falls below the low pressure warning threshold for any reason including low temperature effects or natural pressure loss through the tire The TPMS will continue to warn the driver of low tire pressure as long as the condition exists and will not turn off until the tire pressure is at or above recommended cold placard pressure Once the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light has been illuminated the tire pressure must be increased to the recommended cold placard pressure in order
119. wear Use chains on 235 65R17 104H rear tires only e Use SAE class S tire chains or traction devices only 243 CAUTION To avoid damage to your vehicle or tires observe the following precautions Because of restricted chain clearance be tween tires and other suspension compo nents it is important that only chains in good condition are used Broken chains can cause serious damage Stop the ve hicle immediately if noise occurs that could indicate chain breakage Remove the damaged parts of the chain before further use e Install chains on the rear wheels as tightly as possible and then retighten after driving about mile 0 8 km e Do not exceed 30 mph 48 km h Drive cautiously and avoid severe turns and large bumps especially with a loaded vehicle e Do not drive for prolonged period on dry pavement Continued 244 CAUTION Continued e Observe the tire chain manufacturer s in structions on the method of installation operating speed and conditions for use Always use the lower suggested operating speed of the chain manufacturer if different from the speed recommended by the manufacture NOTE In order to avoid damage to tires chains and your vehicle do not drive for a pro longed period on dry pavement Observe the tire chain manufacturer s instructions on method of installation operating speed and conditions for usage Always use the lower suggested operating
120. will work the same as if you dial the number using Voice Command NOTE Certain brands of mobile phones do not send the dial ring to the Uconnect Phone to play it on the vehicle audio system so you will not hear it Under this situation after successfully dialing a number the user may feel that the call did not go through even though the call is in progress Once your call is answered you will hear the audio Mute Un Mute Mute Off When you mute the Uconnect Phone you will still be able to hear the conversation coming from the other party but the other party will not be able to hear you In order to mute the Uconnect Phone Press the button e Following the beep say Mute In order to un mute the Uconnect Phone Press the vs button Following the beep say Mute off Advanced Phone Connectivity Transfer Call to and from Mobile Phone The Uconnect Phone allows ongoing calls to be transferred from your mobile phone to the Uconnect Phone without terminating the call To transfer an ongoing call from your Uconnect Phone paired mobile phone to the Uconnect Phone or vice versa press the button and say Transfer Call Connect or Disconnect Link Between the Uconnect Phone and Mobile Phone Your mobile phone can be paired with many different electronic devices but can only be actively connected with one electronic device at a time If you would like to connect or disconne
121. with an original equipment tire and wheel as a spare a non matching temporary emergency use spare may be equipped with your vehicle Temporary use spares are engineered to be used only with your vehicle Your vehicle may be equipped with one of the following types of non matching tempo rary use spares compact full size or limited use Do not install more than one non matching temporary use spare tire wheel on the vehicle at any given time CAUTION Because of the reduced ground clearance do not take your vehicle through an auto matic car wash with a compact full size or limited use temporary spare installed Dam age to the vehicle may result Compact Spare Tire If Equipped The compact spare is for temporary emergency use only You can identify if your vehicle is equipped with a compact spare by looking at the spare tire description on the Tire and Load ing Information Placard located on the driver s side door opening or on the sidewall of the tire Compact spare tire descriptions begin with the letter T or S preceding the size designation Example T145 80D18 103M PAGE 242 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 5 Temporary Spare Tire Since this tire has limited tread life the original equipment tire should be repaired or replaced and reinstalled on your vehicle a
122. you have determined your ability to pro ceed and have shifted into the appropriate gear line your vehicle up for the straightest possible run Accelerate with an easy constant throttle and apply more power as you start up the hill Do not race forward into a steep grade the abrupt change of grade could cause you to lose control If the front end begins to bounce ease off the throttle slightly to bring all four tires back on the ground As you approach the crest of the hill ease off the throttle and slowly proceed over the top If the wheels start to slip as you PAGE m 224 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 approach the crest of a hill ease off the accel erator and maintain headway by turning the steering wheel no more than a 1 4 turn quickly back and forth This will provide a fresh bite into the surface and will usually provide enough traction to complete the climb If you do not make it to the top place the vehicle in RE VERSE and back straight down the grade using engine resistance along with the vehicle brakes WARNING Never attempt to climb a hill at an angle or turn around on a steep grade Driving across an incline increases the risk of a rollover which may result in severe injury Driving Downhill Before driving down a steep hill you need to determine if it is too steep for a safe
123. 0 0 426 5337 Local Toll Free Number Tel 80 20 5337 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12 045 Chrysler Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 1692 1692 Local Toll Free Number Tel 80 20 30 35 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12046 Dodge Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 36343 000 Local Toll Free Number Tel 80 20 30 36 International Toll Number Tel Not Available DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Reid y Compania John F Kennedy Casi Esq Lope de Vega Santo Domingo Dominican Republic Tel 809 562 7211 Fax 809 565 8774 The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of prob ems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 349 PAGE POSITION 351 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV OwnPers Manual v1 ECUADOR Chrysler Jeep Automotriz del Ecuador Av Juan Tanca Marengo km 4 5 Guayaquil Ecuador Tel 593 4 2244101 Fax 593 4 2244273 EL SALVADOR Grupo Q del Salvador Ave Las Amapolas Autopista Sur Blvd Los Pr ceres y Avenida No 1 Lomas de San Francisco San Salvador El Salvador Zip Code 152 Tel 503 2248 6400 Fax 45
124. 03 278 5731 ESTONIA Silberauto AS J rvevana tee 11 11314 Tallinn Tel 372 53337946 Tel 06 266 072 Fax 06 266 066 service silberauto ee The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of problems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 350 PAGE 352 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 FINLAND AutoFennica Ristipellontie 5 00390 HELSINKI Tel 020 54771 Fax 020 5477 485 FRANCE Jeep Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 0 426 5337 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 0 42653 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12 045 Chrysler Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 1692 1692 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 169216 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12046 Dodge Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 36343 000 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 363430 International Toll Number Tel Not Available GERMANY Jeep Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 0 426 5337 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 0426533 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12 045 Chrysler Customer Service
125. 1 Power Door 22 Steering Wheel 13 Lower Anchors and Tether for CHildren LATCH eux x vege ay x Rs 44 47 Lubrication 0 288 Maintenance Free Battery 287 Maintenance Procedures 283 Maintenance Schedule 314 329 Diesel ox ack 329 Malfunction Indicator Light Check 168 372 Manual Transmission 205 297 Fluid Level Check 297 Lubricant Selection 297 Shift Speeds 205 Master Cylinder Brakes 294 0 251 Methanol Fuel 251 Mini Trip Computer 170 177 MINORS ges ase edi ae ee aed 60 Automatic Dimming 61 Electric Powered 61 Electric Remote 61 Heated 61 Outside i sa Red 60 Rearview 60 aci eene ae oe vade d 62 Modifications Alterations Vehicle 8 Modular Top 107 Monitor Tire Pressure System 245 Mopar 283 Multi Function Control Lever 89 New Vehicle Break In Period 50 Occupant 25 Octane Rating Gasoline Fuel 250 167 170 eae reb ae Ran 166 167 170 Oil Change Indicator 168 176 330 Oil Change Indicator Reset 168 176 3
126. 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Manual Transmission Downshift Speeds MPH KM H Gear Selection 6 to5 5104 4103 3102 2 to 1 Maximum Speed 80 129 70 113 50 81 30 48 15 24 Reverse Shifting To shift into REVERSE bring the vehicle to a complete stop Press the clutch and pause briefly to allow the gear train to stop rotating Beginning from the NEUTRAL position move the shift lever in one quick smooth motion straight across and into the REVERSE area the driver will feel a firm click as the shifter passes the knock over Complete the shift by pulling the shift lever into REVERSE The prevents the driver from acci dentally entering the REVERSE shift area and warns the driver that they are about to shift the transmission into REVERSE Due to this fea ture a slow shift to REVERSE can be perceived as a high shift effort PAGE POSITION 209 JOB 2zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION IF EQUIPPED CAUTION Damage to the transmission may occur if the following precautions are not observed e Shift into PARK only after the vehicle has come to a complete stop e Shift into or out of REVERSE only after the vehicle has come to a complete stop and the engine is at idle speed e Do not shift between
127. 13JK72 1 Vacation Storage Anytime you store your vehicle or keep it out of service i e vacation for two weeks or more run the air conditioning system at idle for about five minutes in the fresh air and high blower settings This will ensure adequate system lu brication to minimize the possibility of compres sor damage when the system is started again Window Fogging Interior fogging on the windshield can be quickly removed by turning the mode selector to De frost The Defrost Floor mode can be used to maintain a clear windshield and provide suffi cient heating If side window fogging becomes a problem increase blower speed Vehicle win dows tend to fog on the inside in mild but rainy or humid weather 192 NOTE Recirculate without A C should not be used for long periods as fogging may occur Side Window Demisters Aside window demister outlet is located at each end of the instrument panel These non adjustable outlets direct air toward the side windows when the system is in the FLOOR MIX or DEFROST mode The air is directed at the area of the windows through which you view the outside mirrors Outside Air Intake Make sure the air intake located directly in front of the windshield is free of obstructions such as leaves Leaves collected in the air intake may reduce airflow and if they enter the plenum they could plug the water drains In winter months make sure the air intake is clear of ice slus
128. 180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 e This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM IF EQUIPPED The Vehicle Security Alarm monitors the vehicle doors hood swing gate and ignition for unau thorized operation If something triggers the alarm the Vehicle Security Alarm will sound the horn intermittently the headlights will turn on flash the turn signal lights and flash the Vehicle Security Light in the cluster Rearming Of The System If something triggers the alarm and no action is taken to disarm it the Vehicle Security Alarm will turn off the horn after 29 seconds and turn off all of the visual signals after an additional 31 seconds then the Vehicle Security Alarm will rearm itself To Arm The System 1 Remove the key from the ignition switch and exit the vehicle 2 Lock the doors and swing gate by pressing the power door LOCK switch or the LOCK button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter NOTE The Vehicle Security Alarm will not arm if you lock the doors with the manual door lock plungers or the driver s door lock cyl inder 3 Close all the doors The Vehicle Security Light in the instrument cluster will flash rapidly for about 16 seconds to signal that the Vehicle Security Alarm is arming During this period opening any door or the swing gate will cancel
129. 2 1 sweeping it out of control Even in very shallow water a high current can still wash the dirt out from around your tires putting you and your vehicle in jeopardy There is still a high risk of personal injury and vehicle damage with slower water currents in depths greater than the vehi cle s running ground clearance You should never attempt to cross flowing water which is deeper than the vehicle s running ground clear ance Even the slowest current can push the heaviest vehicle downstream and out of control if the water is deep enough to push on the large surface area of the vehicle s body Before you proceed determine the speed of the current the water s depth approach angle bottom con dition and if there are any obstacles Then cross at an angle heading slightly upstream using the low and slow technique WARNING Never drive through fast moving deep water It can push your vehicle downstream sweeping it out of control This could put you and your passengers at risk of injury or drowning After Driving Off Road Off road operation puts more stress on your vehicle than does most on road driving After going off road it is always a good idea to check for damage That way you can get any problems taken care of right away and have your vehicle ready when you need it Completely inspect the underbody of your vehicle Check tires body structure steering suspension and exhaust system for dam ag
130. 30 Oil Engine eae eae 284 Capacity 310 Change Interval 176 284 DI6S6 iiss dda eee dedo ole 285 DIDSIICK 284 Disposal 286 RICKS n eta 286 Filter Disposal 286 PAGE 374 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Identification 284 Materials Added 286 Pressure Warning Light 163 Recommendation 285 310 Synth ll ossai vs o 286 Viscosity 285 310 Oil Filter 286 Oil Pressure Light 163 Onboard Diagnostic System 283 Operating Precautions 283 Operator Manual Owner s Manual 6 Outside Rearview 015 60 Overdrive cd e e 214 Overdrive OFF Switch 214 Overheating 165 268 Owner s Manual Operator Manual 6 Paint Care 298 Parking 227 Personal 180 PAGE POSITION 375 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Phone 62 Phone Hands Free 62 Power Doorkoc
131. 3JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 6 Insert the front retainer of the window into 7 Insert the retainer along the bottom edge of the door channel making sure the retainer is the window into the bottom side channel begin fully seated and properly positioned on the door ning at the front and working to the rear of the frame Failure to do so can result in wind and vehicle Finish by closing the zipper completely water leaks or damage to the window and attaching the Velcro along the top and rear 3 of the window Repeat this step for the opposite side 1 Incorrect Insertion 2 Oorrect Insertion 819264507 121 PAGE POSITION 123 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Lowering The Soft 035907422 1 Header Bow 6 Quarter Window 2 2 Bow 7 Check Strap 3 3 Bow 8 Front Retainer Quarter Window 4 Sail Panel 9 Bottom Retainer Quarter Window 5 Body Side Retainer 122 PAGE POSITION 124 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 1 Zipper Start 2 Zipper Finish 3 Swing Gate Bar 4 Swing Gate Brackets 5 Sail Panels 123 PAGE POSITION 125 JOB Qzeta tweddle com In
132. 5337 00 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12 045 Chrysler Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 1692 1692 Local Toll Free Number Tel 020 303035 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12046 Dodge Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 36343 000 Local Toll Free Number Tel 020 303036 International Toll Number Tel Not Available SWITZERLAND Jeep Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 0 426 5337 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 0426 53 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12 045 Chrysler Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 1692 1692 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 1692 16 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12046 Dodge Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 36343 000 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 3634 30 International Toll Number Tel Not Available TAIWAN Chrysler Taiwan Co LTD 13th Floor Union Enterprise Plaza 1109 Min Sheng East Road Section 3 Taipei Taiwan R O C Tel 080081581 Fax 886225471871 The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of problems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 360 PAGE zx 362 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS
133. 6 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 and child restraint systems For more informa tion refer to ISOFIX Child Seat Anchorage System NOTE The Advanced Front Air Bags have a multi stage inflator design This allows the air bag to have different rates of inflation based on several factors including the severity and type of collision Here are some simple steps you can take to minimize the risk of harm from a deploying air bag 1 Children 12 years old and under should always ride buckled up in a rear seat WARNING Infants in rear facing child restraints should never ride in the front seat of a vehicle with a passenger Advanced Front Air Bag An air bag deployment can cause severe injury or death to infants in that position 26 Children that are not big enough to wear the vehicle seat belt properly see section on Child Restraints should be secured in the rear seat in child restraints or belt positioning booster seats Older children who do not use child restraints or belt positioning booster seats should ride prop erly buckled up in the rear seat Never allow children to slide the shoulder belt behind them or under their arm If a child from 1 to 12 years old not in a rear facing child seat must ride in the front passen ger seat move the seat as far back as possible and use the proper child restraint Refer to Child Restraints You should read the instructions provided with your child restraint to
134. 75W 140 meeting the requirements of Chrysler Material Standard MS 8985 such as TUTELA TRANSMISSION X ROAD FIAT Certification 9 55550 DA5 Axle Differential Rear 226 RBI Model 44 We recommend you use MOPAR Gear amp Axle Lubricant SAE 75W 140 meet ing the requirements of Chrysler Material Standard MS 8985 such as TUTELA TRANSMISSION X ROAD FIAT Certification 9 55550 DA5 Models equipped with Trac Lok require an additive Brake Master Oylinder We recommend you use MOPAR Brake amp Clutch Fluid DOT 4 that meets the requirements of Chrysler Material Standard MS 9971 such as TUTELA TOP 4 FIAT Certification 9 55597 Power Steering Reservoir We recommend you use MOPAR Power Steering Fluid 4 or MOPAR ATF 4 Automatic Transmission Fluid such as TUTELA TRANSMISSION FORCE4 FIAT Certification 9 55550 AV4 312 PAGE zd 314 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 PAGE POSITION 315 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Maintenance Schedule Gasoline Engine The Scheduled Maintenance services listed in this manual must be done at the times or mileages specified to protect your vehicle war ranty and ensure the best vehicle performance and re
135. 83 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Remote Key Unlock When Driver Door 1st Press is selected only the driver s door will unlock on the first press of the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter UNLOCK button When Driver Door 1st Press is Selected you must press the RKE transmitter UNLOCK button twice to unlock the passen gers doors When All Doors 1st Press is selected all of the doors will unlock on the first press of the RKE transmitter UNLOCK button To make your selection press and release the SELECT button until Driver Door 1st Press or All Doors 1st Press appears Flash Lights with Remote Key Lock When on is selected the front and rear turn signals will flash when the doors are locked or unlocked with the RKE transmitter This feature may be selected with or without the sound horn on lock feature selected To make your selec tion press and release the SELECT button until On or Off appears Delay Turning Headlights Off When this feature is selected the driver can choose to have the headlights remain on for 0 30 60 or 90 seconds when exiting the vehicle To make your selection press and release the SELECT button until 0 30 60 or 90 appears Delay Power Off to Accessories Until Exit When this feature is selected the power win dow switches radio hands free system if equipped DV
136. 87 eaBodyalubricalion CD T T 288 Windshield Wiper Blades 289 exAddingaWashenbluidge dr ae eee 289 CS GEE 289 Cooling System 291 s 294 Automatic Transmission If Equipped 295 279 PAGE POSITION 281 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 26 ENG AA DIV_Ownbrs_Manual_v1 Clutch Hydraulic System Manual Transmission If Equipped 297 Manual Transmission If Equipped 297 Transfer Case If Equipped 298 Front Rear Axle Fluid 298 e Appearance Care And Protection From Corrosion 298 302 Totally Integrated Power 302 STORAGE TE 307 REPLACEMENT BULBS E 307 BULB 22 0222 uS 308 Headlamp 2 2 2 2 308 05212 00239 309 Front Side Marker casat mx Eze mU usse 309 Front Fog 2 2222222 2222 2222222 309 e Rear Tail Stop Turn Signal And Backup Lamp 309 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp 5 310 EBUID CAPAGITIES
137. 9 55535 53 Engine Oil Diesel without Particulate Filter For vehicles that are not equipped with a Diesel Particulate Filter DPF we recommend you use OW 40 full synthetic engine oil that meets Chrysler Material Standard MS 10725 such as SELENIA K POWER 0W 40 Spark Plugs 3 6L Engine We recommend you use MOPAR Spark Plugs Engine Oil Filter Fuel Selection Gasoline Engines We recommend you use MOPAR Engine Oil Filters 91 Octane Fuel Selection Diesel Engines 50 Cetane or higher Less than 50 ppm Sulfur 311 PAGE POSITION 313 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Chassis Component Fluid Lubricant or Genuine Part Automatic Transmission If Equipped We recommend you only use MOPAR ATF 4 Automatic Transmission Fluid such as TUTELA TRANSMISSION FORCE4 FIAT Certification 9 55550 AV4 Failure to use ATF 4 fluid may affect the function or performance of your transmission Manual Transmission If Equipped We recommend you use MOPAR Manual Transmission Lubricant meeting the requirements of Chrysler Material Standard MS 9224 Transfer Case We recommend you only use MOPAR ATF 4 Automatic Transmission Fluid such as TUTELA TRANSMISSION FORCE4 FIAT Certification 9 55550 AV4 Axle Differential Front We recommend you use MOPAR Gear amp Axle Lubricant SAE
138. A C3 Engine Oil Viscosity 2 8L Diesel Engine For vehicles equipped with a Diesel Particulate Filter DPF we recommend you use 5W 30 ESP full synthetic low ash oil that meets the requirements of Chrysler Material Standard MS 11106 and are approved to Fiat 9 55535 S3 such as SELENIA MULTIPOWER S3 For vehicles that are not equipped with a Diesel Particulate Filter DPF we recommend you use 0W 40 ESP full synthetic engine oil that meets Chrysler Material Standard MS 10725 285 and are approved to Fiat 9 55535 51 or Fiat 9 55535 S3 such as SELENIA MULTIPOWER 53 Synthetic Engine Oils You may use synthetic engine oils provided the recommended oil quality requirements are met and the recommended maintenance intervals for oil and filter changes are followed Materials Added To Engine Oils Do not add any supplemental materials other than leak detection dyes to the engine oil Engine oil is an engineered product and its performance may be impaired by supplemental additives Disposing Of Used Engine Oil And Oil Filters Care should be taken in disposing of used engine oil and oil filters from your vehicle Used oil and oil filters indiscriminately discarded can present a problem to the environment Contact your authorized dealer service station or gov ernmental agency for advice on how and where used oil and oil filters can be safely discarded in your area 286 Engine Oil Filter The engine oil filter shou
139. ACTIVE mode To Activate The STOP START AUTO STOP ACTIVE Mode The Following Must Occur 1 The system must be in STOP START READY state A STOP START READY mes PAGE POSITION 205 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 sage will be displayed in the Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Refer to Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC in Under standing Your Instrument Panel for further in formation 2 Vehicle speed must be less 3 mph 5 km h 3 Shifter must be in the NEUTRAL position and the clutch pedal must be fully released The engine will shut down the tachometer will fall to the Stop Start position the STOP START AUTO STOP ACTIVE message will ap pear and the heater air conditioning HVAC air flow will be reduced Possible Reasons The Engine Does Not AUTO STOP Prior to engine shut down the system will check many safety and comfort conditions to see if they are fulfilled In following situations the engine will not stop e Driver s seat belt is not buckled e Outside temperature is less than 1 17 or greater than 104 F 40 Actual cabin temperature is significantly dif ferent than temperature set on Auto HVAC is set to full defrost mode e Engine has not reached normal operating temperature e Battery discharged e When driving in REVERSE Hood is open
140. ARM IF EQUIPPED 15 Rearming Of 15 TovArm The System 25222222222 2222 22 22 2 15 To Disarm The System 203 15 e ILLUMINATED ENTRY IF EQUIPPED 16 e REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RKE IF EQUIPPED 16 To Unlock The Doors And Swing Gate 16 9 PAGE POSITION 11 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owndrs_Manual_v1 Remote Key Unlock On First Press 16 To Lock The Doors And Swing Gate 17 To Turn Off Flash Lights With 17 eGeneralilinformations 5 e sas Ss Glas 17 General Information 18 e Transmitter Battery Replacement 18 e DOORS 222222552 5 eR 19 e Upper Half Door Window Removal If Equipped 19 e Upper Half Door Window Installation If Equipped 19 FrontDoor Removal 2 19 Rear Door Removal Four Door 5 20 21 Man al Door Locks 22 2 21 e Power Door Locks If 22 e Child Protection Door Lock System Rear Doors 23 Er 222722220 23 Power Windows If Equipped
141. AY VENEZUELA SEVEL Uruguay S A Chrysler de Venezuela LLC Convenio 820 Avenida Pancho Pepe Croquer Zona Industrial Montevideo Uruguay Norte Zip Code 11700 Valencia Estado Caraboro Tel 58 241 613 2400 Fax 58 241 613 2538 Fax 58 241 6132602 58 241 6132438 PO BOX 1960 Services And Parts Zona Industrial Il Av Norte Sur 5 C C Calle Este Oeste C C LD Center Local B 2 Valencia Estado Carabobo Telf 58 241 6132757 58 241 6132773 Fax 58 241 6132743 Tel 598 220 02980 Fax 598 2209 0116 The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of problems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 362 PAGE x3 364 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 MODEL CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP NOTIFICATION REGISTRATION OR LICENSE NUMBER NEW OWNER S NAME NEW OWNER S ADDRESS TELEPHONE NO vin IF RESOLD BY CHRYSLER JEEP DEALERSHIP ENTER DEALER STAMP IN BOX ABOVE FIRST OWNER 8040712 363 PAGE POSITION 365 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13J
142. Albums Preset 4 Genres Preset 5 Audiobooks Preset 6 Podcasts Pressing a PRESET button will display the current list on the top line and the first item in that list on the second line PAGE m 186 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 To exit List mode without selecting a track press the same PRESET button again to go back to Play mode LIST button The LIST button will display the top level menu of the iPod or external USB device Turn the TUNE control knob to list the top menu item to be selected and press the TUNE control knob This will display the next sub menu list item on the audio device then follow the same steps to go to the desired track in that list Not all iPod or external USB device sub menu levels are available on this system MUSIC TYPE button The MUSIC TYPE button is another shortcut button to the genre listing on your audio device CAUTION e Leaving the iPod or external USB device or any supported device anywhere in the vehicle in extreme heat or cold can alter the operation or damage the device Fol low the device manufacturer s guidelines Continued CAUTION Continued e Placing items on the iPod or external USB device or connections to the iPod or external USB device in the vehicle can cause damage to the device a
143. AuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND GENUINE PARTS Engine Component Engine Coolant Fluid Lubricant or Genuine Part We recommend you use MOPAR Antifreeze Coolant 10 Year 150 000 Mile Formula OAT Organic Ad ditive Technology that meets the requirements of Chrysler Material Standard MS 12106 such as PARAFLU UP FIAT Certification 9 55523 Engine Oil Gasoline Non ACEA Catego ries For best performance and maximum protection under all types of operating conditions we recom mend 5W 20 engine oils that are API certified and meet the requirements of Chrysler Material Stan dard MS 6395 such as SELENIA K POWER 5W 20 FIAT Certification 9 55535 CR1 Engine Oil Gasoline ACEA Categories For countries that use the ACEA European Oil Categories for Service Fill Oils we recommend you use 5W 20 engine oils that meet the requirements of Chrysler Material Standard MS 6395 such as SELENIA K POWER 5W 20 FIAT Certification 9 55535 CR1 SAE 5W 30 engine oil approved to ILSAC GF 5 may be used when SAE 5W 20 engine oil meeting MS 6395 is not available Engine Oil Diesel with Particulate Filter For vehicles equipped with a Diesel Particulate Filter DPF we recommend you use 5W 30 full syn thetic low ash oil that meets the requirements of Chrysler Material Standard MS 11106 such as SELENIA MULTIPOWER C3 FIAT Certification
144. C Activation Malfunction Indicator Light begins to flash during acceleration ease up on the accel 236 erator and apply as little throttle as possible Be sure to adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions NOTE e The ESC Activation Malfunction Indica tor Light and the ESC OFF Indicator Light come on momentarily each time the ignition switch is turned ON e Each time the ignition is turned ON the ESC system will be ON even if it was turned off previously e The ESC system will make buzzing or clicking sounds when it is active This is normal the sounds will stop when ESC becomes inactive following the maneuver that caused the ESC activation The ESC OFF Indicator Light in t dicates the Electronic Stability ee i OFF Control ESC is off Trailer Sway Control TSC TSC uses sensors in the vehicle to recognize an excessively swaying trailer and will take the appropriate actions to attempt to stop the sway The system may reduce engine power and apply the brake of the appropriate wheel s to counteract the sway of the trailer TSC will become active automatically once an exces sively swaying trailer is recognized No driver action is required Note that TSC cannot stop all trailers from swaying Always use caution when towing a trailer and follow the tongue weight recommendations Refer to Trailer Towing in Starting and Operating for further information When TSC i
145. CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 Being too close to the SAB during deploy ment could cause you to be severely injured or killed The system includes side impact sensors that are calibrated to deploy the SAB air bag during impacts that require air bag occupant protec tion Knee Impact Bolsters The Knee Impact Bolster helps protect the knees of the front passenger and position the front occupant for the best interaction with the Advanced Front Air Bag Along with seat belts and pretensioners Ad vanced Front Air Bags work with the bolsters to provide improved protection for the driver and front passenger Side air bags also work with seat belts to improve occupant protection Air Bag Deployment Sensors And Controls Occupant Restraint Controller ORC The ORC is part of a regulated safety system required for this vehicle 36 The ORC determines if deployment of the front and or side air bags is required in a frontal or side collision Based on the impact sensor s signals a central electronic ORC deploys the Advanced Front Air Bags Supplemental Seat Mounted Side Air Bags SAB if equipped and front seat belt pretensioners as required depending on several factors including the severity and type of impact Advanced Front Air Bags are designed to pro vide additional protection by supplementing the seat belts in certain fro
146. D video system if equipped power sunroof if equipped and power outlets will remain active for up to 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position Opening either front vehicle door will cancel this feature To make your selection press and release the SELECT button until Off 45 sec 5 min or 10 min appears Illumination Approach If Equipped When this feature is selected the headlights will activate and remain on for up to 90 seconds when the doors are unlocked with the RKE transmitter To make your selection press and hold the SELECT button until Off 30 sec 60 Sec or 90 sec appears Headlamps With Wipers Available with Auto Headlights Only When ON is selected and the multifunction lever is placed in the AUTO position the head 181 lights will turn on approximately 10 seconds after the wipers are turned ON The headlights will also turn off when the wipers are turned OFF if they were turned ON by this feature To make your selection press and release the SELECT button until ON or OFF appears Nav Turn By Turn When this feature is selected the navigation System utilizes voice commands guiding through the drive route mile by mile turn by turn until the final destination is reached To make your selection press and release the SELECT button until or OFF appears Hill Start Assist HSA If Equipped When on is selected the
147. DRIVE automatic transmission equipped vehicle and the activa tion criteria are met HSA will activate HSA On Automatic Transmission Vehicles The system will work in REVERSE and all forward gears on vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission The system will not activate if the vehicle is placed in NEUTRAL HSA On Manual Transmission Vehicles The system will work in REVERSE forward gears and NEUTRAL on manual transmission equipped vehicles The system does not recog nize NEUTRAL on manual vehicles thus it will hold the vehicle on an incline for a short period while in NEUTRAL regardless of clutch posi tion To prevent this do not attempt to roll down a hill simply by putting the transmission in NEUTRAL and letting gravity act on the vehicle as the HSA will prevent the vehicle from rolling Instead use the appropriate gear for moving in the desired direction 231 Towing With HSA HSA will provide assistance when starting on a grade when pulling a trailer WARNING e If you use a trailer brake controller with your trailer your trailer brakes may be activated and deactivated with the brake switch If so when the brake pedal is released there may not be enough brake pressure to hold the vehicle and trailer on a hill and this could cause a collision with another vehicle or object behind you In order to avoid rolling down the hill while resuming acceleration manually activate the trailer brake prior to
148. DRIVE automatic transmission with the transfer case in the 4L Low position and proceed very slowly with a constant slow speed 3 to 5 mph 5 to 8 km h maximum and light throttle Keep the vehicle moving do not try to accelerate through the crossing After cross ing any water higher than the bottom of the axle differentials you should inspect all of the ve hicle fluids for signs of water ingestion CAUTION e Water ingestion into the axles transmis sion transfer case engine or vehicle inte rior can occur if you drive too fast or through too deep of water Water can cause permanent damage to engine driveline or other vehicle components and your brakes will be less effective once wet and or muddy Continued CAUTION Continued e This vehicle is capable of crossing through water at a depth of 30 inches 76 cm at speeds no greater than 5 mph 8 km h Water ingestion can occur causing dam age to your vehicle Before You Cross Any Type Of Water As you approach any type of water you need to determine if you can cross it safely and respon sibly If necessary get out and walk through the water or probe it with a stick You need to be sure of its depth approach angle current and bottom condition Be careful of murky or muddy waters check for hidden obstacles Make sure you will not be intruding on any wildlife and you can recover the vehicle if necessary The key to a safe crossing is the water depth
149. EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1
150. EEL DRIVE OPERATION COMMAND TRAC I OR ROCK TRAC WARNING Failure to engage a position completely can cause transfer case damage or loss of power and vehicle control You could have a colli sion Do not drive the vehicle unless the transfer case is fully engaged 214 Operating Instructions Precautions The transfer case provides four mode positions e 2H Two wheel drive high range e 4H Four wheel drive high range e N Neutral e 4L Four wheel drive low range Four Wheel Drive Shift Controls The transfer case is intended to be driven in the 2H position for normal street and highway con ditions such as hard surfaced roads In the event that additional traction is required the transfer case 4H and 4L positions can be used to lock the front and rear driveshafts together forcing the front and rear wheels to rotate at the same speed This is accomplished by simply moving the shift lever to one of these positions The 4H and 4L positions are intended for loose slippery road surfaces only and not intended for normal driving Driving in the 4H and 4L positions on hard surfaced roads will cause increased tire wear and damage to the driveline components The 4WD Indicator Light located in the instru ment cluster alerts the driver that the vehicle is in four wheel drive and the front and rear driveshafts are locked together The light will illuminate when the transfer case is shifted into the 4H p
151. European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of problems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 347 PAGE POSITION 349 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Ownprs_Manual_v1 COLOMBIA Chrysler Colombia S A Avenida Calle 26 70A 25 Zip Code 110931 Bogota Colombia Tel 57 1 745 5777 Fax 57 1 410 5667 COSTA RICA AutoStar La Uruca frente al Banco Nacional San Jos Costa Rica PO Box 705 1150 Tel 506 295 0000 Fax 506 295 0052 CROATIA Autocommerce Hrvatska d o o Jablanska 80 10 000 Zagreb Tel 00 385 1 3869 001 Fax 00 385 1 3869 069 The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of problems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 348 PAGE 350 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 CZECH REPUBLIC Fiat CR s r o Karolinska 650 1 186 00 Praha 8 Karlin Czech Republic Tel 420 2 24806 111 Fax 420 2 24806 312 DENMARK Jeep Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 80
152. HSA system is active Refer to Electronic Brake Control System in Starting And Operating for system function and operating information To make your selec tion press and release the SELECT button until On or Off appears Display Fuel Saver If Equipped The ECO message is located in the Compass Temperature display this message can be 182 turned on or off To make your selection press and release the SELECT button until ON or OFF appears EVIC Units Selection UNITS IN Display Displays the units used for the Outside Tem perature Average Fuel Economy and Distance to Empty features Press and Release the SE LECT button to toggle units between U S and Compass Variance Refer to Compass Display for more informa tion Calibrate Compass Refer to Compass Display for more informa tion SOUND SYSTEMS Refer to your Sound Systems Booklet iPod USB MP3 CONTROL IF EQUIPPED This feature allows an iPod or external USB device to be plugged into the USB port located in the center console iPod control supports Mini 4G Photo Nano 5G iPod and iPhone devices Some iPod software versions may not fully support the iPod control features Please visit Apple s web site for software updates NOTE e If the radio has a USB port refer to the appropriate UconnectMultimedia radio User s Manual for iPod or external USB device support capability e Conn
153. ISO X IUF X D ISO X X X Il Up F pry R2 15 to 1 x X X to 25 kg 10 kg 1 X X X C ISO X X X R3 1 X X X E ISO X IUF X 1 9 1507 X IUF X 22 R1 F2 36 kg s D 50 X X X 18kg Bi is X FT X 1 For the child restraint systems CRS to R2 F2X which do not carry the ISO XX size class iden C ISO X X X tification Ato G for the applicable mass group R3 A 2 x IUF x the manufacturer will indicate the vehicle spe 1 X X cific ISOFIX child restraint system s recom 1 1 X X X mended for each position Key of letters used in the table above Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraint systems of universal category approved for use in the mass group 46 PAGE E 48 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 IL Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraint systems CRS given in the attached list These ISOFIX CRS are those of the specific vehicle restricted or semi universal categories X ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems in this mass group and or this size class Installing The ISOFIX Compatible Child Restraint System We urge you to carefully follow the directions of the manufacturer when installing your child re straint Not all child restraint systems will be installed as described here Again carefully follow
154. ITION 119 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 WARNING e Do not drive the vehicle with the rear window curtain up unless the side curtains are also removed Dangerous exhaust gases could enter the vehicle causing harm to the driver and passengers e The fabric upper doors and fabric top are designed only for protection against the elements Do not rely on them to contain occupants within the vehicle or to protect against injury during an accident Remem ber always wear seat belts CAUTION Failure to follow these cautions may cause interior water damage stains or mildew on the top material Continued 118 CAUTION Continued e t is recommended that the top be free of water prior to opening it Operating the top opening a door or lowering a window while the top is wet may allow water to drip into the vehicle s interior Careless handling and storage of the soft top may damage the seals causing water to leak into the vehicle s interior e The soft top must be positioned properly to ensure sealing Improper installation can cause water to leak into the vehicle s inte rior 2 Remove the back window Quick Steps To Lowering The Soft Top Refer to Lowering The Soft Top in this section for further information 1 Remove the side windows 3 Release h
155. InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Automatic Door Locks If Equipped When enabled the door locks will lock auto matically when the vehicle s speed exceeds 15 mph 24 km h The auto door lock feature can be enabled or disabled by your authorized dealer Please see your authorized dealer for service Child Protection Door Lock System Rear Doors To provide a safer environment for small chil dren riding in the rear seats the rear doors are equipped with Child Protection Door Lock sys tem To Engage Or Disengage The Child Protection Door Lock System 1 Open the rear door 2 Insert the tip of the ignition key into the lock and rotate to the LOCK or UNLOCK position 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the opposite rear door Child Protection Door Lock Function WARNING Avoid trapping anyone in a vehicle in a collision Remember that the rear doors can only be opened from the outside when the Child Protection locks are engaged NOTE For emergency exit with the system en gaged move the rocker lever rearward un locked position roll down the window and open the door with the outside door handle WINDOWS Power Windows If Equipped The power window switches are located on the instrument panel below the radio Press the switch downward to open the window and up ward to close the window Power Window Switches
156. InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 TURKEY Tofas T rk Otomobil Fabrikasi A S B y kdere Cad No 145 Tofas Han Zincirlikuyu ISTAMBUL Tel 0212 444 5337 Tel 0212 275 2960 Telefax 0212 275 0357 UKRAINE PJSC AUTOCAPITAL Chervonoarmiyska Str 15 2 01004 Kyiv Tel 380 44 206 8888 380 44 201 6060 Fax 380 44 206 8889 UNITED KINGDOM Jeep Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 0 426 5337 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 1692966 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12 045 Chrysler Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 1692 1692 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 1692169 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12046 Dodge Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 36343 000 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 1692956 International Toll Number Tel Not Available The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of problems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 361 PAGE POSITION 363 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV OwnPers Manual v1 URUGU
157. JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Manual Transmission Shift Speeds KM H Engine Speeds 1to2 2103 3 to 4 4to5 5 to 6 3 6L Accel 24 39 55 76 90 Cruise 16 31 43 60 66 Downshifting Moving from a high gear down to a lower gear is recommended to preserve brakes when driving down steep hills In addition downshifting at the right time provides better acceleration when you desire to resume speed Downshift progres sively Do not skip gears to avoid overspeeding the engine and clutch WARNING Do not downshift for additional engine brak ing on a slippery surface The drive wheels could lose their grip and the vehicle could skid 206 CAUTION When descending a hill be very careful to downshift one gear at a time to prevent overspeeding the engine which can cause valve damage and or clutch disc damage even if the clutch pedal is pressed Maximum Recommended Downshift Speeds CAUTION Failure to follow the recommended downshift speeds may cause the engine to overspeed if the gear is selected and the clutch pedal is released Damage to the clutch and the transmission can result even if the clutch pedal is held pressed PAGE zd 208 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72
158. K72 126 ENG AA DIV_Ownprs_Manual_v1 CHANGE OWNERSHIP NOTIFICATION MODEL REGISTRATION OR LICENSE NUMBER a 1 4 NEW 5 NEW OWNER S ADDRESS IF RESOLD BY CHRYSLER JEEP DEALERSHIP TELEPHONE NO ENTER DEALER STAMP IN BOX ABOVE SECOND OWNER 80140753 364 PAGE zl 366 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 PAGE POSITION 367 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 ABS Anti Lock Brake System 164 228 Adding Engine Coolant Antifreeze 292 Adding Fuel axe cts 253 Additives 252 ne baa ek oer et ayes 33 Airbag Deployment 38 Airbag Light 0 39 52 164 Airbag 39 Airbag Side 37 Air Cleaner Engine Engine Air Cleaner Filter 286 Air Conditioner Maintenance 287 Air Conditioning Filter 192 288 Air Conditioning Operating Tips 193 Air Conditioning Refrigerant 287 Air Conditioning System 187 Air Pressure 65 238 Alam Light
159. Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua 266 PAGE POSITION 268 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 WHAT DO IN EMERGENCIES HAZARD WARNING 5 5 268 o ENGINE OVERHEATS 268 JACKING AND TIRE CHANGING 269 Jack Location 2 OA 269 Spare Tire Stowage coeso osa osmo es ee ee eS 269 Preparations On JACKING ee 270 exJackingjlnstructions 2 22 02 270 exRoadiireiinstallationsc 222222 272 JUMP STARTING 273 Preparations For 2 Jump Starting Procedure 274 eEEREEING AISTIUGIGVELIGEES 275 276 SHIFT LEVER OVERRIDE 276 TOWING A DISABLED 277 O Mien Une eit ME TTL TIT CE 278 Four Wheel Drive 5 278 267 PAGE POSITION 269 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 26 ENG AA DIV_Ownbrs_Manual_v1 HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS The Hazard Warning flasher switch is located on the instrument panel below the climate controls Press the s
160. Mixing engine coolant antifreeze types is not recommended and can result in cooling system damage Drain flush and refill as soon as possible to avoid damage if coolant types are mixed in an emergency Cooling System Pressure Cap The cap must be fully tightened to prevent loss of engine coolant antifreeze and to ensure PAGE 294 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 that engine coolant antifreeze will return to the radiator from the coolant recovery tank The cap should be inspected and cleaned if there is any accumulation of foreign material on the sealing surfaces WARNING e The warning words DO NOT OPEN HOT on the cooling system pressure cap are a safety precaution Never add engine cool ant antifreeze when the engine is over heated Do not loosen or remove the cap to cool an overheated engine Heat causes pressure to build up in the cooling system To prevent scalding or injury do not re move the pressure cap while the system is hot or under pressure e Do not use a pressure cap other than the one specified for your vehicle Personal injury or engine damage may result Disposal Of Used Engine Coolant Used ethylene glycol based engine coolant an tifreeze is a regulated substance requiring PAGE POSITION 295 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShar
161. PARK REVERSE NEUTRAL or DRIVE when the engine is above idle speed Before shifting into any gear make sure your foot is firmly pressing the brake pedal NOTE You must press and hold the brake pedal while shifting out of PARK WARNING e Unintended movement of a vehicle could injure those in or near the vehicle As with all vehicles you should never exit a ve hicle while the engine is running Before exiting a vehicle always apply the parking brake shift the transmission into PARK and remove the ignition key Once the key is removed the shift lever is locked in PARK securing the vehicle against un wanted movement e When leaving the vehicle always remove the ignition key and lock your vehicle Continued 207 WARNING Continued e Never leave children alone in a vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Allow ing children to be in a vehicle unattended is dangerous for a number of reasons A child or others could be seriously or fatally injured Children should be warned not to touch the parking brake brake pedal or the shift lever e Do not leave the key fob in or near the vehicle or in a location accessible to chil dren A child could operate power win dows other controls or move the vehicle e t is dangerous to shift out of PARK or NEUTRAL if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly pressing the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly fo
162. POSITION 245 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua WARNING Do not use a tire wheel size or rating other than that specified for your vehicle Some combinations of unapproved tires and wheels may change suspension dimen sions and performance characteristics re sulting in changes to steering handling and braking of your vehicle This can cause unpredictable handling and stress to steering and suspension components You could lose control and have a collision resulting in serious injury or death Use only the tire and wheel sizes with load ratings approved for your vehicle Never use a tire with a smaller load index or capacity other than what was originally equipped on your vehicle Using a tire with a smaller load index could result in tire overloading and failure You could lose control and have a collision Continued WARNING Continued e Failure to equip your vehicle with tires having adequate speed capability can re sult in sudden tire failure and loss of ve hicle control CAUTION Replacing original tires with tires of a differ ent size may result in false speedometer and odometer readings TIRE CHAINS Tire chains may be installed on all models except the Sahara and Rubicon Install chains on rear tires only Follow these recommenda tions to guard against damage and excessive tire and chain
163. PRESSURE CAP WHEN THE COOLING SYSTEM IS HOT Cooling System Drain Flush And Refill If the engine coolant antifreeze is dirty or contains a considerable amount of sediment clean and flush with a reliable cooling system cleaner Follow with a thorough rinsing to re move all deposits and chemicals Properly dis pose of the old engine coolant antifreeze solution Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for the proper maintenance intervals Selection Of Coolant Refer to Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further informa tion 291 CAUTION Mixing of engine coolant antifreeze other than specified Organic Additive Technol ogy OAT engine coolant antifreeze may result in engine damage and may decrease corrosion protection Organic Additive Technology OAT engine coolant is different and should not be mixed with Hybrid Organic Additive Technology HOAT engine coolant antifreeze If a non OAT engine coolant antifreeze is in troduced into the cooling system in an emergency it should be replaced with the specified engine coolant antifreeze as soon as possible Do not use water alone or alcohol based engine coolant antifreeze products Do not use additional rust inhibitors or antirust products as they may not be compatible with the radiator engine coolant and may plug the radiator Continued 292 CAUTION Continued e This vehicle has not been design
164. R EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 7 Stow the windows carefully to avoid scratch ing 8 Undo the Velcro that runs along the top and rear edge of the side window 9 Beginning from the rear lower corner com pletely unzip the window 6 Remove the rear window retainer from the swing gate bracket on both the left and right sides NOTE When releasing the sail panel retainers it is helpful to pull down on the rear roof bow 10 Once unzipped remove the side window retainers from the door channel and body side channel Repeat this step on the opposite side 11 Finish releasing the sail panel retainers i from the body side channel at the rear corners of the vehicle 125 PAGE POSITION 127 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 15 Make sure the plastic sleeves are slid rear ward over the Sunrider link Sunrider Models only 12 As you begin to lower the top fold the sail panels so that they rest on top of the soft top 14 Completely release the latches from the loops on the windshield frame If your vehicle 13 The swing gate brackets do not need to be is not equipped with the Sunrider package removed unless the hard top is being installed proceed to Step 15 16 Unlatch the side bows from both door rails To remove the swing gate brackets pull the i Sunr
165. Seat Belts In Passenger Seating Posi tions section The chart below defines the seat ing positions with an Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR or a cinching latch plate Driver Cen Passenger ter CRS CRS CRS Lock Lock Lock First N A N A ALR Row Second ALR ALR ALR Row PAGE d 50 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Installing a Child Restraint with an ALR 1 To install a child restraint with ALR first pull enough of the seat belt webbing from the retrac tor to route it through the belt path of the child restraint Slide the latch plate into the buckle until you hear a click Next extract all the seat belt webbing out of the retractor and then allow the belt to retract into the retractor As the belt retracts you will hear a ratcheting sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the Automatic Locking mode 2 Finally pull on any excess webbing to tighten the lap portion around the child restraint Any seat belt system will loosen with time so check the belt occasionally and pull it tight if necessary To attach a child restraint tether strap Four Door Models Route the tether strap over the seatback and attach the hook to the tether anchor located on the back of the seat For the outboard seating positions route the tether under the head re strai
166. Sentry Keys from the vehicle and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle unattended At the time of purchase the original owner is provided with a four digit Personal Identification Number PIN Keep the PIN in a secure loca tion This number is required for authorized dealer replacement of keys Duplication of keys consists of programming a blank key to the vehicle electronics A blank key is one which has never been programmed See your autho rized dealer if you require replacement or addi tional keys for your vehicle NOTE When having the Sentry Key Immobilizer system serviced bring all vehicle keys with you to the authorized dealer Customer Key Programming See your authorized dealer if you require re placement or additional keys for your vehicle General Information The Sentry Key operates on a carrier fre quency of 433 92 MHz The Sentry Key Immo bilizer system will be used in the following European countries which apply Directive 1999 5 EC Austria Belgium Czech Republic Denmark Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Ireland Italy Luxembourg Nether lands Norway Poland Portugal Romania Russian Federation Slovenia Spain Sweden Switzerland Yugoslavia and United Kingdom Operation is subject to the following conditions e This device may not cause harmful interfer ence PAGE d 16 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1
167. ShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 e For fixed ball tow bar attach the clip directly Without Attachment Points e For fixed ball tow bar loop the cable around to the designated point This alternative must e For detachable ball tow bar you must follow the neck of the tow ball If you fit the cable be specifically permitted by the trailer manu the recommended manufacturer supplier like this use a single loop only facturer since the clip may not be sufficiently procedure strong for use in this way 818 6760 81806762 Fixed Ball Neck Loop Method Detachable Ball Neck Loop Method Trailer Towing Weights Maximum Trailer Weight Ratings The following chart provides the maximum trailer weight ratings towable for your given drivetrain 818e675d Fixed Ball Clip Loop Method 256 PAGE m 258 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Four Door Engine Transmission Model Axle Ratio Max GTW Gross Trailer Wt Max Tongue Wt See Note 3 6L Manual Sport amp Sahara 3 21 2 205 Ibs 1 000 kg 110 Ibs 50 kg Two Door 3 6L Manual Sport amp Sahara 3 73 2 205 Ibs 1 000 kg 110 Ibs 50 kg Two Door 3 6L Automatic Sport amp Sahara 3 73 2 205 Ibs 1 000 kg 110 Ibs 50 kg
168. ShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua WARNING Many factors such as vehicle loading road conditions and driving conditions influence the chance that wheel lift or rollover may occur Electronic Roll Mitigation ERM can not prevent all wheel lift or rollovers espe cially those that involve leaving the roadway or striking objects or other vehicles The capabilities of an ERM equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Electronic Stability Control ESC This system enhances directional control and stability of the vehicle under various driving conditions The ESC corrects for over under steering of the vehicle by applying the brake of the appropriate wheel to assist in counteracting the over under steer condition Engine power may also be reduced to help the vehicle main tain the desired path ESC uses sensors in the vehicle to determine the vehicle path intended by the driver and compares it to the actual path of the vehicle When the actual path does not match the intended path ESC applies the brake of the appropriate wheel to assist in counteracting the oversteer or understeer condition e Oversteer when the vehicle is turning more than appropriate for the steering wheel posi tion e Understeer when the vehicle is turning less than appropriate for the steering wheel p
169. ShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 SLOVAKIA SLOVENIA Fiat SR s r o Avto Triglav d o o Dubravska cesta 2 Dunajska 122 841 05 Bratislava 45 1000 Ljubljana Slovakia Tel 01 5883 400 Tel 421 2 593099 901 Fax 01 5883 487 Fax 421 2 593099 911 SPAIN Jeep Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 0 426 5337 Local Toll Free Number Tel 900 10 5337 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12 045 Chrysler Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 1692 1692 Local Toll Free Number Tel 900 1692 00 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12046 Dodge Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 36343 000 Local Toll Free Number Tel 900 363430 International Toll Number Tel Not Available The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of problems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 359 PAGE POSITION 361 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV OwnPers Manual v1 SWEDEN Jeep Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 0 426 5337 Local Toll Free Number Tel 020
170. TE ELECTRONIC BRAKE SYSTEM ELECTRICALLY PARKUGHTS REARFOGLAMP AND FROST WINDOW LOCK THROTTLE FOUR WHEEL WARNING PARKING HEATED LOWER AR OUTLET CONTROL ORNE BRAKE jl TOW Q v e amp FHL 6 A WINDSHIELD INSTRUMENT SEAT BELT SUDING DOOR TRUNKIDECK CONDITIONING CHILO SEAT RECOGNITION WARNING TOW HAUL DEFROST ILLUMINATION RELEASE TETHER ANCHOR BUTTON ens a 4 96 o i c T LOWER ANCHORS WINDSHIELD WIPER 8 06 AIRBAG AIRBAG SUDNGDOOR EMERGENCY LIONTER AXDYEIMERTOR UCONNECT HAZARD FOUR WHEEL AND WASHER CHILDREN LATCH BUTTON DRIVE LOW 2 AIC Amen 7 2 lt gt CH pusa 56 ENGINE COOLANT SUPPLEMENTAL PASSENGER DOOR CONVERTIBLE CONVERTIBLE SEE OWNER S AIR ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE RESTRAINT SYSTEM AIRBAG OFF TOP DOWN MANUAL ISO CONDITIONER Pe ap 010533317 s Manual v1 WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS This Owners Manual contains WARNINGS against operating procedures that could result in a collision or bodily injury It also contains CAUTIONS against procedures that could re sult in damage to your vehicle If you do not read this entire Owners Manual you may miss important information Observe all Warnings and Cautions VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER The Vehicle Identification Number VIN is found on the left front corner of the instrument panel pad visible from outside of the vehicle through the windshield Th
171. The overhead light will automatically turn off in approximately 10 minutes if a door is left open or the dimmer control is left in the dome light position Turn the ignition switch ON to restore the overhead light operation 92 Cargo Lamp The courtesy and dome lights will turn on when the front doors are opened by rotating the control for the dimmer switch on the multifunc tion lever fully upward or if equipped when the UNLOCK button is pressed on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter The sports bar reading lights available on four door models can be turned on by pressing the switches located on either side of the lens Press a switch a second time to turn the light off Sports Bar Reading Light The rear cargo light may be turned on by pressing the lens Press the lens a second time to turn the light off 031434793 Rear Cargo Light PAGE d 94 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 When door is open and the interior lights are on rotating the dimmer control to the extreme bottom position will cause all the interior lights to turn off This is also known as the Party mode because it allows the doors to stay open for extended periods of time without discharging the vehicle s battery Headlight Leveling System If Equipped This system allows the driver to maintain p
172. Things To Know Before Starting Your Vehicle for further information 14 Rear Axle Lock Indicator If Equipped REAR This light indicates when the rear Q axle lock has been activated 15 Tachometer Indicates the engine speed in Revolutions Per Minute RPM x 1000 NOTE If equipped with a diesel engine and a manual transmission the vehicle will be equipped with a Start Stop mode When the engine is off while in Stop Start mode ta chometer needle will be in green banded zone of tachometer and the EVIC message Stop Start Auto Stop Active will display for five seconds For further information on the Start Stop system refer to Start Stop Sys tem in Starting And Operating PAGE mE 166 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 CAUTION Do not operate the engine with the tachom eter pointer in the red area Engine damage will occur 16 Coolant Temperature Warning Light This light warns of an overheated en UI gine condition If the light turns on while driving safely pull over and stop the vehicle If the A C system is on turn it off Also shift the transmission into NEUTRAL and idle the vehicle If the temperature reading does not return to normal turn the engine off imme diately and call for service NOTE As the coolant temperature gauge ap proaches this indicator
173. To help protect against personal injury passengers should not be seated in the rear cargo area with the rear seat folded down or removed from the vehicle e The rear cargo space is intended for load carrying purposes only not for passengers who should sit in seats and use seat belts 60 40 Split Folding Rear Seat Four Door Models To provide additional storage area each rear seat can be folded flat to allow for extended cargo space and still maintain some rear seat ing room NOTE e Prior to folding the rear seat it may be necessary to reposition the front seat to its mid track position Be sure that the front seats are fully upright and positioned forward This will allow the rear seat to fold down easily WARNING Itis extremely dangerous to ride a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly 87 PAGE POSITION 89 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 Fold Down The Rear Seat Locate the pull strap lower outboard side of seat and pull it toward you until the seatback releases
174. Vehicle 51 e Periodic Safety Checks You Should Make Outside The Vehicle 53 11 PAGE POSITION 13 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Own rs_Manual_v1 WORD ABOUT YOUR KEYS The keys for your new vehicle are enclosed ina plastic bag with the key code number on it If you received your keys without the bag ask your authorized dealer to give you the number The key code can also be obtained by your authorized dealer from your vehicle invoice Ignition Key Removal 1 Place the shift lever in PARK if equipped with an automatic transmission 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC ACCES SORY position 12 Ignition Switch Positions 3 ON RUN 4 START 1 LOCK 2 ACC ACCES SORY 3 Push the ignition key inward 4 Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key WARNING e Before exiting a vehicle always apply the parking brake shift the transmission into PARK and remove the Key Fob from the ignition When leaving the vehicle always lock your vehicle e Never leave children alone in a vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle e Allowing children to be in a vehicle unat tended is dangerous for a number of rea sons A child or others could be seriously or fatally injured Children should be warned not to touch the p
175. a free from power lines and large metallic objects until the CAL indicator turns off The compass will now function normally NOTE e good calibration requires a level sur face and an environment free from large metallic objects such buildings bridges underground cables railroad tracks etc Magnetic materials should be kept away from the top of the center of the instru ment panel This is where the compass sensor is located Average Fuel Economy Distance To Empty DTE Elapsed Time e Average Fuel Economy Shows the average fuel economy since the last reset When the fuel economy is reset the digits will go blank while the history information is erased The averaging will restart when enough new distance and fuel data is accumulated Distance To Empty DTE Shows the estimated distance that can be trav eled with the fuel remaining in the tank This estimated distance is determined by a weighted average of the instantaneous and average fuel economy according to the current fuel tank level DTE cannot be reset Elapsed Time Shows the total elapsed time of travel since the last reset Elapsed time will increment when the ignition switch is in the RUN or START posi tions The elapsed timer displays minutes sec onds After 59minutes 59seconds it displays hours minutes seconds 173 Trip Conditions Trip Odometer ODO ECO Fuel Saver Indicator If Equipped This display shows t
176. a second time The Cruise Indicator Light will turn off The system should be turned off when not in use WARNING Leaving the Electronic Speed Control sys tem on when not in use is dangerous You could accidentally set the system or cause it to go faster than you want You could lose control and have an accident Always leave the system OFF when you are not using it To Set A Desired Speed Turn the Electronic Speed Control ON When the vehicle has reached the desired speed press the SET button and release Release the accelerator and the vehicle will operate at the selected speed PAGE d 98 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 The vehicle should be traveling at a steady speed and on level ground before pressing the SET button To Deactivate A soft tap on the brake pedal pushing the CANCEL button or normal brake pressure while slowing the vehicle will deactivate Elec tronic Speed Control without erasing the set speed memory Pressing the ON OFF button or turning the ignition switch OFF erases the set Speed memory To Resume Speed To resume a previously set speed push the RES button and release Resume can be used at any speed above 20 mph 32 km h To Vary The Speed Setting When the Electronic Speed Control is set you can increase speed by pushing the RES
177. a tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 4 Tip Start Feature Automatic Transmission Only Do not press the accelerator Turn the ignition key to the START position and then release it The starter motor will continue to run and it will automatically disengage when the engine is running If the engine fails to start the starter will disengage automatically in 25 seconds If this occurs turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position wait 25 to 30 seconds then repeat the Normal Starting procedure NOTE The starter motor may run up to 30 seconds in very cold conditions until the engine is started The starter can be disengaged by turning the ignition key to the OFF position if required 5 Without Tip Start Feature Manual Transmission Only Turn the ignition switch to the START position and release when the engine starts If the engine fails to start within 10 seconds turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position wait 10 to 15 seconds then repeat the Normal Starting procedure 6 After the engine starts allow it to idle for approximately 30 seconds before driving This allows oil to circulate and lubricate the turbo charger Engine Warm Up Avoid full throttle operation when the engine is cold When starting a cold engine bring the engine up to operating speed slowly to allow the oil pressure to stabilize as the engine war
178. ad your vehicle or trailer Over loading can cause a loss of control poor performance or damage to the brakes axle engine transmission steering sus pension chassis structure or tires Safety chains must always be used be tween your vehicle and trailer Always con nect the chains to the frame or hook re tainers of the vehicle hitch Cross the chains under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning corners Vehicles with trailers should not be parked on a grade When parking apply the park ing brake on the tow vehicle Put the tow vehicle automatic transmission in PARK Always block or chock the trailer wheels e GCWR must not be exceeded Continued 259 WARNING Continued e Total weight must be distributed be tween the tow vehicle and the trailer such that the following four ratings are not exceeded 1 GVWR 2 GTW 3 GAWR 4 Tongue weight rating for the trailer hitch utilized Towing Requirements Tires e Do not attempt to tow a trailer while using a compact spare tire Proper tire inflation pressures are essential forthe safe and satisfactory operation of your vehicle Refer to Tires General Informa tion in Starting and Operating for proper tire inflation procedures Check the trailer tires for proper tire inflation pressures before trailer usage 260 Check for signs of tire wear or visible tire damage before towing a trailer Refer to Tires G
179. ages Next attach 48 the lower hooks or connectors over the top of the anchorage bars pushing aside the seat cover material Then locate the tether anchor age directly behind the seat where you are placing the child restraint and attach the tether strap to the anchorage being careful to route the tether strap to provide the most direct path between the anchor and the child restraint Finally tighten all three straps as you push the child restraint rearward and downward into the seat removing slack in the straps according to the child restraint manufacturer s instructions WARNING Improper installation of a child restraint to the ISOFIX anchorages can lead to failure of an infant or child restraint The child could be badly injured or killed Follow the manufac turer s directions exactly when installing an infant or child restraint Installing Child Restraints Using The Vehicle Seat Belt The seat belts in the passenger seating posi tions are equipped with an Automatic Locking Retractor to secure a Child Restraint System CRS These types of seat belts are designed to keep the lap portion of the seat belt tight around the child restraint so that it is not necessary to use a locking clip The ALR will make a ratchet ing noise if you extract the entire belt from the retractor and then allow the belt to retract into the retractor For additional information on ALR refer to Automatic Locking Mode description under
180. ailer tow hitch must be attached to your vehicle using the provided attaching points on the vehicle s frame Refer to the following chart to determine the accurate attaching points Other equipment such as trailer sway controls and braking equip ment trailer equalizing leveling equipment and low profile mirrors may also be required or strongly recommended 81309490 Trailer Tow Hitch Attaching Points And Overhang Dimensions A N A B N A C N A D maximum over 2 47 ft 754 mm hang 3 39 ft 1032 mm 0 16 ft 50 mm O m rm 0 46 ft 140 mm PAGE 264 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 RECREATIONAL TOWING BEHIND MOTORHOME ETC Towing This Vehicle Behind Another Vehicle Towing Condition Wheels OFF the Ground Four Wheel Drive Models See Instructions e Automatic transmission in PARK e Manual transmission in gear Fiat Tow NONE NOT in NEUTRAL N e Transfer case in NEUTRAL N e Tow in forward direction Front NOT ALLOWED Dolly Tow Rear NOT ALLOWED On Trailer ALL OK 263 PAGE POSITION 265 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Recreational Towing Four Wheel Drive Models NOTE The transfer
181. all For example you can say John Doe where John Doe is a previously stored name entry in the Uconnect phonebook or down loaded phonebook To learn how to store a name in the phonebook refer to Add Names to Your Uconnect Phonebook e The Uconnect Phone will confirm the name and then dial the corresponding phone num ber which may appear in the display of certain radios Phonebook Download Automatic Phonebook transfer from Mobile Phone If equipped and specifically supported by your phone Uconnect Phone automatically down loads names text names and number entries from the mobile phone s phonebook Specific Bluetooth Phones with Phone Book Access Profile may support this feature See Uconnect website for supported phones e To call a name from downloaded or Uconnect Phonebook follow the proce dure in Call by Saying a Name section Automatic download and update if sup ported begins as soon as the phone Bluetooth wireless connection is made to the Uconnect Phone For example after you start the vehicle Maximum of 1000 entries per phone will be downloaded and updated every time a phone is connected to the Uconnect Phone Depending on the maximum number of en tries downloaded there may be a short delay before the latest downloaded names can be used Until then if available the previously downloaded phonebook is available for use Only the phonebook of the currently con
182. and rear windows before removal to assist in preventing scratching during removal of the soft top If zippers are difficult to operate due to road dust etc clean them with a mild soap solution and a small brush Cleaning products are available through your authorized dealer 1 If your vehicle has half doors remove each half door window by opening the door and lifting the half door window out NOTE Stow half door windows carefully outside of the vehicle never inside to avoid scratches 2 Unclip and move the sun visors to the side 3 Release the header latches and hooks from the loops on the windshield frame 140 4 Open the swing gate 5 Before unzipping the rear window release the first 3 in 7 6 cm of both sail panels from the channel Remove the swing gate bar by pulling it straight rearward out of the swing gate brack ets 81b34aa7 e Unzip the rear window starting at the right lower corner of the window Pull the zipper up across the top and down to the left lower corner Zipper pulls will stay on the rear window Pull down on the rear window to disengage it from the zipper on the top cover PAGE 142 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 7 Stow the windows carefully to avoid scratch ing 8 Undo the Velcro that runs along the top and rear edge of the side
183. ar must be aligned This alignment may require that the vehicle be driven onto level ground or rocked from side to side To return to on road mode press the SWAY BAR switch again WARNING If the stabilizer sway bar will not return to on road mode vehicle stability is greatly reduced Do not attempt to drive the vehicle over 18 mph 29 km h Driving faster than 18 mph 29 km h may cause loss of control of the vehicle which could result in serious injury Contact your local authorized dealer for assistance ON ROAD DRIVING TIPS Utility vehicles have higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of off road applica tions Specific design characteristics give them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive vehicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform sat isfactorily in off road conditions If at all pos sible avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover OFF ROAD DRIVING TIPS Side Step Removal If Equipped NOTE Prior to off road usage the side steps should be removed to prevent damage PAGE zd 220 JOB Qzeta tw
184. area and fre quency of use Poor performance of blades may be present with chattering marks wa ter lines or wet spots If any of these condi tions are present clean the wiper blades or replace as necessary Adding Washer Fluid The fluid reservoir for the windshield washers and the rear window washer if equipped is shared The fluid reservoir is located in the engine compartment Be sure to check the fluid level at regular intervals Fill the reservoir with windshield washer solvent only not radiator antifreeze When refilling the washer fluid res ervoir take some washer fluid and apply it to a cloth or towel and wipe clean the wiper blades this will help blade performance To prevent freeze up of your windshield washer System in cold weather select a solution or mixture that meets or exceeds the temperature range of your climate This rating information can be found on most washer fluid containers WARNING Commercial windshield washer solvents are flammable They could ignite and burn you Care must be exercised when filling or work ing around the washer solution Exhaust System The best protection against carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle body is a properly main tained engine exhaust system If you notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system or if the exhaust fumes can be detected inside the vehicle or when the under side or rear of the vehicle is damaged have an authorized technician in
185. arking brake brake pedal or the shift lever e Do not leave the Key Fob in or near the vehicle or in a location accessible to chil dren A child could operate power win dows other controls or move the vehicle e Do not leave children or animals inside parked vehicles in hot weather Interior heat build up may cause serious injury or death PAGE EN 14 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 CAUTION An unlocked car is an invitation to thieves Always remove key from the ignition and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle unat tended Key In Ignition Reminder Opening the driver s door when the key is in the ignition sounds a signal to remind you to re move the key NOTE The Key In Ignition reminder only sounds when the ignition key is placed in the LOCK or ACC position STEERING WHEEL LOCK IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a passive steering wheel lock This lock prevents steering the vehicle without the ignition key If the steer ing wheel is moved approximately a half turn in either direction and the key is not in the ignition the steering wheel will lock To Manually Lock The Steering Wheel With the engine running rotate the steering wheel one half revolution from the straight ahead position turn off the engine and remove the key Rotate the steering w
186. art Automatic Transmission Only If the engine fails to start after you have followed the Normal Starting or Extreme Cold Weather procedures it may be flooded To clear any excess fuel push the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Then turn the ignition switch to the START position and release it as soon as the starter engages The starter motor will disengage automatically in 10 seconds Once this occurs release the accelerator pedal turn the ignition switch to the PAGE zd 202 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 LOCK position wait 10 to 15 seconds then repeat the Normal Starting procedure CAUTION To prevent damage to the starter wait 10 to 15 seconds before trying again After Starting The idle speed will automatically decrease as the engine warms up Normal Starting Diesel Engine 1 The shift lever must be in the NEUTRAL or PARK position before you can start the engine 2 Turn the ignition key to the ON position 3 Watch for the Wait To Start Light in the instrument cluster Refer to Instrument Cluster in Understanding Your Instrument Panel for further review It will glow for two to ten seconds or more depending on engine temperature When the Wait To Start Light goes out the engine is ready to start PAGE POSITION 203 JOB Qzet
187. ase reapply if necessary Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Inspect exhaust system 1 Inspect the front suspension tie rod ends and boot seals replace if necessary Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 317 PAGE POSITION 319 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV OwnPers Manual v1 DODOOCUOILDUO 30 000 Miles 48 000 24 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Replace the engine air cleaner filter Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Inspect the front and rear axle fluid Change if using your vehicle for police taxi fleet or frequent trailer towing Change the manual transmission fluid if using your vehicle for any of the following trailer towing snow plowing heavy loading taxi police delivery service commercial service off road desert operation or more than 50 of your driving is at sustained high speeds dur ing hot weather above 90 F 32 C Inspect the transfer case fluid Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center
188. ason the power assist is inter rupted it will still be possible to steer your vehicle Under these conditions you will ob serve a substantial increase in steering effort especially at very low vehicle speeds and dur ing parking maneuvers NOTE e Increased noise levels at the end of the steering wheel travel are considered nor mal and do not indicate that there is a problem with the power steering system Upon initial start up in cold weather the power steering pump may make noise for a short amount of time This is due to the cold thick fluid in the steering system This noise should be considered normal and it does not in any way damage the steering system WARNING Continued operation with reduced power Steering assist could pose a safety risk to yourself and others Service should be ob tained as soon as possible CAUTION Prolonged operation of the steering system at the end of the steering wheel travel will increase the steering fluid temperature and it should be avoided when possible Damage to the power steering pump may occur Power Steering Fluid Check Checking the power steering fluid level at a defined service interval is not required The fluid should only be checked if a leak is suspected abnormal noises are apparent and or the sys tem is not functioning as anticipated Coordi nate inspection efforts through an authorized dealer PAGE m 228 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysle
189. at Head restraints should never be adjusted while the vehicle is in motion Driving a vehicle with the head restraints improperly adjusted or removed could cause serious injury or death in the event of a collision Removal Button NOTE The rear head restraints are not adjustable To remove the head restraint pull upward on the head restraint to it s highest position push in both buttons at the base of each head restraint rod and simultaneously pull up on the head restraint Front Head Restraints To raise the head restraint pull upward on the head restraint To lower the head restraint press the adjustment button located on the base of the head restraint and push downward on the head restraint Adjustment Button Rear Head Restraints The rear seat is equipped with nonadjustable head restraints Refer to Occupant Restraints in Things to Know Before Starting Your Ve hicle for information on child seat tether rout ing Fold And Tumble Rear Seat Two Door Models NOTE e Prior to folding the rear seat it may be necessary to reposition the front seats e Be sure that the front seats are fully upright and positioned forward This will allow the rear seat to fold down easily 85 PAGE POSITION 87 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 1 Lift the seatback re
190. at are traditional to our vehicles This is a specialized utility vehicle It can go places and perform tasks that conventional passenger cars are not intended It handles and maneuvers differently from many passenger cars both on road and off road so take time to become familiar with your vehicle The two wheel drive version of this vehicle was designed for on road use only It is not intended for off road driving or use in other severe con ditions suited for a four wheel drive vehicle Before you start to drive this vehicle read the Owner s Manual and all the Supplements Be sure you are familiar with all vehicle controls particularly those used for braking steering and transmission and transfer case shifting Learn how your vehicle handles on different road surfaces Your driving skills will improve with experience but as in driving any vehicle take it easy as you begin When driving off road 4 or working the vehicle don t overload it or expect it to overcome the forces of nature Always observe local laws wherever you drive As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or a collision Be sure to read the On Road Off Road Driving Tips in Starting And Operating for further information NOTE After reviewing the owner information it should be stored in the vehicle for conve nient referencing and remain with the ve hicle when sold Fai
191. at they are directed toward the rear seat passengers for maximum airflow to the rear e Bi Level N Air is directed through the panel and p floor outlets NOTE For all settings except full cold or full hot there is a difference in temperature between the upper and lower outlets The warmer air flows to the floor outlets This feature gives improved comfort during sunny but cool conditions 190 Floor e Posi x Air is directed through the floor outlets with a small amount flowing through the defrost and side window demist outlets e Mix qu Air is directed through the floor de frost and side window demist outlets This setting works best in cold or snowy conditions that require extra heat to the windshield This setting is good for maintaining comfort while reducing moisture on the windshield Defrost Air is directed through the windshield and side window demist outlets Use this mode with maximum blower and temperature settings for best windshield and side window defrosting e Air Conditioner Control Press this button to turn on the air conditioning during manual opera tion only When the air conditioning is turned T on cool dehumidified air will flow through the out 045607779 lets selected with the Mode control dial Press this button a second time to turn OFF the air conditioning An LED in the button illuminates when manual compressor operation is selected Recircu
192. ating removed a hair moisture or dew on the disc oversized or have protection encoding Try a known good disc before considering disc player service RADIO OPERATION AND MOBILE PHONES Under certain conditions the mobile phone being on in your vehicle can cause erratic or noisy performance from your radio This condi tion may be lessened or eliminated by relocat ing the mobile phone antenna This condition is not harmful to the radio If your radio perfor mance does not satisfactorily clear by the repositioning of the antenna it is recommended that the radio volume be turned down or off during mobile phone operation when not using Uconnect if equipped CLIMATE CONTROLS The air conditioning and heating system is designed to make you comfortable in all types of weather Automatic Temperature Control ATC If Equipped 045607777 Automatic Temperature Control Automatic Operation The Automatic Temperature Control system au tomatically maintains the climate in the cabin of the vehicle at the comfort levels desired by the driver and passenger Operation of the system is quite simple 1 Turn the Mode Control knob on the right and the Blower Control knob on the left to AUTO 187 PAGE POSITION 189 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 The AUTO position performs best for front seat
193. attery loses power or it becomes disconnected prior to deployment PAGE d 38 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Also the ORC turns on the Air Bag Warning Light for four to eight sec onds for a self check when the ignition is first turned on After the self check the Air Bag Warning Light will turn off If the ORC detects a malfunc tion in any part of the system it turns on the Air Bag Warning Light either momentarily or con tinuously A single chime will sound if the light comes on again after initial startup Y It also includes diagnostics that will illuminate the instrument cluster Air Bag Warning Light if a malfunction is noted that could affect the air bag System The diagnostics also record the nature of the malfunction WARNING Ignoring the Air Bag Warning Light in your instrument panel could mean you won t have the air bags to protect you in a collision If the light does not come on as a bulb check when the ignition is first turned on stays on after you start the vehicle or if it comes on as you drive have an authorized dealer service the air bag system immediately Driver And Passenger Advanced Front Air Bag Inflator Units The Driver and Passenger Advanced Front Air Bag Inflator Units are located in the center of the steering wheel and on the right side of the instrum
194. be certified to conform to specific regulations in each indi vidual country Two sets of regulations are in volved ETS European Telecommunication 18 Standard 300 220 which most countries use and German BZT federal regulation 2257125 which is based on ETC 300 220 but has addi tional unique requirements Other defined re quirements are noted in ANNEX VI of COMMIS SION DIRECTIVE 95 56 EC Operation is subject to the following two conditions e This device may not cause harmful interfer ence e This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation If your Remote Lock Control fails to operate from a normal distance check for these two conditions 1 Weak battery in transmitter The expected life of the battery is a minimum of three years 2 Closeness to a radio transmitter such as a radio station tower airport transmitter and some mobile or CB radios Transmitter Battery Replacement The recommended replacement battery is CR2032 1 With the RKE transmitter buttons facing down use a flat blade screw driver to pry the two halves of the RKE transmitter apart Use extreme care not to damage the seal or internal components 7 Separating Case Halves 021432709 2 Remove and replace the battery Avoid touching the new battery with your fingers Skin oils may cause battery deterioration If you touch a battery clean it with rubbing alcohol 3 To
195. case must be shifted into NEU TRAL N automatic transmission must be shifted into PARK and manual transmission must be placed in gear NOT in NEUTRAL for recreational towing CAUTION e Front or rear wheel lifts should not be used Internal damage to the transmission or transfer case will occur if a front or rear wheel lift is used when recreational towing e Tow only in the forward direction Towing this vehicle backwards can cause severe damage to the transfer case e Automatic transmissions must be placed PARK for recreational towing Manual transmissions must be placed in gear not in Neutral for recreational tow ing Continued 264 PAGE 266 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 CAUTION Continued Before recreational towing perform the procedure outlined under Shifting Into NEUTRAL N to be certain that the trans fer case is fully in NEUTRAL N Other wise internal damage will result e Towing this vehicle in violation of the above requirements can cause severe transmission and or transfer case dam age Damage from improper towing is not covered under the New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Do not use a bumper mounted clamp on tow bar on your vehicle The bumper face bar will be damaged Shifting Into NEUTRAL N Use the following procedure to prepa
196. ceeding this 1096 limit and or of receiving fuel with abnormal properties It should also be noted that an increase in fuel consumption should be expected when using ethanol blended fuels due to the lower energy content of ethanol Problems that result from using methanol gasoline or E 85 ethanol blends are not the responsibility of the manufacturer While MTBE is an oxygenate made from Methanol it does not have the negative effects of Methanol CAUTION Use of fuel with Ethanol content higher than 1096 may result in engine malfunction start ing and operating difficulties and materials degradation These adverse effects could result in permanent damage to your vehicle Clean Air Gasoline Many gasolines are now being blended that contribute to cleaner air especially in those areas where air pollution levels are high These new blends provide a cleaner burning fuel and some are referred to as reformulated gasoline The manufacturer supports these efforts toward cleaner air You can help by using these blends as they become available 251 In Gasoline MMT is a manganese containing metallic addi tive that is blended into some gasoline to in crease octane Gasoline blended with MMT provides no performance advantage beyond gasoline of the same octane number without MMT Gasoline blended with MMT reduces spark plug life and reduces emission system performance in some vehicles The manufac turer recommends
197. cked position when occupied If the rear seatback is not fully upright and locked and the rear center lap shoulder belt can be pulled out of the retractor the vehicle should immediately be taken to your authorized dealer for ser vice Failure to follow this warning could result in serious or fatal injury Lap Shoulder Belt Untwisting Procedure Use the following procedure to untwist a twisted lap shoulder belt 1 Position the latch plate as close as possible to the anchor point 2 At about 6 to 12 in 15 to 30 cm above the latch plate grasp and twist the belt webbing 180 degrees to create a fold that begins immediately above the latch plate 3 Slide the latch plate upward over the folded webbing The folded webbing must enter the slot at the top of the latch plate 4 Continue to slide the latch plate up until it clears the folded webbing Adjustable Upper Shoulder Belt Anchorage In the front seat positions the shoulder belt anchorage can be adjusted upward or down ward to position the belt away from your neck Push in on the anchorage near your outside shoulder and slide it up or down to reach the position that serves you best PAGE d 32 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Adjusting Upper Shoulder Belt WARNING Position the shoulder belt height adjusters so that the belt re
198. cle s interior Careless handling and storage of the re movable roof panels may damage the seals causing water to leak into the vehi cle s interior front panel s must be positioned properly to ensure sealing Improper in stallation can cause water to leak into the vehicle s interior Care Of Fabric Top Windows CAUTION Your vehicle s fabric top has pliable plastic windows which can be scratched unless Special care is taken by following these di rections 301 1 Never use dry cloth to remove dust In stead use a microfiber towel or soft cotton cloth moistened with cold or warm clean water and wipe across the window not up and down MOPAR Jeep Soft Glass Window Cleaner or equivalent will safely clean all plastic windows without scratching It removes fine scratches to improve visibility and provides UV protection to help prevent yellowing 2 When washing never use hot water or anything stronger than a mild soap Never use solvents such as alcohol or harsh cleaning agents 3 Always rinse thoroughly with cold water then wipe with a soft and slightly moist clean cloth 4 When removing frost snow or ice never use a scraper or de icing chemicals Use warm water only if you must clean the window quickly 302 5 Debris sand mud dirt dust or salt from off road driving will have a major impact on zipper operation Even normal on road driving and vehicle washing will event
199. cle unattended is dangerous for a number of reasons A child or others could be seriously or fatally injured Children should be warned not to touch the parking brake brake pedal or the shift lever Do not leave the key fob in or near the vehicle or in a location accessible to chil dren and do not leave Keyless Enter N Go in the ACC or ON RUN mode A child could operate power windows other con trols or move the vehicle PAGE POSITION 201 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Manual Transmission If Equipped Apply the parking brake place the shift lever in NEUTRAL and press the clutch pedal before starting the vehicle This vehicle is equipped with a clutch interlocking ignition system It will not start unless the clutch pedal is pressed to the floor 4WD Models Only In 4L mode this vehicle will start regardless of whether or not the clutch pedal is pressed to the floor This feature enhances off road perfor mance by allowing the vehicle to start when in 4L without having to press the clutch pedal The AWD Indicator Light will illuminate when the transfer case has been shifted into this mode Automatic Transmission If Equipped Start the engine with the shift lever in the NEUTRAL or PARK position Apply the brake before shifting to any driving range Normal Starting Gasoline Engine NOTE No
200. cle with the discharged battery 7 Disconnect the negative end of the jumper cable from the negative post of the booster battery 8 Disconnect the opposite end of the positive jumper cable from the positive post of the booster battery 9 Disconnect the positive end of the jumper cable from the positive post of the dis charged vehicle If frequent jump starting is required to start your vehicle you should have the battery and charg ing system inspected at your authorized dealer PAGE m 276 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 CAUTION Accessories that can be plugged into the vehicle power outlets draw power from the vehicle s battery even when not in use i e cellular phones etc Eventually if plugged in long enough the vehicle s battery will discharge sufficiently to degrade battery life and or prevent the engine from starting FREEING A STUCK VEHICLE If your vehicle becomes stuck in mud sand or snow it can often be moved using a rocking motion Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around the front wheels Then shift back and forth between DRIVE and RE VERSE with automatic transmission or 2nd gear and REVERSE with manual transmis sion while gently pressing the accelerator Use the least amount of accelerator pedal pressure tha
201. cluster will illuminate when the transfer case is shifted into the 4L position 215 When 4WD the ESC Indicator Light will display in the instrument cluster Shifting Procedure 2H to 4H or 4H to 2H Shifting between 2H and 4H can be made with the vehicle stopped or in motion With the vehicle in motion the transfer case will engage disengage faster if you momentarily release the accelerator pedal after completing the shift Apply a constant force when shifting the trans fer case lever 4H to 4L or 4L to 4H With the vehicle rolling at 2 to 3 mph 3 to 5 km h shift an automatic transmission into NEUTRAL N or press the clutch pedal on a manual transmission While the vehicle is coasting at 2 to 3 mph 3 to 5 km h shift the transfer case lever firmly to the desired position Do not pause with the transfer case in N Neu tral Once the shift is completed place the automatic transmission into DRIVE or release the clutch pedal on a manual transmission 216 NOTE Shifting into or out of 4L is possible with the vehicle completely stopped however diffi culty may occur due to the mating teeth not being properly aligned Several attempts may be required for clutch teeth alignment and shift completion to occur The preferred method is with the vehicle rolling at 2 to 3 mph 3 to 5 km h Avoid attempting to engage or disengage 4L with the vehicle moving faster than 2 to 3 mph 3 to 5 km h
202. connect Phonebook e Phonebook Downloaded and Uconnect Phone Local recognition rate is optimized when the entries are not similar e Numbers must be spoken in single digits 800 must be spoken eight zero zero not eight hundred e You can say letter O for 0 zero Even though international dialing for most number combinations is supported some shortcut dialing number combinations may not be supported In a convertible vehicle system performance may be compromised with the convertible top down Phone Far End Audio Performance Audio quality is maximized under low to medium blower setting e low to medium vehicle speed e low road noise e smooth road surface e fully closed windows dry weather conditions and operation from the driver seat e Performance such as audio clarity echo and loudness to a large degree rely on the phone and network and not the Uconnect Phone Echo at the phone far end can sometimes be reduced by lowering the in vehicle audio volume e Inaconvertible vehicle system performance may be compromised with the convertible top down Bluetooth Communication Link Mobile phones have been found to lose connec tion to the Uconnect Phone When this hap pens the connection can generally be reestab lished by switching the phone off on Your mobile phone is recommended to remain in Bluetooth ON mode Power Up After sw
203. crossing a ravine gully ditch washout or a large rut the angled approach is the key to maintaining your vehicle s mobility Approach these obstacles at a 45 degree angle and let each tire go through the obstacle independently You need to use caution when crossing large obstacles with steep sides Do not attempt to cross any large obstacle with steep sides at an angle great enough to put the vehicle at risk of a rollover If you get caught in a rut dig a small trench to the right or left at a 45 degree angle ahead of the front tires Use the removed dirt to fill the rut ahead of the turnout you just created You should now be able to drive out following the trench you just created at a 45 degree angle 221 WARNING There is an increased risk of rollover when crossing an obstacle at any angle with steep sides Crossing Logs To cross a log approach it at a slight angle approximately 10 to 15 degrees This allows one front tire to be on top of the log while the other just starts to climb the log While climbing the log modulate your brake and accelerator to avoid spinning the log out from under your tires Then ease the vehicle off the log using your brakes CAUTION Do not attempt to cross a log with a greater diameter than the running ground clearance or the vehicle will become high centered Getting High Centered If you get hung up or high centered on an object get out of the vehicle and try to deter
204. ct the Bluetooth connection between a Uconnect Phone paired mobile phone and the Uconnect Phone follow the instructions described in your mobile phone User s Manual List Paired Mobile Phone Names Press the amp button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Setup Phone Pairing When prompted say List Phones e The Uconnect Phone will play the phone names of all paired mobile phones in order from the highest to the lowest priority To select or delete a paired phone being announced press the button and say Select or Delete Also see the next two sections for an alternate way to select or delete a paired phone 71 PAGE POSITION 73 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Select Another Mobile Phone This feature allows you to select and start using another phone paired with the Uconnect Phone e Press the X button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Setup Select Phone and follow the prompts e You can also press the button at any time while the list is being played and then choose the phone that you wish to select e The selected phone will be used for the next phone call If the selected phone is not available the Uconnect Phone will return to usi
205. cted The Sway Bar Indicator Light will flash during activation tran sition or when activation conditions are not met The stabilizer sway bar should remain in on road mode during normal driving conditions 217 WARNING Do not disconnect the stabilizer bar and drive on hard surfaced roads or at speeds above 18 mph 29 km h you may lose control of the vehicle which could result in serious injury The front stabilizer bar enhances ve hicle stability and is necessary for maintain ing control of the vehicle The system moni tors vehicle speed and will attempt to reconnect the stabilizer bar at speeds over 18 mph 29 km h This is indicated by a flashing or solid Sway Bar Indicator Light Once vehicle speed is reduced below 14 mph 22 km h the system will once again attempt to return to off road mode To disconnect the stabilizer sway bar shift to either 4H or 4L and press the SWAY BAR switch to obtain the off road position Refer to Four Wheel Drive Operation in Starting and Oper ating for further information The Sway Bar Indicator Light will flash until the stabilizer sway bar has been fully disconnected 218 NOTE The stabilizer sway bar be torque locked due to left and right suspension height differences This condition is due to driving surface differences or vehicle load ing In order for the stabilizer sway bar to disconnect reconnect the right and left halves of the b
206. d Side Impact Sensors e Front Seat Belt Pretensioners and Seat Belt Buckle Switch Advanced Front Air Bag Features The Advanced Front Air Bag system has multi stage driver and front passenger air bags This system provides output appropriate to the se verity and type of collision as determined by the Occupant Restraint Controller ORC which may receive information from the front impact sensors The first stage inflator is triggered immediately during an impact that requires air bag deploy ment This low output is used in less severe collisions A higher energy output is used for more severe collisions WARNING e No objects should be placed over or near the air bag on the instrument panel be cause any such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a collision severe enough to cause the air bag to inflate Continued PAGE d 36 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 WARNING Continued e Do not put anything on or around the air bag covers or attempt to open them manu ally You may damage the air bags and you could be injured because the air bags may no longer be functional The protective covers for the air bag cushions are de signed to open only when the air bags are inflating If your vehicle is equipped with Supple mental Seat Mounted Side Air Bags SAB do not use acces
207. d after restarting the engine if the key is not cycled to the LOCK OFF position first NOTE After selecting any gear range wait a moment to allow the selected gear to engage before accelerating This is espe cially important when the engine is cold f there is a need to restart the engine be sure to cycle the ignition to the LOCK OFF position before restarting Transmis sion gear engagement may be delayed after restarting the engine if the key is not cycled to the LOCK OFF position first PARK This range supplements the parking brake by locking the transmission The engine can be started in this range Never attempt to use PARK while the vehicle is in motion Apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle in this range When parking on a level surface you may place the shift lever in PARK first and then apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake before placing the shift lever in PARK otherwise the load on the transmission locking mecha nism may make it difficult to move the shift lever out of PARK As an added precaution turn the front wheels toward the curb on a downhill grade and away from the curb on an uphill grade WARNING Never use the PARK position as substi tute for the parking brake Always apply the parking brake fully when parked to guard against vehicle movement and pos sible injury or damage Your vehicle could move and injure you and others if
208. d others could be badly injured Any child riding in your vehicle should be ina proper restraint for the child s size Infants And Child Restraints Safety experts recommend that children ride rearward facing in the vehicle until they are two years old or until they reach either the height or weight limit of their rear facing child safety seat Two types of child restraints can be used rearward facing infant carriers and convertible child seats The infant carrier is only used rearward facing in the vehicle It is recommended for children from birth until they reach the weight or height limit of the infant carrier Convertible child seats can be used either rearward facing or forward facing in the vehicle Convertible child seats often have a higher weight limit in the rearward facing direction than infant carriers do so they can be used rearward facing by children who have outgrown their infant carrier but are still less than at least two years old Children should remain rearward facing until they reach the highest weight or height allowed by their con vertible child seat Both types of child restraints are held in the vehicle by the lap shoulder belt or the ISOFIX child restraint anchor system Refer to ISOFIX Child Seat Anchorage System WARNING e Never place a rear facing infant seat in front of an air bag A deploying passenger Advanced Front Air Bag can cause death or serious injury to a child 12 years or
209. der link SUNRIDER FOUR DOOR MODELS IF EQUIPPED CAUTION Operating the top opening a door or lower ing a window while the top is wet may allow water to drip into the vehicle s interior 150 NOTE If you are going to be driving faster than 40 mph 64 km h with the Sunrider feature open it is recommended that you remove the rear window of the vehicle Opening The Sunrider 1 Unclip and move the sun visors to the side 2 Release the header latches from the loops on the windshield frame 81925 74 3 Grasp the front side bow behind the header and lift the top 036007403 4 Fold back the front section of the top and gently rest the header on top of the rear portion of the deck PAGE 152 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 5 Fold the top so that the material forms a W as shown Enter the vehicle and move the material into two folds 6 Secure the top by using the two provided straps Each strap will wrap around the side bow and Velcro to itself use one strap on each side of the vehicle PAGE POSITION 153 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Closing The Sunrider Perform the above steps in the opposite order NOTE
210. ding Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 323 PAGE POSITION 325 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Ownfrs_Manual_v1 97 500 Miles 156 000 km or 78 Months 105 000 Miles 168 000 km or 84 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter T Change the engine oil and engine oil fil Rotate tires ter TT Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Rotate tires If using your vehicle for any of the following Dusty or off road conditions Inspect the Replace the spark plugs engine air cleaner filter replace if necessary Inspect all door latches for presence of Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary grease reapply if necessary J The spark plug change interval is mile age based only yearly intervals do not apply Odometer Reading Date Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center Signature Authorized Service Center 324 PAGE POSITION 326 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 112 500 Miles 180 000 90 Mo
211. ding on the side of the vehicle lift the top by the side bow and the 2 bow middle bow up and over the sports bar until the header rests on the top of the windshield frame 035907427 6 Open the header latches and engage the hook on each side onto the windshield loops do not close the latches 5 Make sure the Sunrider bracket on the side bows latches to the door rails Sunrider Mod els only 128 7 If the swing gate brackets were removed install them by hooking the rear edge of the bracket on the interior side of the body channel Then rotate it rearward and over the channel until it snaps onto the exterior part of the rail To be properly located the bracket must only be clipped to the shortened rail edge 1b34abe 8 Move to the rear of the vehicle and gently pull the sail panels over the rear roof bow PAGE zs 130 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 11 Insert the front retainer of the window into the door channel making sure the retainer is fully seated and properly positioned on the door frame Failure to do so can result in wind and water leaks or damage to the window 9 Partially install the sail panel retainers into 10 To install the side windows affix the win the body side channel leaving the last 3 in 7 6 dow temporarily by attaching to the Velcro in cm
212. directions All Uconnect Phone sessions begin with a press of the button on the radio control head Cancel Command At any prompt after the beep you can say Cancel and you will be returned to the main menu However in a few instances the system will take you back to the previous menu Pair Link Uconnect Phone to a Mobile Phone To begin using your Uconnect Phone you must pair your compatible Bluetooth enabled mobile phone refer to Introduction section to learn about the phone type To complete the pairing process you will need to reference your mobile phone owner s manual The Uconnect website may also pro vide detailed instructions for pairing The following are general phone to Uconnect Phone pairing instructions e Press the X button to begin 64 After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Setup Phone Pairing When prompted after the beep say Pair a Phone and follow the audible prompts You will be asked to say a four digit Personal Identification Number PIN which you will later need to enter into your mobile phone You can enter any four digit PIN You will not need to remember this PIN after the initial pairing process For identification purposes you will be prompted to give the Uconnect Phone a name for your mobile phone Each mobile phone that is paired should be given a unique phone name You will then be asked to give your mobile phone a priority level between
213. dle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Cav Car Mini Description Cav Car Mini Description Cav Car Mini Description ity tridge Fuse ity tridge Fuse ity tridge Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse J1 J7 30 Anti Lock Brake J13 60 Ignition Off Amp System ABS Amp Draw IOD D Valve Stability Yellow Main Amp Module Control Syst Pink onuoreysiem J14 40 Rear Defroster J8 __ __ 49 40 PZEV Sec d Driver Door Amp Motor Flex Fuel J15 40 Front Blower Amp Node Natu Green Amp u Green ral J10 30 Headlamp Amp Wash Relay J17 40 Starter Solenoid 49 a Passenger Door Pink Manifold Tuning Amp Amp Node Val G Natu alve reen ral J11 30 Sway Bar J18 20 Powertrain Con Amp Amp trol Module J6 40 Anti Lock Brake Amp System ABS Pink Blue PENI Trans Green Pump Stability J12 30 Rear Blower ange Control System Amp Motor Radiator J19 60 Radiator Fan Pink Fan Amp Yellow 303 Cav Car Mini Description Cav Car Mini Description Cav Car Mini Description ity tridge Fuse ity tridge Fuse ity tridge Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse J20 30 Front Wiper M5 25 Power Inverter M10 15 Ignition Off Amp LO HI Amp If Equipped Amp Draw Vehicle Pink Natu Blue Entertainment Jat 20 Front Rear iss System Satel Amp Washer
214. door frames e Six door frame attachment knobs e Right and left quarter windows e Rear window e Two rear window roll up straps 104 e Two Sunrider secure straps if equipped e Two rear swing gate brackets 2 Remove the hard top Refer to Freedom Top Three Piece Modular Hard Top Front Rear Panel Removal in this section 3 Unbutton the side bow tether strap both sides 4 Using the plastic reinforcement as a handle slide the tether strap up the side bow both Sides 5 The tether strap must be hooked onto the pivot bracket prior to removal of soft top from vehicle both sides PAGE 106 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 6 Remove the soft top bow assembly pivot bracket screws two per side from the sport bar using a 4T30 Torx head driver 036072289 7 Liftthe softtop in a upward motion to release the pivot bracket from the sport bar bracket PAGE POSITION 107 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 8 Remove the soft top from the vehicle and store in a clean dry location another person may be needed to help with this operation NOTE If you are doing this alone use one arm to hold the bundle up the other to remove the brackets 9 Rein
215. ds may cause damage or even failure of the axle and tires A tire could explode and injure someone Do not spin your vehicle s wheels faster than 30 mph 48 km h or for longer than 30 seconds continuously without stopping when you are stuck and do not let anyone near a spinning wheel no matter what the speed TOW EYES Your vehicle is equipped with tow eyes which are mounted in the front and the rear CAUTION Tow eyes are for emergency use only to rescue a vehicle stranded off road Do not use tow eyes for tow truck hookup or highway towing You could damage your vehicle Tow straps are recommended when towing the vehicle chains may cause vehicle damage 276 WARNING Stand clear of vehicles when pulling with tow eyes Tow straps and chains may break causing serious injury SHIFT LEVER OVERRIDE If a malfunction occurs and the shift lever can not be moved out of the PARK position you can use the following procedure to temporarily move the shift lever 1 Turn the engine OFF 2 Firmly apply the parking brake 3 Using a small screwdriver or similar tool remove the shift lever override access cover located to the right of the shift lever 4 Turn the ignition to the ACC or ON RUN position but do not start the engine Shift Lever Override Access Cover 5 Press and maintain firm pressure on the brake pedal 6 Insert the screwdriver or similar tool into the access port and push and ho
216. e e Inspect the radiator for mud and debris and clean as required Check threaded fasteners for looseness par ticularly on the chassis drivetrain compo nents steering and suspension Retighten them if required and torque to the values specified in the Service Manual e Check for accumulations of plants or brush These things could be a fire hazard They might hide damage to fuel lines brake hoses axle pinion seals and propeller shafts 225 e After extended operation in mud sand wa ter or similar dirty conditions have the radia tor fan brake rotors wheels brake linings and axle yokes inspected and cleaned as soon as possible WARNING Abrasive material in any part of the brakes may Cause excessive wear or unpredictable braking You might not have full braking power when you need it to prevent a colli sion If you have been operating your vehicle in dirty conditions get your brakes checked and cleaned as necessary f you experience unusual vibration after driv ing in mud slush or similar conditions check the wheels for impacted material Impacted material can cause a wheel imbalance and freeing the wheels of it will correct the situation 226 POWER STEERING The standard power steering system will give you good vehicle response and increased ease of maneuverability in tight spaces The system will provide mechanical steering capability if power assist is lost If for some re
217. e sult of moisture from rain snow or high humidity accumulating on the radiator and being vaporized when the thermostat opens allowing hot engine coolant antifreeze to enter the radiator If an examination of your engine compartment shows no evidence of radiator or hose leaks the vehicle may be safely driven The vapor will Soon dissipate Do not overfill the coolant expansion bottle Check the coolant freeze point in the radiator and in the coolant expansion bottle If engine coolant antifreeze needs to be added the contents of the coolant expansion bottle must also be protected against freezing 293 frequent engine coolant antifreeze addi tions are required the cooling system should be pressure tested for leaks e Maintain engine coolant antifreeze concen tration at 50 OAT engine coolant anti freeze minimum and distilled water for proper corrosion protection of your engine which contains aluminum components e Make sure that the coolant expansion bottle overflow hoses are not kinked or obstructed e Keep the front of the radiator clean If your vehicle is equipped with air conditioning keep the front of the condenser clean e Do not change the thermostat for Summer or Winter operation If replacement is ever nec essary install ONLY the correct type thermo stat Other designs may result in unsatisfac tory engine coolant antifreeze performance poor gas mileage and increased e
218. e Shifting out of Transfer Case Neutral N 265 Shift Lever 276 Shoulder 27 Shoulder Belt Upper Anchorage 30 Side 37 Side Window Demisters Defrosters 192 Signals 58 90 162 309 Snow Chains Tire Chains 243 Snow 5 240 SOILTOD S sie E ER 117 132 Sound 182 Sound Systems Radio 182 Spare Tecra s erranera ra 240 241 269 PAGE m 376 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Speed Control Cruise Control 96 162 olarliigi v eRe he 199 Automatic Transmission 199 Cold Weather 200 Engine Fails to Stat 200 Manual Transmission 199 Steering POWE ssl eee REP ex 226 Tit Column 95 WheelLock 13 Wheel 95 Steering Wheel Audio Controls 186 Steering Wheel Mounted Sound System Controls dy ek es 186 wb ws 307 Storage Behind the Seat 101 Storage Vehicle 192 307 Storing Your Vehicle 307 Stuck Freeing 275 PAGE POSITION 377 JOB zeta twedd
219. e ignition switch is first turned to the 00 ON position Wait until the light turns off before starting the vehicle Refer to Starting Procedures in Starting And Operating COMPASS AND TRIP COMPUTER IF EQUIPPED The Compass Trip Computer features a driver interactive display displays information on out side temperature compass direction and trip information It is located on the lower left part of the cluster below the speedometer PAGE mS 172 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Compass Display Control Buttons The Compass Temperature control buttons are located on the left spoke of the steering wheel RESET 040541179 PAGE POSITION 173 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Press and release the STEP button on the steering wheel to access the options in the Compass display NOTE The system will display the last known out side temperature when starting the vehicle and may need to be driven several minutes before the updated temperature is dis played Engine temperature can also affect the displayed temperature therefore tem perature readings are not updated when the vehicle is not moving Press and release the STEP button to step through each of the follow
220. e using a 4T30 Torx head driver Secure them until they are snug being careful not to cross thread the screws or over tighten CAUTION Do not overtighten the screws You can strip the screws if they are overtightened 5 Remove the swing gate bar black metal bar for bottom of rear window and set aside NOTE Be sure the wire harness in the left rear corner is not tangled in the soft top bows before you lift the top 6 Unsnap and remove the black boot cover This cover should be discarded It was intended as a protective cover for shipping only NOTE A visual instruction sheet is enclosed in the dual top wrap 7 Put up the soft top Refer to Soft Top Putting Up The Soft Top in this section 103 DUAL FOUR DOOR MODELS IF EQUIPPED If your vehicle is equipped with a Dual Top you must remove one of the tops from the ve hicle If the soft top is removed the pivot brackets must also be removed from the sport bar The soft top was installed at the factory for shipping purposes only The soft top and the hard top are to be used indepen dently Removal is mandatory to prevent any possible wear and tear on the soft top Your vehicle warranty will not cover damage resulting from both tops remaining on the vehicle at the same time for extended periods of time Removing The Soft Top Four Door Models 1 Locate and remove the two boxes that con tain the following items e Right and left
221. e vehicle and have an accident Tongue Weight TW The tongue weight is the downward force ex erted on the hitch ball by the trailer In most cases it should not be less than 7 or more than 10 of the trailer load Tongue weight must not exceed the lesser of either the hitch certifi cation rating or the trailer tongue chassis rat ing It should never be less than 4 of the trailer load and not less than 55 Ibs 25 kg You must consider tongue load as part of the load on your vehicle and its GAWR WARNING An improperly adjusted hitch system may reduce handling stability and braking perfor mance and could result in an accident Con sult with your hitch and trailer manufacturer or a reputable trailer caravan dealer for ad ditional information Frontal Area The frontal area is the maximum height multi plied by the maximum width of the front of a trailer Breakaway Cable Attachment European braking regulations for braked trailers up to 7 700 lbs 3 500 kg require trailers to be fitted with either a secondary coupling or break away cable The recommended location for attaching the normal trailers breakaway cable is in the stamped slot located on the sidewall of the hitch receiver With Attachment Point e For detachable tow bar pass the cable through the attachment point and clip it back onto itself 818e675b Detachable Ball Clip Loop Method 255 PAGE POSITION 257 JOB zeta tweddle com Info
222. e Check the tire pressure and look for unusual wear or damage e Inspect the battery clean and tighten the terminals as required e Check the fluid levels of engine coolant antifreeze deaeration bottle and brake mas ter cylinder add as needed e Check all lights and all other electrical items for correct operation At Each Oil Change e Change the engine oil filter e Inspect the exhaust system e Inspect brake hoses e Check the engine coolant antifreeze level hoses and clamps e Inspect engine accessory drive belts Re place as necessary e Inspect for the presence of water in the fuel filter water separator unit Inspection and service should be performed anytime a malfunction is observed or sus pected Retain all receipts 329 PAGE POSITION 331 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Ownprs_Manual_v1 Diesel Models with Diesel Particulate Filter DPF The oil change indicator system will remind you that it is time to take your vehicle in for sched uled maintenance A CHANgE OIL message will flash in the instrument cluster odometer and a single chime will sound indicating that an oil change is necessary Based on engine operation conditions the oil change indicator message will illuminate this 330 means that service is required for your vehicle Have your vehicle serviced as so
223. e Radio Fre quencies as the TPM sensors 2 Installing some form of aftermarket window tinting that affects radio wave signals 3 Lots of snow or ice around the wheels or wheel housings 4 Using tire chains on the vehicle 5 Using wheels tires not equipped with TPM sensors The EVIC will also display a SERVICE TPM SYSTEM message for a minimum of five sec onds when a system fault is detected possibly related to an incorrect sensor location fault In this case the SERVICE TPM SYSTEM mes sage is then followed by a graphic display with 249 pressure values still shown This indicates the pressure values are still being received from the TPM Sensors but they may not be located in the correct vehicle position However the system still needs to be serviced as long as the SER VICE TPM SYSTEM message exists NOTE e If your vehicle is equipped with a match ing full size spare wheel and tire assem bly it has a tire pressure monitoring sen sor and can be monitored by the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS In the event that the matching full size spare tire is swapped with a low pressure road tire the next ignition switch cycle will still show the Tire Pressure Monitoring Tell tale Light to be ON a chime to sound a LOW TIRE PRESSURE message to ap pear in the EVIC and the graphic display will still show the low tire pressure value flashing Driving the vehicle for up to 20 minutes ab
224. e Vehicle is 4LO transfer case mode It may be possible for the vehicle to be driven several times without the STOP START system going into a STOP START READY state under more extreme conditions of the items listed above To Start The Engine While In The STOP START AUTO STOP ACTIVE Mode When the shift lever is in NEUTRAL the engine will start when the clutch pedal is pressed The vehicle will go into STOP START SYSTEM NOT READY mode until the vehicle speed is greater than 3 mph 5 km h 203 Conditions that will cause the engine to start automatically while in STOP START AUTO STOP ACTIVE mode The Engine Will Start Automatically When e Actual cabin temperature is significantly dif ferent than temperature set on Auto HVAC e HVAC is set to full defrost mode e STOP START AUTO STOP ACTIVE time ex ceeds 5 minutes e Battery voltage drops too low e Low brake vacuum e g after several brake pedal applications e Vehicle is moving faster than 3 mph 5 km h e STOP START OFF switch is pressed e 4WD system is put into 4LO mode Conditions that force a manual key cycle start while in STOP START AUTO STOP ACTIVE mode The Engine Will Not Start Automatically If e The driver s seatbelt was unbuckled e The engine hood has been opened 204 e ASTOP START system error occurs The engine may then only be restarted with an ignition key cycle The STOP START KEY START REQUIRED message will appear in the Electronic Ve
225. e battery starter motor alternator or elec trical system may occur PAGE POSITION 275 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 WARNING Do not attempt jump starting if the battery is frozen It could rupture or explode and cause personal injury Preparations For Jump Start The battery in your vehicle is located in the right rear of the engine compartment behind the Power Distribution Center Positive Battery Post WARNING e Take care to avoid the radiator cooling fan whenever the hood is raised It can start anytime the ignition switch is ON You can be injured by moving fan blades e Remove any metal jewelry such as watch bands or bracelets that might make an inadvertent electrical contact You could be seriously injured e Batteries contain sulfuric acid that can burn your skin or eyes and generate hy drogen gas which is flammable and explo Sive Keep open flames or sparks away from the battery 1 Set the parking brake shift the automatic transmission into PARK manual transmission in NEUTRAL and turn the ignition to LOCK 2 Turn off the heater radio and all unneces sary electrical accessories 273 3 If using another vehicle to jump start the battery park the vehicle within the jumper cables reach set the parking brake and make sure the ignition is OFF WARNING Do not allow vehic
226. e is not in motion Delete Uconnect Phonebook Entry Press the X button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Phonebook Delete e After you enter the Phonebook Delete menu you will then be asked for the name of the entry that you wish to delete You can either say the name of a phonebook entry that you wish to delete or you can say List Names to hear a list of the entries in the phonebook from which you choose To select of the entries from the list press the ove button while the Uconnect Phone is playing the desired entry and say Delete e After you enter the name the Uconnect Phone will ask you which designation you wish to delete home work mobile other or all Say the designation you wish to delete e Note that only the phonebook entry in the current language is deleted e Automatic downloaded phonebook entries cannot be deleted or edited Delete Erase All Uconnect Phonebook Entries e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Phonebook Erase All PAGE d 68 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 e Uconnect Phone will ask you to verify that you wish to delete all the entries from the phonebook e After confirmation the phonebook entries will be deleted
227. e location 114 PAGE POSITION 116 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Door Frame Installation Two Door Door Frame Installation Models Four Door Models 1 Unfold door frame and unscrew thumb 1 Install the rear door frame first SCIEWS 2 Set the door frame pin into the hole on top of the body side just behind the rear door open ing 2 Set the door frame pin into the hole on top of the body side behind the door opening 5 Starting with the front knob screw in and tighten both knobs Repeat on the other side 3 After the door frame pin has been set into the body side hole carefully set the front of the door frame into the rubber seal at the top of the windshield 4 Starting with the front of the door frame clip it over the metal side bar and then clip the rear making sure that the material for the side bar covers is not pinched by the door frame 115 PAGE POSITION 117 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 3 Position the top of the door frame against the metal sport bar and press onto the side bar making sure not to pinch the material of the sports bar covers and to ensure it is properly positioned on the seal above the front of the rea
228. e manufacturer s recommended transmission fluid Refer to Flu ids Lubricants and Genuine Parts in Main taining Your Vehicle for fluid specifications It is important to maintain the transmission fluid at the correct level using the recommended fluid NOTE No chemical flushes should be used in any transmission only the approved lubricant should be used CAUTION Using a transmission fluid other than the manufacturers recommended fluid cause deterioration in transmission shift quality and or torque converter shudder and will require more frequent fluid and filter changes Refer to Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Vehicle for fluid specifications Special Additives The manufacturer strongly recommends against using any special additives in the trans mission Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF is an engi neered product and its performance may be impaired by supplemental additives Therefore do not add any fluid additives to the transmis Sion The only exception to this policy is the use of special dyes for diagnosing fluid leaks Avoid using transmission sealers as they may ad versely affect seals 295 PAGE POSITION 297 JOB Q2zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 CAUTION Do not use chemical flushes in your trans mission as the chemicals can damage your trans
229. e such as trailer towing It may also occur when operating the vehicle in a high torque converter slip condition such as 4 wheel drive operation e g snow plowing off road opera tion If this HOTOIL message turns on stop the vehicle and run the engine at idle or faster with the transmission in NEUTRAL until the message turns off 167 CAUTION Continuous driving with the Transmission Temperature HOTOIL Warning message illuminated will eventually cause severe transmission damage or transmission failure WARNING If the Transmission Temperature HOTOIL Warning message is illuminated and you continue operating the vehicle in some cir cumstances you could cause the fluid to boil over come in contact with hot engine or exhaust components and cause a fire gASCAP If the vehicle diagnostic system determines that the fuel filler cap is loose improperly installed or damaged a gASCAP message will display in the odometer display area Tighten the fuel filler cap properly and press the TRIP ODOM ETER button to turn off the message If the 168 problem continues the message will appear the next time the vehicle is started noFUSE If the vehicle diagnostic system determines that the Ignition Off Draw IOD fuse is improperly installed or damaged a noFUSE message will display in the odometer display area For further information on fuses and fuse locations refer to Fuses in Maintai
230. e system operation or sensor damage may result when using replace ment equipment that is not of the same size type and or style Aftermarket wheels can cause sensor damage Do not use aftermarket tire sealants or balance beads if your vehicle is equipped with a TPMS as damage to the sensors may result Continued 246 CAUTION Continued e After inspecting or adjusting the tire pres sure always reinstall the valve stem cap This will prevent moisture and dirt from entering the valve stem which could dam age the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensor NOTE e The TPMS is not intended to replace nor mal tire care and maintenance nor to provide warning of a tire failure or condi tion The TPMS should not be used as tire pressure gauge while adjusting your tire pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability The TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light Seasonal temperature changes will affect tire pressure and the TPMS will monitor the actual tire pressure in the tire Base System The T
231. eAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 WARNING A frayed or torn belt could rip apart in a collision and leave you with no protection Inspect the belt system periodically check ing for cuts frays or loose parts Damaged parts must be replaced immediately Do not disassemble or modify the system Seat belt assemblies must be replaced after a collision if they have been damaged bent retractor torn webbing etc Rear Center Lap Shoulder Belt Retractor Lockout Four Door Models Only This feature is designed to lock the retractor whenever the 60 rear seatback is not fully latched This prevents someone from wearing the rear center lap shoulder belt when the rear seatback is not fully latched NOTE e If the rear center lap shoulder belt cannot be pulled out check that the rear seat back is fully latched 30 e If the rear seatback is properly latched and the rear center lap shoulder belt still cannot be pulled out the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR system may be activated To reset this feature you must let all of the belt webbing return into the retractor You will not be able to pull out more webbing until all of the webbing has been returned back into the retractor WARNING The rear center lap shoulder belt is equipped with a lock out feature to ensure that the rear seatback is in the fully upright and lo
232. eAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua proper disposal Check with your local authori ties to determine the disposal rules for your community To prevent ingestion by animals or children do not store ethylene glycol based engine coolant in open containers or allow it to remain in puddles on the ground If ingested by a child or pet seek emergency assistance immediately Clean up any ground spills imme diately Engine Coolant Level The coolant bottle provides a quick visual method for determining that the coolant level is adequate With the engine idling and warm to normal operating temperature the level of the engine coolant antifreeze in the bottle should be between the ranges indicated on the bottle The radiator normally remains completely full so there is no need to remove the radiator cap unless checking for engine coolant antifreeze freeze point or replacing engine coolant anti freeze Advise your service attendant of this As long as the engine operating temperature is satisfactory the coolant bottle need only be checked once a month When additional engine coolant antifreeze is needed to maintain the proper level it should be added to the coolant bottle Do not overfill Points To Remember NOTE When the vehicle is stopped after a few miles kilometers of operation you may ob serve vapor coming from the front of the engine compartment This is normally a r
233. eader latches from the windshield frame PAGE 120 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 When releasing the sail panel retainers it is helpful to pull down on the rear roof bow 5 As you begin to lower the top fold the sail panels so that they rest on top of the soft top 8192504 ooo 81 65428 4 Release the sail panel retainers from the body side channel at the rear corners of the vehicle 7 Open the swing gate and lower the top 8192512 6 Release the Sunrider latch both sides 119 PAGE POSITION 121 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Ensure fabric does not overhang the sides of the vehicle 3 Install rear corner panels di Quick Steps To Raising The Soft Top Refer to Raising The Soft Top in this section for further information 1 Open the swing gate and raise the top y 035907427 engaging the Sunrider latches another person may be needed to help with this operation 2 Engage header latches 4 Install the back window 120 PAGE POSITION 122 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 1
234. eat lift up on the bar located under the seat cushion and move the seat forward or rearward Re lease the bar once you have reached the de sired position Then using body pressure move forward and rearward on the seat to be sure that the seat adjusters have latched Manual Seat Adjustment WARNING e Adjusting a seat while driving may be dangerous Moving a seat while driving could result in loss of control which could cause a collision and serious injury or death e Seats should be adjusted before fastening the seat belts and while the vehicle is parked Serious injury or death could result from a poorly adjusted seat belt 81 PAGE POSITION 83 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Manual Seat Height Adjustment If Equipped The driver s seat height can be raised or low ered by using the ratcheting handle located on the outboard side of the seat Pull upward on the handle to raise the seat push downward on the handle to lower the seat 030934787 Seat Height Adjustment Front Seatback Recline Lean forward before lifting the handle then lean back to the desired position and release the handle Lift the handle to return the seatback to an upright position 82 030934788 Recline Lever WARNING Do not ride with the seatback reclined so that the shoulder b
235. ecting an iPod or consumer elec tronic audio device to the AUX port lo cated in the radio faceplate plays media but does not use the iPod MP3 control feature to control the connected device Connecting The iPod Or External USB Device Use the connection cable to connect an iPod or external USB device to the vehicle s USB AUX connector port which is located in the center console PAGE 184 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Center Console USB AUX Connector Port Once the audio device is connected and syn chronized to the vehicle s iPod USB MP3 con trol system iPod or external USB device may take a few minutes to connect the audio device starts charging and is ready for use by pressing radio switches as described below NOTE If the audio device battery is completely discharged it may not communicate with the iPod USB MP3 control system until a minimum charge is attained Leaving the audio device connected to the iPod USB MP3 control system may charge it to the required level PAGE POSITION 185 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Using This Feature By using iPod cable or external USB device to connect to USB port e The audio device can be played on the
236. ection are for children who are over two years old or who have outgrown the rear facing weight or height limit of their rear facing convertible child seat Chil dren should remain in a forward facing child seat with a harness for as long as possible up to the highest weight or height allowed by the child seat These child seats are also held in the vehicle by the lap shoulder belt or the ISOFIX child restraint anchorage system Refer to ISO FIX Child Seat Anchorage System children whose weight or height is above the forward facing limit for the child seat should use a belt positioning booster seat until the vehicle s seat belts fit properly If the child cannot sit with knees bent over the vehicle s seat cushion while the child s back is against the seatback they should use a belt positioning booster seat The child and belt positioning booster seat are held in the vehicle by the lap shoulder belt Children Too Large For Booster Seats Children who are large enough to wear the shoulder belt comfortably and whose legs are long enough to bend over the front of the seat when their back is against the seatback should use the lap shoulder belt in a rear seat Make sure that the child is upright in the seat The lap portion should be low on the hips and as snug as possible e Check belt fit periodically A child s squirming or slouching can move the belt out of position PAGE d 44 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareA
237. ed every time the vehicle is raised Have any abnormal conditions re paired promptly Until repaired drive with all side windows fully open e Keep the swing gate closed when driving your vehicle to prevent carbon monoxide and other poisonous exhaust gases from entering the vehicle FUEL REQUIREMENTS DIESEL ENGINES Use Premium Quality Diesel fuels with a Cetane rating of 50 or higher and meeting the EN590 standard are highly recommended See your authorized dealer for further information regard ing fuels available in your area PAGE 254 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 ADDING FUEL Locking Fuel Filler Cap Gas Cap The locking gas cap is located on the left side of the vehicle If the gas cap is lost or damaged be sure the replacement cap is the correct one for this vehicle 81c8c3de Fuel Filler Cap 1 Turn off engine 2 Insert the ignition key into the fuel cap and turn the key one quarter turn to the right then rotate the fuel cap to the left to remove PAGE POSITION 255 JOB 2zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 3 Rotate the ignition key back to the left to remove 4 Toreplace the cap insert it into the filler neck and tighten to the right until at
238. ed for use with propylene glycol based engine cool ant antifreeze Use of propylene glycol based engine coolant antifreeze is not recommended Adding Coolant Your vehicle has been built with an improved engine coolant antifreeze that allows ex tended maintenance intervals This engine cool ant antifreeze can be used up to ten years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km before replace ment To prevent reducing this extended main tenance period it is important that you use the same engine coolant antifreeze throughout the life of your vehicle Please review these recommendations for us ing Organic Additive Technology OAT engine coolant antifreeze When adding engine cool ant antifreeze e We recommend using MOPAR Antifreeze Coolant 10 Year 150 000 Mile Formula OAT Organic Additive Technology e Mix a minimum solution of 50 OAT engine coolant and distilled water Use higher con centrations not to exceed 70 if tempera tures below 34 F 37 C are anticipated e Use only high purity water such as distilled or deionized water when mixing the water engine coolant antifreeze solution The use of lower quality water will reduce the amount of corrosion protection in the engine cooling system Please note that it is the owner s responsibility to maintain the proper level of protection against freezing according to the temperatures occurring in the area where the vehicle is oper ated NOTE
239. eddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 1 Remove the two nuts from the bodyside Dm d 2 Remove one bolt from the underside of the vehicle 3 Remove the side step assembly The Basics Of Off Road Driving You will encounter many types of terrain driving off road You should be familiar with the terrain and area before proceeding There are many types of surface conditions hard packed dirt gravel rocks grass sand mud snow and ice Every surface has a different effect on your vehicle s steering handling and traction Con trolling your vehicle is one of the keys to suc cessful off road driving so always keep a firm grip on the steering wheel and maintain a good driving posture Avoid sudden accelerations turns or braking In most cases there are no road signs posted speed limits or signal lights Therefore you will need to use your own good judgment on what is safe and what is not When on a trail you should always be looking ahead for surface obstacles and changes in terrain The key is to plan your future driving route while remembering what you are currently driving over CAUTION Never park your vehicle over dry grass or other combustible materials The heat from your vehicle exhaust system could cause a fire WARNING Always wear your seat belt and firmly tie down cargo Unsecured
240. ehicle and can produce a feeling of sluggish response or over responsiveness in the steering Unequal tire pressures can cause erratic and unpredictable steering response Unequal tire pressure from side to side may cause the vehicle to drift left or right Tire Inflation Pressures Tire pressure should be checked and adjusted as well as inspected for signs of tire wear or visible damage at least once a month Use a good quality pocket type gauge to check tire pressure Do not make a visual judgement when determining proper inflation Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated CAUTION After inspecting or adjusting the tire pres sure always reinstall the valve stem cap This will prevent moisture and dirt from en tering the valve stem which could damage the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensor Inflation pressures specified on the placard are always cold tire inflation pressure Cold tire inflation pressure is defined as the tire pressure PAGE 240 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 after the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km after a three hour period The cold tire inflation pressure must not exceed the maximum infla tion pressure molded into the tire side wall Check tire pressures more oft
241. ehicles equipped with a rear subwoofer there is a third power outlet located in the right rear cargo area A second power outlet is located inside the center console and is powered directly from the vehicle battery 98 PAGE 100 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Power Outlet Fuse Locations 1 M36 Fuse 20 A Yellow Power Outlet Console Bin 2 M6 Fuse 20 A Yellow Cigar Lighter Instru ment Panel 3 M7 Fuse 20 A Yellow Power Outlet Rear with Sub Woofer Opt WARNING To avoid serious injury or death Only devices designed for use in this type of outlet should be inserted into any 12 Volt outlet WARNING Continued e Do not touch with wet hands Close the lid when not in use and while driving the vehicle e f this outlet is mishandled it may cause an electric shock and failure CAUTION e Many accessories that can be plugged in draw power from the vehicle s battery even when not in use i e mobile phones etc Eventually if plugged in long enough the vehicle s battery will discharge suffi ciently to degrade battery life and or pre vent the engine from starting e Accessories that draw higher power i e coolers vacuum cleaners lights etc will degrade the battery even more quickly Only use these intermittently and with greater
242. el Do not overfill Use ONLY the recommended fluid see Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts for fluid specifications After adding any quantity of oil through the dipstick tube wait a minimum of two minutes for the oil to fully drain into the transmission before rechecking the fluid level NOTE If it is necessary to check the transmission below the operating temperature the fluid level should be between the two COLD lower holes on the dipstick with the fluid at approximately 80 F 27 C If the fluid level is correctly established at 80 F 27 C it should be between the HOT upper refer ence holes when the transmission reaches 180 F 82 C Remember it is best to check the level at the normal operating tempera ture CAUTION If the fluid temperature is below 50 F 10 C it may not register on the dipstick Do not add fluid until the temperature is elevated enough to produce an accurate reading Run the engine at idle in PARK to warm the fluid 8 Replace the engine cover and snap it se curely onto the mounting studs PAGE 298 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 9 Check for leaks Release the parking brake NOTE To prevent dirt and water from entering the transmission after checking or replenishing fluid make sure that the dipstick cap is properly resea
243. elt is no longer resting against your chest In a collision you could slide under the seat belt which could result in serious injury or death Easy Entry Seats Two Door Models Pull upward on the recline lever toward the rear of the vehicle and slide the entire seat forward Easy Entry Seat PAGE EN 84 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 To return the seat to a sitting position rotate the seatback upright until it locks and push the seat rearward until the track locks NOTE e The front passenger seats have a track memory which returns the seat to just past the halfway point of the track regard less of its original position e The recliner and easy entry levers should not be used during the automatic return ing of the seat to its sitting position Tip n Slide Seats Two Door Models This feature allows the front seats to be rotated toward the instrument panel to allow easier entry into the rear seats Driver s Seat Pull upward on the recline lever and bring the seatback to its full forward position Recline Lever Rotate the entire seat assembly toward the instrument panel Tip n Slide Passenger Seat In addition to Easy Entry the front passenger seat is also equipped with Tip n Slide This feature allows for easier entry for rear passen gers
244. eltAlert is a feature intended to remind the driver and front passenger if equipped with front passenger BeltAlert to fasten their seat belts The feature is active whenever the igni tion is on If the driver or front seat passenger is unbelted the Seat Belt Reminder Light will turn on and remain on until both front seat belts are fastened PAGE d 34 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 BeltAlert warning sequence begins after the vehicle speed is over 5 mph 8 km h by blinking the Seat Belt Reminder Light and sounding an intermittent chime Once the se quence starts it will continue for the entire duration or until the respective seatbelts are fastened After the sequence completes the Seat Belt Reminder Light remains illuminated until the respective seat belts are fastened The driver should instruct all other occupants to fasten their seat belts If a front seat belt is unbuckled while traveling at speeds greater than 5 mph 8 km h BeltAlert will provide both audio and visual notification The front passenger seat BeltAlert is not active when the front passenger seat is unoccupied BeltAlert may be triggered when an animal or heavy object is on the front passenger seat or when the seat is folded flat if equipped It is recommended that pets be restrained in the rear seat in pet
245. en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 CAUTION e When installing the Integrated Power Mod ule cover it is important to ensure the cover is properly positioned and fully latched Failure to do so may allow water to get into the Integrated Power Module and possibly result in an electrical system failure When replacing a blown fuse it is impor tant to use only a fuse having the correct amperage rating The use of a fuse with rating other than indicated may result in a dangerous electrical system overload If a properly rated fuse continues to blow it indicates a problem in the circuit that must be corrected VEHICLE STORAGE If you are leaving your vehicle dormant for more than 21 days you may want to take steps to protect your battery You may Remove Cartridge fuse J13 in the Power Distribution Center PDC labeled Ignition Off Draw IOD and store it in a safe location within the PDC e Or disconnect the negative cable from the battery Anytime you store your vehicle or keep it out of service i e vacation for two weeks or more run the air conditioning system at idle for about five minutes in the fresh air and high blower setting This will ensure ad equate system lubrication to minimize the possibility of compressor damage when the System is started again REPLACEMENT BULBS Interior Lights Bulb Type Auto Trans Indicator Lamp 658 Courtesy Lights Under
246. en if subject to a wide range of outdoor temperatures as tire pressures vary with temperature changes Tire pressures change by approximately 1 psi 7 kPa per 12 F 7 C of air temperature change Keep this in mind when checking tire pressure inside a garage especially in the Winter Example If garage temperature 68 F 20 C and the outside temperature 32 F 0 C then the cold tire inflation pressure should be in creased by 3 psi 21 kPa which equals 1 psi 7 kPa for every 12 F 7 C for this outside temperature condition Tire pressure may increase from 2 to 6 psi 13 to 40 kPa during operation DO NOT reduce this normal pressure buildup or your tire pres sure will be too low PAGE POSITION 241 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua Tire Pressures For High Speed Operation The manufacturer advocates driving at safe speeds within posted speed limits Where speed limits or conditions are such that the vehicle can be driven at high speeds maintain ing correct tire inflation pressure is very impor tant Increased tire pressure and reduced ve hicle loading may be required for high speed vehicle operation Refer to original equipment or an authorized tire dealer for recommended safe operating speeds loading and cold tire inflation pressures WARNING High speed driving with your vehicle under maximum l
247. ended fluid Refer to Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further informa tion Front Rear Axle Fluid Fluid Level Check Lubricant should be at the bottom edge of the oil fill hole Adding Fluid Add lubricant only at the fill hole and only to the level specified above Selection Of Lubricant Use only manufacturer s recommended fluid Refer to Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further informa tion Appearance Care And Protection From Corrosion Protection Of Body And Paint From Corrosion Vehicle body care requirements vary according to geographic locations and usage Chemicals that make roads passable in snow and ice and those that are sprayed on trees and road sur faces during other seasons are highly corrosive to the metal in your vehicle Outside parking which exposes your vehicle to airborne con taminants road surfaces on which the vehicle is operated extreme hot or cold weather and other extreme conditions will have an adverse effect on paint metal trim and underbody pro tection The following maintenance recommendations will enable you to obtain maximum benefit from the corrosion resistance built into your vehicle What Causes Corrosion Corrosion is the result of deterioration or re moval of paint and protective coatings from your vehicle PAGE 300 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChr
248. eneral Information in Starting and Operating for the proper inspection procedure When replacing tires refer to Tires Gen eral Information in Starting and Operating for proper tire replacement procedures Re placing tires with a higher load carrying ca pacity will not increase the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limits Towing Requirements Trailer Brakes Do not interconnect the hydraulic brake sys tem or vacuum system of your vehicle with that of the trailer This could cause inad equate braking and possible personal injury e When towing a trailer equipped with a hy draulic surge actuated brake system an electronic brake controller is not required e Trailer brakes are recommended for trailers over 1 000 Ibs 450 kg and required for trailers in excess of 1 653 lbs 750 kg CAUTION If the trailer weighs more than 1 000 Ibs 450 kg loaded it should have its own brakes and they should be of adequate capacity Failure to do this could lead to accelerated brake lining wear higher brake pedal effort and longer stopping distances WARNING Do not connect trailer brakes to your vehi cle s hydraulic brake lines It can overload your brake system and cause it to fail You might not have brakes when you need them and could have an accident e Towing any trailer will increase your stopping distance When towing you should allow for additional space between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you Fai
249. ent 38 NOTE Front and or side air bags will not deploy in all collisions This does not mean some thing is wrong with the air bag system If you do have a collision which deploys the air bags any or all of the following may occur e The nylon air bag material may sometimes cause abrasions and or skin reddening to the driver and front passenger as the air bags deploy and unfold The abrasions are similar to friction rope burns or those you might get sliding along a carpet or gymnasium floor They are not caused by contact with chemi cals They are not permanent and normally heal quickly However if you haven t healed significantly within a few days or if you have any blistering see your doctor immediately e As the air bags deflate you may see some smoke like particles The particles are a nor mal by product of the process that generates the non toxic gas used for air bag inflation These airborne particles may irritate the skin eyes nose or throat If you have skin or eye irritation rinse the area with cool water For nose or throat irritation move to fresh air If the irritation continues see your doctor If these particles settle on your clothing follow the garment manufacturer s instructions for cleaning Do not drive your vehicle after the air bags have deployed If you are involved in another collision the air bags will not be in place to protect you WARNING e Deployed air bags and seat belt preten
250. ent panel When the ORC detects a collision requiring the Advanced Front Air Bags it signals the inflator units A large quantity of non toxic gas is generated to inflate the Ad vanced Front Air Bags Different air bag inflation rates are possible based on several factors including the collision type and severity The steering wheel hub trim cover and the upper right side of the instrument panel separate and fold out of the way as the air bags inflate to their full size The air bags fully inflate in about 50 to 70 milliseconds This is about half of the time it takes to blink your eyes The air bags then quickly deflate while helping to restrain the driver and front passenger The Advanced Front Air Bag gas is vented through the vent holes in the sides of the air bag In this way the air bags do not interfere with your control of the vehicle Supplemental Seat Mounted Side Air Bags SAB Inflator Units If Equipped The Supplemental Seat Mounted Side Air Bags Inflator Units if equipped are designed to activate only in certain side collisions The ORC determines if a side collision requires the side air bags to inflate based on the severity and type of collision Based on the severity and type of collision the Side air bag inflator on the crash side of the vehicle is triggered releasing a quantity of non toxic gas The inflating SAB exits through the seat seam into the space between the occupant and the door The SAB fully
251. eone observe the operation of brake lights and exterior lights while you work the controls Check turn signal and high beam indicator lights on the instrument panel Door Latches Check for positive closing latching and locking Fluid Leaks Check area under vehicle after overnight park ing for fuel engine coolant oil or other fluid leaks Also if gasoline fumes are detected or if fuel power steering fluid or brake fluid leaks are suspected the cause should be located and corrected immediately 53 PAGE POSITION 55 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 54 PAGE POSITION 56 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 3 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE MIRRORS 2 2252 222 220 ee Ses 22274 60 O SCE T 60 SCONCES p I 60 Automatic Dimming Mirror If Equipped 61 e Power Mirrors If Equipped 61 Heated Mirrors If 61 2222 2222 22 2542 42 62 Uconnect Phone IF 62 Operation eR wie ee Reece 05460648484 63
252. er to leak into the 5 Unlatch the header panel latch located at the top of the windshield 108 PAGE m 110 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 EN 035707353 6 Remove the left hand panel To remove the right panel follow the steps above except for Step 3 Freedom Top Storage Bag Vehicles equipped with a Freedom Top Modu lar Hard Top come with a Freedom Top storage bag that allows you to store your Free dom Top panels The storage bag contains two compartments and fits behind the rear seat Lay the Freedom bag down so the loops and hooks are facing downward Unzip the bag and fold back the outer flap Release the Velcro on the black panel divider and fold it back NOTE Ensure the front Freedom Top panel latch is closed prior to inserting the panel into the Freedom bag Insert the right side Freedom panel into the bag with the latches facing downward 2 035707990 Unfold the black panel divider ensure the di vider is laying flat Secure the Velcro located at the center of the divider 035707991 Insert the left side Freedom panel into the bag with the latches facing upward 109 PAGE POSITION 111 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG
253. eral law requires outside mirrors on vehicles for on road use WARNING Carefully follow these warnings to help pro tect against personal injury e Do not drive your vehicle on road with the windshield down e Do not drive your vehicle unless the wind shield is securely fastened either up or down e Eye protection such as goggles should be worn at all times when the windshield is down Continued 152 WARNING Continued e Be sure that you carefully follow the in structions for raising the windshield Make sure that the folding windshield windshield wipers side bars and all associated hard ware and fasteners are correctly and tightly assembled before driving your ve hicle Failure to follow these instructions may prevent your vehicle from providing you and your passengers protection in some accidents If you remove the doors store them out side the vehicle In the event of an acci dent a loose door may cause personal injury Lowering The Windshield And Removing Side Bars 1 Lower the fabric top or remove the hard top following the instructions in this manual NOTE To assist in properly reinstalling side bars mark the original locations prior to remov ing 2 Remove the two top hex bolts 13 mm and the one side hex bolt 13 mm visible through the trim Do not remove plastic corner trim sun visor bolts or sport bar covering 819292b7 3 Remove the sun visor 4 Remo
254. ering 226 Disabled Vehicle Towing 277 Disposal Antifreeze Engine Coolant 293 Door 0 55 21 Door Locks Automatic 23 006 ye t 19 Driver s Seat Back 82 Diving tack eoe emi 218 Dual 101 104 368 Electrical Outlet Auxiliary Power Outlet 97 Electrical Power Outlets 97 Electric Remote 05 61 Electronic Brake Control System 229 Brake Assist System 230 Electronic Roll Mitigation 233 Traction Control System 230 Electronic Roll Mitigation ERM 233 Electronic Speed Control Cruise Control 96 Electronic Stability Control ESC 233 Electronic Throttle Control Warning Light 170 Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIG eee ceed eae 170 174 Emergency Brake 227 Emergency In Case of Brake Warning Light 163 VACKING der S 269 Jump Starting 273 Engine Air 286 Break In Recommendations 50 Compartment 281 282 Compartment Identification 281 282 0010029 iad howe 291 Exhaust Gas Caution 51 Fails to 200 Flooded Starting 200 Fuel Requirements 310 dump Starting 273 o eat 284 310 Oil Change Interval 176 284 Oil Selection
255. ers_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Voice Tree Setup Setup Confirmation Pairing Emergency Breakdown Select Phone Language Prompts Service Toggle List Phones Delete New phone Select a language Confirmation will temporarily Prompts on off Say 4 digit System Lists override pin code Phones phone Select phone i to be deleted List Phones priorities Enter Name of phone and follow prompts to complete pairing System System Lists All Phones Deleted Note Available Voice commands are shown in bold face and are underlined 030605582 76 PAGE EN 78 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Voice Commands Primary Alternate s Primary Alternate s Primary Alternate s cancel Italian Italiano 2910 confirmation confirmation language one prompts list names two continue list phones three delete main menu return to main menu four dial mobile five download mute six Dutch Nederlands mute off seven edit new entry eight emergency English other other asterisk star delete all erase all pair a phone plus Espanol phone pairing pairing hash ff Francais phonebook p
256. essing the LOCK button on the RKE trans mitter while you are inside the vehicle will activate the Vehicle Security Alarm Opening a door with the Vehicle Security Alarm acti vated will cause the alarm to sound Press the UNLOCK button to deactivate the Ve hicle Security Alarm To Lock The Doors And Swing Gate Press and release the LOCK button on the RKE transmitter to lock all doors The turn signals will flash and the horn will chirp once to acknowl edge the lock signal To Turn Off Flash Lights With Lock This feature will cause the turn signal lights to flash when the doors are locked or unlocked with the RKE transmitter This feature can be turned on or turned off To change the current setting proceed as follows e For vehicles equipped with the EVIC refer to Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features in Understanding Your Instrument Panel for further information e For vehicles not equipped with the EVIC perform the following steps 1 Press the RKE transmitter UNLOCK button for 4 to 10 seconds 2 While the UNLOCK button is pressed after four seconds press the RKE transmitter LOCK button Release both buttons 3 Test the Flash Lights With Lock feature outside of the vehicle by pressing the RKE transmitter LOCK button with the ignition in the LOCK position and the key removed NOTE Pressing the RKE transmitter LOCK button while you are in t
257. etch back to its original size and the top can then be snapped into place If the temperature is 41 F 5 C or below do not attempt to put the top down or roll the rear or side curtains CAUTION e Do not run a fabric top through an auto matic car wash Window scratches and wax buildup may result e Do not lower the top when the temperature is below 41 F 5 C Damage to the top may result Do not lower the top when the windows are dirty Grit may scratch the window e Do not move your vehicle until the top has been either fully attached to the windshield frame or fully lowered Do not lower the top with the windows installed Window and top damage may occur Continued CAUTION Continued e Refer to Appearance Care for Fabric Top Models in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further information It contains important information on cleaning and caring for your vehicle s fabric top e Do not use any tools screwdrivers etc to pry or force any of the clamps clips or retainers securing the soft top Do not force or pry the soft top framework when opening or closing Damage to the top may result PAGE 134 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 WARNING e Do not drive the vehicle with the rear window curtain up unless the side curtains are also open Dange
258. ever For information on using the rear window wiper washer refer to Rear Window Features in Understanding The Features Of Your Vehicle 036407502 Windshield Wiper Washer Lever Windshield Wiper Operation Rotate the end of the lever upward to the second detent past the intermittent settings for low 94 speed wiper operation Rotate the end of the lever upward to the third detent past the inter mittent settings for high speed wiper operation 031507503 Front Wiper Control CAUTION In cold weather always turn off the wiper switch and allow the wipers to return to the park position before turning off the engine If the wiper switch is left on and the wipers freeze to the windshield damage to the wiper motor may occur when the vehicle is restarted Intermittent Wiper System Use the intermittent wiper when weather condi tions make a single wiping cycle with a variable pause between cycles desirable Rotate the end of the lever to the first detent position for one of five intermittent settings The delay cycle can be set anywhere between 1 to 18 seconds 031507503 Front Wiper Control NOTE The wiper delay times depend on vehicle speed If the vehicle is moving less than 10 mph 16 km h delay times will be doubled PAGE d 96 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manua
259. f The compass will now function normally 177 A good calibration requires a level surface and an environment free from large metallic objects such as buildings bridges under ground cables railroad tracks etc Manual Compass Calibration If the compass appears erratic and the CAL indicator does not appear in the EVIC display you must put the compass into the Calibration Mode manually as follows 1 Start the engine Leave the shift lever in PARK in order to enter the EVIC Programming Menus 2 Press the MENU button until Personal Set tings Customer Programmable Features dis plays in the EVIC 178 3 Press the DOWN button until Calibrate Compass displays in the EVIC 4 Press and release the SELECT button to start the calibration The CAL indicator will display in the EVIC 5 Complete one or more 360 degree turns in an area free from large metal or metallic ob jects until the CAL indicator turns off The compass will now function normally Compass Variance Compass Variance is the difference between Magnetic North and Geographic North To com pensate for the differences the variance should be set for the zone where the vehicle is driven per the zone map Once properly set the com pass will automatically compensate for the dif ferences and provide the most accurate com pass heading NOTE Magnetic materials should be kept away from the top of the instrument panel th
260. f this scheduled oil change is per formed by someone other than your dealer the message can be reset by referring to the steps described under Instrument Cluster Description Odometer Trip Odometer in Un derstanding Your Instrument Panel for further information PAGE m 316 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 At Each Stop for Fuel e Check the engine oil level about five minutes after a fully warmed engine is shut off Checking the oil level while the vehicle is on level ground will improve the accuracy of the oil level reading Add oil only when the level is at or below the ADD or MIN mark e Check the windshield washer solvent and add if required Once a Month e Check tire pressure and look for unusual wear or damage e Inspect the battery and clean and tighten the terminals as required e Check the fluid levels of coolant reservoir brake master cylinder power steering and automatic transmission and add as needed e Check all lights and other electrical items for correct operation At Each Oil Change e Change the engine oil filter e Inspect the brake hoses and lines CAUTION Failure to perform the required maintenance items may result in damage to the vehicle Required Maintenance Intervals Refer to the Maintenance Schedules on the following pages for the required ma
261. foShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Clean side and rear windows before removal to assist in preventing scratching during removal of the soft top If zippers are difficult to operate due to road dust etc clean them with a mild soap solution and a small brush Cleaning products are available through your authorized dealer 1 If your vehicle has half doors remove each half door window by opening the door and lifting the half door window out NOTE Stow the half door windows carefully out side of the vehicle never inside to avoid scratches 2 Unclip and move the sun visors to the side 3 Release the header latches and leave the hooks in the loops on the windshield 124 4 Open the swing gate 5 Before unzipping the rear window release the first 3 in 7 6 cm of both sail panels from the channel Remove the swing gate bar by pulling it straight rearward out of the swing gate brack ets 81b34aa7 e Unzip the rear window starting at the right lower corner of the window Pull the zipper up across the top and down to the left lower corner Zipper pulls will stay on the rear window Pull down on the rear window to disengage it from the zipper on the top cover PAGE 126 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLE
262. gainst rust and wear Prior to the application of any lubricant the parts concerned should be wiped clean to remove dust and grit after lubricating excess oil and grease should be removed Particular attention should also be given to hood latching compo nents to ensure proper function When perform ing other underhood services the hood latch release mechanism and safety catch should be cleaned and lubricated The external lock cylinders should be lubricated twice a year preferably in the Fall and Spring Apply a small amount of a high quality lubricant such as MOPAR Lock Cylinder Lubricant di rectly into the lock cylinder Windshield Wiper Blades Clean the rubber edges of the wiper blades and the windshield periodically with a sponge or soft cloth and a mild nonabrasive cleaner This will remove accumulations of salt or road film Operation of the wipers on dry glass for long periods may cause deterioration of the wiper PAGE POSITION 291 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua blades Always use washer fluid when using the wipers to remove salt or dirt from a dry wind shield Avoid using the wiper blades to remove frost or ice from the windshield Keep the blade rubber out of contact with petroleum products such as engine oil gasoline etc NOTE Life expectancy of wiper blades varies de pending on geographical
263. h and snow A C Air Filter If Equipped The A C Filter prevents most dust and pollen from entering the cabin The filter acts on air coming from outside the vehicle and recircu lated air within the passenger compartment Refer to Maintenance Procedures in Main taining Your Vehicle for A C Air Filter service information or see your authorized dealer for service Refer to Maintenance Schedules for filter service intervals PAGE 194 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Control Setting Suggestions for Various Weather Conditions WEATHER CONTROL SETTINGS HOT WEATHER Open the windows start the vehicle press the button to turn recirculate off AND VEHICLE INTERIOR IS Set the Fan control to the high position full clockwise Press the A C button VERY HOT Set the Mode control at or between and Set the temperature control C x to full cool After the hot air is pushed from the vehicle press the button to turn recirculate and roll the windows Once you are comfortable press the button to turn recirculate off and adjust the temperature control for comfort WARM WEATHER Press the 5 button to turn recirculate off X If it s sunny set the Mode control at or near 7 and turn the air conditioning on If Q E m it s cloudy or dark set the Mode control at or near Zi
264. harnesses or pet carriers that are secured by seat belts and cargo is properly stowed BeltAlert can be enabled or disabled by your authorized dealer Chrysler Group LLC does not recommend deactivating BeltAlert NOTE Although BeltAlert has been deactivated the Seat Belt Reminder Light will continue to illuminate while the driver s or front passen ger if equipped with BeltAlert seat belt remains unfastened Seat Belts And Pregnant Women We recommend that pregnant women use seat belts throughout their pregnancy Keeping the mother safe is the best way to keep the baby safe Pregnant women should wear the lap part of the belt across the thighs and as snug across the hips as possible Keep the belt low so that it does not come across the abdomen That way the strong bones of the hips will take the force if there is a collision Supplemental Restraint System SRS Air Bags This vehicle has Advanced Front Air Bags for both the driver and right front passenger as a supplement to the seat belt restraint systems The driver s Advanced Front Air Bag is mounted in the steering wheel The passenger Advanced Front Air Bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove compartment The let ters SRS are embossed on the air bag covers 022633796 Supplemental Restraint System SRS Air Bags 1 Driver And Passenger Advanced Front Air Bags 2 Knee Bolster The Advanced Front Air Bags have a m
265. hat protect the performance and durability of your vehicle and also allow extended maintenance intervals Do not use chemical flushes in these components as the chemicals can damage your engine transmission power steering or air condi tioning Such damage is not covered by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty If a flush is needed because of component malfunction use only the specified fluid for the flushing procedure 284 Engine Oil Gasoline Engine Checking Oil Level To assure proper lubrication of your vehicle s engine the engine oil must be maintained at the correct level The engine oil level should be checked five minutes after a warmed up engine has been shut off Checking the oil while the vehicle is on level ground will improve the accuracy of the oil level readings Always maintain the oil level within the SAFE zone on the dipstick Adding one quart of oil when the reading is at the bottom of the SAFE zone will result in a reading at the top of the safe zone on these engines CAUTION Overfilling or underfilling the crankcase will cause aeration or loss of oil pressure This could damage your engine Change Engine Oil Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for the proper maintenance intervals Engine Oil Selection Non ACEA Categories For best performance and maximum protection under all types of operating conditions we recommend 5W 20 engine oils that are API certified and meet the requirements
266. he distance traveled since the last reset Press and release the right button on the instrument cluster to switch from odom eter to Trip Aor Trip B or to ECO Press and hold the right button while the odometer trip odom eter is displayed to reset Trip Display Button Trip A Shows the total distance traveled for trip A since the last reset 174 Trip B Shows the total distance traveled for trip B since the last reset ECO Fuel Saver Indicator If Equipped The ECO indicator will illuminate when you are driving in a fuel efficient manner and can be used to modify driving habits in order to in crease fuel economy ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER EVIC IF EQUIPPED The Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC features a driver interactive display that is located in the instrument cluster 041041987 This system conveniently allows the driver to select a variety of useful information by press ing the switches mounted on the steering wheel The EVIC consists of the following e System Status e Vehicle Information Displays Warning Message e Tire Pressure Monitor System if equipped e Stop Start System Status if equipped e Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features e Compass Display PAGE 176 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 e Outs
267. he jack and lug wrench are located in the rear ous The vehicle could slip off the jack and storage compartment poses The vehicle should be jacked on a firm level surface only Avoid ice or slippery areas fall on you You could be crushed Never put any part of your body under a vehicle that is on a jack If you need to get under a raised vehicle take it to a service center where it can be raised on a lift Never start or run the engine while the vehicle is on a jack Jack Wing Nut Spare Tire Stowage To remove the spare tire from the carrier re move the tire cover if equipped and remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench turning them counterclockwise Continued 060633923 Jack Storage 269 PAGE POSITION 271 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 If you have added aftermarket accessories to the spare tire mounted carrier it cannot exceed a gross weight of 50 Ibs 23 kg including the weight of the spare tire Preparations For Jacking 1 Park on a firm level surface Avoid ice or slippery areas WARNING Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic pull far enough off the road to avoid being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel 2 Turn on the Hazard Warning flasher 3 Set the parking brake 4 Shift the automatic transm
268. he throttle lightly while holding a light brake pressure and ease the vehicle up and over the object PAGE POSITION 223 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua WARNING Crossing obstacles can cause abrupt steer ing system loading which could cause you to loose control of your vehicle Using A Spotter There are many times where it is hard to see the obstacle or determine the correct path Deter mining the correct path can be extremely diffi cult when you are confronting many obstacles In these cases have someone guide you over through or around the obstacle Have the per son stand a safe distance in front of you where they can see the obstacle watch your tires and undercarriage and guide you through Crossing Large Rocks When approaching large rocks choose a path which ensures you drive over the largest of them with your tires This will lift your undercar riage over the obstacle The tread of the tire is tougher and thicker than the side wall and is designed to take the abuse Always look ahead and make every effort to cross the large rocks with your tires CAUTION e Never attempt to straddle a rock that is large enough to strike your axles or under carriage e Never attempt to drive over a rock which is large enough to contact the door sills Crossing A Ravine Gully Ditch Washout Or Rut When
269. he transmission is in PARK for automatic transmissions or in gear NOT in NEUTRAL for manual transmissions Refer to Recreational Towing in Starting And Operat ing for detailed instructions CAUTION e Front or rear wheel lifts must not be used Internal damage to the transmission dam age or transfer case will occur if a front or rear wheel lift is used when towing e Towing this vehicle in violation of the above requirements can cause severe transmission and or transfer case dam age Damage from improper towing is not covered under the New Vehicle Limited Warranty PAGE 280 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE ENGINE COMPARTMENT 3 6L 281 ENGINE COMPARTMENT 2 8L DIESEL 282 ONBOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM OBDII 283 e Loose Fuel Filler Cap Message 283 PARIS 283 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 283 Engine Oil Gasoline Engine 284 e Engine Oil Diesel Engine 285 eSiEngineiOillEiltera 286 Engine Air Cleaner Filter 286 Maintenance Free 287 Air Conditioner Maintenance 2
270. he vehicle will activate the Vehicle Security Alarm Opening a door with the Vehicle Security Alarm activated will cause the alarm to sound Press the RKE transmitter UNLOCK button to deactivate the Vehicle Security Alarm The Flash Lights With Lock feature can be reactivated by repeating this procedure General Information This device complies with Part 15 of FCC rules and with RS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interfer ence PAGE POSITION 19 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment If your RKE transmitter fails to operate from a normal distance check for these two condi tions 1 Weak battery in RKE transmitter The ex pected life of the battery is from one to two years 2 Closeness to a radio transmitter such as a radio station tower airport transmitter and some mobile or CB radios General Information Transmitter and receivers operate on a carrier frequency of 433 92 MHz as required by EEC regulations These devices must
271. hear a single beep indicating that the incoming call was rejected Answer or Reject an Incoming Call Call Currently in Progress If a call is currently in progress and you have another incoming call you will hear the same network tones for call waiting that you normally hear when using your mobile phone Press the button to place the current call on hold and answer the incoming call NOTE The Uconnect Phone compatible phones in the market today do not support rejecting an incoming call when another call is in prog ress Therefore the user can only answer an incoming call or ignore it Making a Second Call While Current Call in Progress To make a second call while you are currently on a call press the button and say Dial or Call followed by the phone number or phone book entry you wish to call The first call will be on hold while the second call is in progress To go back to the first call refer to Toggling Between Calls To combine two calls refer to Conference Call 67 PAGE POSITION 69 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 Place Retrieve a Call From Hold To put a call on hold press the button until you hear a single beep This indicates that the call is on hold To bring the call back from hold press and hold the button until you hear single beep Toggli
272. heel slightly in both directions until the lock engages To Release The Steering Wheel Lock Insert the key in the ignition and turn the wheel slightly to the left or right to disengage the lock NOTE If you turned the wheel to the right to engage the lock you must turn the wheel slightly to the right to disengage it If you turned the wheel to the left to engage the lock turn the wheel slightly to the left to disengage it Automatic Transmission Ignition Interlock System This system prevents the key from being re moved unless the shift lever is in PARK It also prevents shifting out of PARK unless the key is in the ON RUN position and the brake pedal is depressed SENTRY KEY The Sentry Key Immobilizer system prevents unauthorized vehicle operation by disabling the engine The system does not need to be armed or activated Operation is automatic regardless of whether the vehicle is locked or unlocked The system uses ignition keys which have an embedded electronic chip transponder to pre vent unauthorized vehicle operation Therefore only keys that are programmed to the vehicle can be used to start and operate the vehicle The system will shut the engine off in two seconds if someone uses an invalid key to start the engine NOTE A key which has not been programmed is also considered an invalid key even if it is cut to fit the ignition switch lock cylinder for that vehicle During normal operation after t
273. hicle Information Center EVIC under these conditions Refer to Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC in Under standing Your Instrument Panel for further in formation To Manually Turn Off The Start Stop System 1 Press the STOP START Off switch located on the switch bank The light on the switch will illuminate STOP START OFF Switch 2 The STOP START OFF message will appear in Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Refer to Electronic Vehicle Information Center in Understanding Your Instrument Panel for further information 3 At the next vehicle stop after turning off the STOP START system the engine will not be stopped 4 If the STOP START system is manually turned off the engine can only be started and stopped by cycling the ignition switch 5 The STOP START system will reset itself back to an ON condition every time the key is turned off and back on To Manually Turn On The Start Stop System 1 Press the STOP START Off switch located on the switch bank 2 The light on the switch will turn off PAGE 206 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 System Malfunction If there is a malfunction in the STOP START system the system will not shut down the engine A SERVICE STOP START SYSTEM message will appear in the Electronic Veh
274. hild re straint system NOTE If your child restraint seat is not ISOFIX compatible install the restraint using the vehicle seat belts WARNING An incorrectly anchored tether strap could lead to increased head motion and possible to the child Use only the anchor position directly behind the child seat to secure a child restraint top tether strap Seating Position Mass Group Front Pas Rear Out senger board 0 Up to X U 10 kg 0 Up to X U 13 kg 1 9 10 X U 18 kg Il 15 to X U 25 kg Ill 22 to X U 36 kg PAGE POSITION 45 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 Seating Position Mass Front Rear Group Pas Ou senger board 0 Up X U U to 10 kg 0 Up X U U to 13 kg 1 9 0 X U U 18 kg I 15 to X U U 25 kg 22 X U U to 36 kg Key of letters used in the table above U Suitable for universal category restraints approved for use in this mass group UF Suitable for forward facing universal category restraints approved for use in this mass group 44 L Suitable for particular child restraints given on attached list These restraints may be of the specific vehicle restricted universal categories B Built in restraint approved for th
275. hone book all all of them German Deutsch previous Breakdown service help redial call home select phone select 77 PAGE POSITION 79 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Primary Alternate s send set up phone settings or phone set up transfer call Uconnect Tutorial voice training work yes VOICE COMMAND IF EQUIPPED Voice Command System Operation The Uconnect Voice Command e System allows you to control your VR AM FM radio disc player USB Mass Storage Class device iPod family of devices Bluetooth Streaming Audio device and a memo recorder 78 NOTE Take care to speak into the Voice Interface System as calmly and normally as possible The ability of the Voice Interface System to recognize user voice commands may be negatively affected by rapid speaking or a raised voice level WARNING Any voice commanded system should be used only in safe driving conditions following all applicable laws Your attention should be focused on safely operating the vehicle Fail ure to do so may result in a collision causing serious injury or death When you press the Voice Command but ton you will hear a beep The beep is your signal to give a command NOTE If you do not say a command
276. hts With Wipers Available With Automatic Headlights 90 ezTurn Signals 90 Lane Change Assist 2 seo gi ses Bee is US S Ud 91 eSlights OniBReminder arisen nie ei teen 91 91 e Daytime Running Lights If Equipped 91 e Front Fog Lights 91 Rear Fog Lights If Equipped 91 e Instrument Panel 91 56 PAGE Sal 58 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 O ener 92 Headlight Leveling System If Equipped 93 WINDSHIELD WIPERS AND WASHERS 94 Windshield Wiper Operation 94 e intermittent Wiper System 94 es WindshieldiWashersieeeie e eta ae ee ee hoe nee 95 s Mist Feature ccs oa ee eee 95 e TILT STEERING COLUMN 95 ELECTRONIC SPEED CONTROL IF EQUIPPED 96 eTo Activale ome cm he ee Dum med 96 e To Set A Desired Speed 96 97 T0 Resume Speed es mie a 97 To Vary The Speed Setting sce ace cues caste c
277. ic Stability Pro gram ESP system In this case the light will remain on until the condition has been cor rected If the problem is related to the brake booster the ABS pump will run when applying the brake and a brake pedal pulsation may be felt during each stop The dual brake system provides a reserve braking capacity in the event of a failure to a portion of the hydraulic system A leak in either half of the dual brake system is indicated by the Brake Warning Light which will turn on when the brake fluid level in the master cylinder has dropped below a specified level The light will remain on until the cause is corrected NOTE The light may flash momentarily during sharp cornering maneuvers which change fluid level conditions The vehicle should have service performed and the brake fluid level checked If brake failure is indicated immediate repair is necessary WARNING Driving a vehicle with the red brake light on is dangerous Part of the brake system may have failed It will take longer to stop the vehicle You could have a collision Have the vehicle checked immediately 163 Vehicles equipped with the Anti Lock Brake System ABS are also equipped with Elec tronic Brake Force Distribution EBD In the event of an EBD failure the Brake Warning Light will turn on along with the ABS Light Immediate repair to the ABS system is required Operation of the brake warning light can be checked by
278. icle Information Center EVIC Refer to Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC in Under standing Your Instrument Panel for further in formation The system will need to be checked by your authorized dealer MANUAL TRANSMISSION IF EQUIPPED WARNING You or others could be injured if you leave the vehicle unattended without having the parking brake fully applied The parking brake should always be applied when the driver is not in the vehicle especially on an incline CAUTION Never drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal or attempt to hold the vehicle on a hill with the clutch pedal partially en gaged as this will cause abnormal wear on the clutch NOTE During cold weather you may experience increased effort in shifting until the trans mission fluid warms up This is normal 1 3 5 2 4 6 R Shift Pattern Shifting Fully press the clutch pedal before shifting gears As you release the clutch pedal lightly press the accelerator pedal You should always use first gear when starting from a standing position Recommended Vehicle Shift Speeds To utilize your manual transmission efficiently for both fuel economy and performance it should be upshifted as listed in recommended shift speed chart Shift at the vehicle speeds listed for acceleration When heavily loaded or pulling a trailer these recommended up shift speeds may not apply 205 PAGE POSITION 207
279. icle for further information Manual Transmission If Equipped Selection Of Lubricant Use only manufacturer s recommended manual transmission fluid Refer to Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Ve hicle for further information Fluid Level Check Check the fluid level by removing the fill plug The fluid level should be between the bottom of the fill hole and a point not more than 3 16 in 4 76 mm below the bottom of the hole Add fluid if necessary to maintain the proper level Frequency Of Fluid Change Under normal operating conditions the fluid installed at the factory will give satisfactory lubrication for the life of the vehicle Fluid changes are not necessary unless the lubricant has become contaminated with water If con taminated with water the fluid should be changed immediately 297 Transfer Case If Equipped Fluid Level Check The fluid level should be to the bottom edge of the fill hole A when the vehicle is in a level position Adding Fluid Fluid should be added only at filler hole until fluid begins to run out of the hole Drain First remove the fill plug B then the drain plug C The recommended tightening torque for the drain and fill plugs is 15 to 25 ft Ibs 20 to 34 N m 298 CAUTION When replacing the plugs do not overtighten them You could damage them and cause them to leak Selection Of Lubricant Use only manufacturer s recomm
280. ide Temperature Display e Trip Computer Functions e Uconnect gps system screens if equipped The system allows the driver to select informa tion by pressing the following buttons mounted on the steering wheel 040634197 MENU Button Press and release the MENU but ton to scroll through the main menus Fuel Economy Warnings Timer Units System Personal Settings or to exit sub menus PAGE POSITION 177 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 COMPASS Button Press and release the COMPASS button to display one of eight com pass readings and the outside tem perature or to exit sub menus SELECT Button Press and release the SELECT gt button for access to main menus sub menus or to select a personal setting in the setup menu DOWN Button Press and release the DOWN but V ton to scroll downward through the sub menus Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Displays When the appropriate conditions exist the EVIC displays the following messages e Turn Signal On with a continuous warning chime e Left Front Turn Signal Light Out with a single chime e Left Rear Turn Signal Light Out with a single chime e Right Front Turn Signal Light Out with a single chime e Right Rear Turn Signal Light Out with a single chime e RKE Battery Low with a single chime Personal Settings No
281. ider Models only front of the bracket forward while rolling the entire bracket back in toward the vehicle to disengage E 81925 74 126 PAGE POSITION 128 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 81 65428 17 Before lowering the top open the swing gate to prevent possible damage to the rear center high mounted brake light Move to the front of the vehicle Grasp the side bow behind the header and lift the top folding it toward the rear of the vehicle NOTE Help from another person will ease this operation 18 Tuck the fabric and the check straps be tween the bows and as far inward as possible This will keep any portion of the top from flapping outside of the vehicle 19 Close the front header latches 20 Remove the door frames if desired Refer to Door Frame in this section for further infor mation Raising The Soft Top 1 Unclip and move the sun visors to the side 2 Install door frames if removed Refer to Door Frame in this section for further informa tion 3 Make sure the plastic sleeve is slid over Sunrider link Sunrider Models only 035907428 127 PAGE POSITION 129 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 4 Stan
282. if the vehicle is equipped with a matching full size spare wheel and tire as sembly The matching full size spare tire can be used in place of any of the four road tires Tire Pressure Monitoring Low Pressure Warnings Light will illuminate in the instrument cluster and an audible chime will be activated when one or more of the four active road tire pressures are low In addi tion the EVIC will display a LOW TIRE PRES SURE message for a minimum of five seconds an Inflate to XX message and a graphic dis play of the pressure value s with the low tire s flashing Refer to Electronic Vehicle Informa tion Center EVIC in Understanding Your In strument Panel for further information NOTE Your system can be set to display pressure units in PSI kPa or BAR D The Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale PAGE m 250 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 TIRE Sg 33 33 33 055870514 Should a low tire condition occur any of the four active road tire s you should stop as soon as possible and inflate the low tire s that is flashing on the graphic display to the vehicle s recommended cold tire pressure inflation value shown in the Inflate to XX message The system will automatically update the graphic display of the pressure value s will stop flash ing
283. in ignition vehicle 4L Low range e Vehicle speed should be 10 mph 16 km h or less To activate the system press the bottom of the AXLE LOCK switch once to lock the rear axle only the Rear Axle Lock Indicator Light will illuminate press the bottom of the switch again to lock the front axle the Front Axle Lock Indicator Light will illuminate When the rear axle is locked pressing the switch again will lock or unlock the front axle PAGE POSITION 219 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 NOTE The indicator lights will flash until the axles are fully locked or unlocked To unlock the axles press the top of the AXLE LOCK switch Axle lock will disengage if the vehicle is taken out of 4L Low range or the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position ELECTRONIC SWAY BAR DISCONNECT IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with an elec tronic disconnecting stabilizer sway bar This System allows greater front suspension travel in off road situations This system is controlled by the SWAY BAR switch located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column Sway Bar Switch Press the SWAY BAR switch to activate the System Press the switch again to deactivate the system The Sway Bar Indicator Light located in the instrument cluster will illuminate when the bar is disconne
284. ine PAGE m 170 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 start If the bulb does not come when turning the key from OFF to ON RUN have the condi tion checked promptly Certain conditions such as a loose or missing gas cap poor quality fuel etc may illuminate the light after engine start The vehicle should be serviced if the light stays on through several typical driving styles In most situations the vehicle will drive normally and will not require towing CAUTION Prolonged driving with the MIL on could cause damage to the engine control system It also could affect fuel economy and drivabil ity If the MIL is flashing severe catalytic converter damage and power loss will soon occur Immediate service is required PAGE POSITION 171 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 WARNING A malfunctioning catalytic converter as ref erenced above can reach higher tempera tures than in normal operating conditions This can cause a fire if you drive slowly or park over flammable substances such as dry plants wood cardboard etc This could re sult in death or serious injury to the driver occupants or others 27 Electronic Stability Program ESP Indi cator Light Traction Control
285. inflate in about 10 milliseconds The side air bag moves at a very high speed and with such a high force that it could injure you if you are not seated properly or if items are positioned in the area where the side air bag inflates This especially applies to children Front And Side Impact Sensors In front and side impacts impact sensors can aid the ORC in determining appropriate re sponse to impact events 37 PAGE POSITION 39 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 Enhanced Accident Response System In the event of an impact causing air bag deployment if the communication network re mains intact and the power remains intact depending on the nature of the event the ORC will determine whether to have the Enhanced Accident Response System perform the follow ing functions e Cut off fuel to the engine e Flash hazard lights as long as the battery has power or until the ignition key is turned off Turn on the interior lights which remain on as long as the battery has power or until the ignition key is removed e Unlock the doors automatically In order to reset the Enhanced Accident Re sponse System functions after an event the ignition switch must be changed from IGN ON to IGN OFF If A Deployment Occurs The Advanced Front Air Bags are designed to deflate immediately after deploym
286. ing Pull the bulb straight from the socket to replace Front Side Marker 1 Reach under the front fender flare and locate the front side marker socket 2 Turn the socket assembly counterclockwise 1 3 turn and remove it from the housing Pull the bulb straight from the socket to replace Front Fog Lamp 1 Reach under the vehicle to access the back of the front fog lamp 2 Disconnect the wire harness connector from the front fog lamp connector receptacle 3 Firmly grasp the bulb by the two latch fea tures and squeeze them together to unlock the bulb from the back of the front fog lamp housing 4 Pull the bulb straight out from the keyed opening in the housing and then connect the replacement bulb CAUTION Do not touch the new bulb with your fingers Oil contamination will severely shorten bulb life If the bulb comes in contact with any oily surface clean the bulb with rubbing alcohol Rear Tail Stop Turn Signal And Backup Lamp 1 Remove the two inboard screws attaching the tail light housing to the body DO NOT REMOVE THE OUTER SCREWS AT ANY TIME 2 Separate the housing from the body by pushing the lamp inboard while pulling the lamp away from the body 309 PAGE POSITION 311 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 3 Rotate the appropriate socket 1 4 turn coun Cente
287. ing CMTC features Compass Outside Temperature e AVG ECO Average Fuel Economy e DTE Distance to Empty ET Elapsed Time AVG ECO and ET can be reset When the feature is displayed press and hold the RESET button until the feature resets about 2 sec onds These messages can be cycled through by pressing the STEP button on the steering wheel To reset the AVG ECO or ET press and hold the STEP button for approximately three seconds Compass Temperature Display NOTE If the vehicle is equipped with a Chrysler Uconnect gps Navigation Radio the NAV system will provide the compass direction and the variance and calibration menus will be unavailable The compass will perform accurately based on GPS signals instead of the Earth s magnetic field Compass Variance Compass Variance is the difference between Magnetic North and Geographic North To com pensate for the differences the variance should be set for the zone where the vehicle is driven per the zone map Once properly set the com pass will automatically compensate for the dif ferences and provide the most accurate com pass heading 171 12 low 2 2 4 1 4 1 dj 6 78 12 9 8 x 40 aa Y 4 j ATINA 80bbc346 Compass Variance Map 172 PAGE POSITION 174 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Man
288. ing the recording you may press the Voice Command button to stop record ing You proceed by saying one of the follow ing commands Save to save the memo Continue to continue recording Delete to delete the recording 80 e Play Memos to play previously recorded memos During the playback you may press the Voice Command button to stop playing memos You proceed by saying one of the following commands e Repeat to repeat a memo e Next to play the next memo e Previous to play the previous memo Delete to delete a memo e Delete to delete all memos System Setup To switch to system setup you may say one of the following Change to system setup e Main menu system setup e Switch to system setup Change to setup e Main menu setup or Switch to setup In this mode you may say the following com mands e Language English e Language French e Language Spanish e Language Dutch e Language Deutsch e Language Italian e Tutorial e Voice Training NOTE Keep in mind that vou have to press the Voice Command ve button first and wait for the beep before speaking the Barge In commands Voice Training For users experiencing difficulty with the system recognizing their voice commands or numbers the Uconnect Voice Voice Training feature may be used PAGE d 82
289. injury if an accident occurs See your authorized dealer for the cinch straps 10 Remove the windshield wiper arms by first pulling the wiper away from the windshield and out to the lock position Unsnap the wiper arm nut caps and remove the retaining nuts Lift the wiper arms off and store them in the center console or securely behind the rear seat NOTE It may be necessary to use a battery terminal puller tool in order to separate the wiper arms from the shaft after the nuts have been removed 11 Remove the lower windshield plates by removing the six black round headed Torx head screws using a 40 Torx head driver on each side of the base of the windshield 12 Lower the windshield gently until it contacts the rubber hood bumpers 153 13 Secure the windshield by passing cinch strap through the footman hoop on the center of the hood and on the center of the windshield frame Tighten the strap to secure the wind shield in place Raising The Windshield And Replacing Side Bars 1 Raise the windshield 2 Loosely attach the rear of the side bar to the sport bar Refer to Step 4 of Lowering Wind shield And Removing Side Bars earlier in this section e Reattach the sport bar Velcro covering 154 3 Attach the front of the side bar to the wind shield frame e Install the top two hex bolts 13 mm first then the lower side hex bolt 13 mm The lower side bolt will not alig
290. intenance intervals 315 PAGE POSITION 317 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 7 500 Miles 12 000 6 Months Maintenance Service Schedule 1 Change the engine oil and engine oil fil ter TT 11 Rotate tires J Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary 15 000 Miles 24 000 km or 12 Months Maintenance Service Schedule l Change the engine oil and engine oil fil ter TT Rotate tires J Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary 1 If using your vehicle for any of the fol lowing Dusty or off road conditions In spect the engine air cleaner filter replace if necessary Inspect the brake linings replace if neces sary 1 Inspect exhaust system Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center Signature Authorized Service Center 316 PAGE POSITION 318 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 22 500 Miles 36 000 km 18 Months Maintenance Service Schedule J Change the engine oil and engine oil filter J Rotate tires 1 Inspect all door latches for presence of gre
291. inued WARNING Continued e Never put floor mats or other floor cover ings on top of already installed floor mats Additional floor mats and other coverings will reduce the size of the pedal area and interfere with the pedals e Check mounting of mats on a regular basis Always properly reinstall and secure floor mats that have been removed for cleaning Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver footwell while the vehicle is moving Objects can become trapped un der the brake pedal and accelerator pedal causing a loss of vehicle control e If required mounting posts must be prop erly installed if not equipped from the factory Failure to properly follow floor mat installa tion or mounting can cause interference with the brake pedal and accelerator pedal opera tion causing loss of control of the vehicle PAGE d 54 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Periodic Safety Checks You Should Make Outside The Vehicle Tires Examine tires for excessive tread wear and uneven wear patterns Check for stones nails glass or other objects lodged in the tread or sidewall Inspect the tread for cuts and cracks Inspect sidewalls for cuts cracks and bulges Check the wheel nuts for tightness Check the tires including spare for proper cold inflation pressure Lights Have som
292. io 5 185 STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROLS 186 oS Radio Operation a e LP LL E 186 e GD Players E MUS 186 CD DVD DISC MAINTENANCE 186 e RADIO OPERATION AND MOBILE PHONES 187 en CLIMATETCONTROES Mae PETIT 187 e Automatic Temperature Control ATC If Equipped 187 Operating Tips S 191 158 PAGE sd 160 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 INSTRUMENT PANEL FEATURES 040133797 1 Outlet 7 Climate Controls 2 Instrument Cluster 8 Power Outlet 3 Radio 9 Lower Switch Bank 4 Assist Handle 10 Power Mirror Switch If Equipped 5 Glove Compartment 11 Horn 6 Power Window Switches 159 PAGE POSITION 161 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER GASOLINE mu E S go 10012977 2 60 140 4 HOSS ABT 040335629 160 PAGE 162 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DIESEL
293. ire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses wireless technology with wheel rim mounted electronic sensors to monitor tire pres sure levels Sensors mounted to each wheel as part of the valve stem transmit tire pressure readings to the Receiver Module NOTE It is particularly important for you to check the tire pressure in all of your tires regularly and to maintain the proper pressure The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS con sists of the following components 1 Receiver Module 2 Four Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensors PAGE m 248 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 3 Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light A tire pressure monitoring sensor is located in the spare wheel if the vehicle is equipped with a matching full size spare wheel and tire assem bly The matching full size spare tire can be used in place of any of the four road tires A low spare tire will not cause the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light to illuminate or the chime to sound The Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale e Light will illuminate in the instrument cluster a LOW TIRE message will be displayed for a minimum of five seconds an Inflate to XX message will be displayed and an audible chime will be activated when one or more of the four active road tire pressures are low Should this occur you shou
294. ires or wheels on the vehicle can lead to loss of braking effectiveness The Anti Lock Brake System conducts a low speed self test at about 12 mph 20 km h If for any reason your foot is on the brake when the vehicle reaches 12 mph 20 km h this check will be delayed until 25 mph 40 km h The Anti Lock Brake System pump motor runs during the self test and during an ABS stop to PAGE m 230 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 provide the regulated hydraulic pressure motor pump makes a low humming noise during operation this is normal WARNING e Pumping of the Anti Lock Brakes will di minish their effectiveness and may lead to a collision Pumping makes the stopping distance longer Just press firmly on your brake pedal when you need to slow down or stop The Anti Lock Brake System ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can they in crease braking or steering efficiency be yond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded The ABS cannot prevent collisions includ ing those resulting from excessive speed in turns following another vehicle too closely or hydroplaning Continued PAGE POSITION 231 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Ma
295. is applied with the ignition switch ON the Brake Warning Light in the instrument cluster will illuminate NOTE When the parking brake is applied and the automatic transmission is placed in gear the Brake Warning Light will flash If vehicle speed is detected a chime will sound to alert the driver Fully release the parking brake before attempting to move the vehicle e This light only shows that the parking brake is applied It does not show the degree of brake application When parking on a hill it is important to turn the front wheels toward the curb on a downhill grade and away from the curb on an uphill grade For vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission apply the parking brake before placing the shift lever in PARK otherwise the load on the transmission locking mechanism may make it difficult to move the shift lever out of PARK The parking brake should always be applied whenever the driver is not in the vehicle 227 WARNING e Never use the PARK position on an auto matic transmission as a substitute for the parking brake Always apply the parking brake fully when parked to guard against vehicle movement and possible injury or damage When leaving the vehicle always remove the key fob from the ignition and lock your vehicle Never leave children alone in a vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Allow ing children to be in a vehicle unattended is dangerous for a number of reasons A
296. is is where the compass sensor is located PAGE 180 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 12 low 2 2 4 2 1 4 1 6 78 12 9 M 8 x x 40 MEDS WS a j ATINA 80bbc346 Compass Variance Map 179 PAGE POSITION 181 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Change Compass Variance 1 Turn the ignition switch RUN it is not nec essary to start the engine 2 Press the MENU button until Personal Set tings Customer Programmable Features dis plays in the EVIC 3 Press the DOWN button until Compass Variance message and the last variance zone number displays in the EVIC 4 Press and release the SELECT button until the proper variance zone is selected according to the map 5 Press and release the COMPASS button to exit Average Fuel Economy Shows the average fuel economy since the last reset Average Fuel Economy can be reset by pressing and holding the SELECT button as prompted in the EVIC display Upon reset the history information will be erased and the av eraging will continue from the last fuel average reading before the reset
297. is mass group X Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group WARNING An incorrectly anchored tether strap could lead to increased head motion and possible injury to the child Use only the anchor position directly behind the child seat to Secure a child restraint top tether strap ISOFIX Child Seat Anchorage System Your vehicle s rear seat is equipped with the child restraint anchorage system called ISOFIX The ISOFIX system provides for the installation of the child restraint without using the vehicle s seat belts instead securing the child restraint using lower anchorages and upper tether straps from the child restraint to the vehicle structure ISOFIX compatible child restraint systems are now available However because the lower anchorages are to be introduced over a period of years child restraint systems having attach ments for those anchorages will continue to also have features for installation using the vehicle s seat belts Child restraints having tether straps and hooks for connection to the top tether anchorages have been available for some time For some older child restraints many child restraint manufacturers offer add on tether strap kits or retro fit kits You are urged to take advantage of all the available attachments provided with your child restraint in any vehicle NOTE When using the ISOFIX attaching system to install a child restraint please ensure that all seat belts no
298. is number also ap pears underbody on the right side of the frame rail near the center of the vehicle as well as on the Automobile Information Disclosure Label affixed to a window on your vehicle Save this label for a convenient record of your vehicle identification number and optional equipment Vehicle Identification Number NOTE It is illegal to remove or alter the VIN plate VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS ALTERATIONS WARNING Any modifications or alterations to this ve hicle could seriously affect its roadworthi ness and safety and may lead to a collision resulting in serious injury or death PAGE d 10 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 THINGS KNOW BEFORE STARTING YOUR VEHICLE AWORD ABOUT YOUR KEYS 12 eulgnitioniKeviBemoval c 12 Key In lgnition 13 STEERING WHEEL LOCK IF EQUIPPED 13 To Manually Lock The Steering Wheel 13 To Release The Steering Wheel 13 e Automatic Transmission Ignition Interlock System 13 SENTRY KEY en sue omen 13 O crc 14 Customer Key 0 14 Generalllinformation samen aaaea SEES 14 e VEHICLE SECURITY AL
299. ission into PARK or a manual transmission into REVERSE 5 Turn the ignition to LOCK 270 PAGE 272 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 6 Block both the front and rear of the wheel diagonally opposite of the jacking position For example if changing the right front tire block the left rear wheel 060505162 NOTE Passengers should not remain in the vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked Jacking Instructions WARNING Carefully follow these tire changing warnings to help prevent personal injury or damage to your vehicle e Always park on a firm level surface as far from the edge of the roadway as possible before raising the vehicle e Turn on the Hazard Warning flasher Continued WARNING Continued e Block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel to be raised e Set the parking brake firmly and set an automatic transmission in PARK a manual transmission in REVERSE e Never start or run the engine with the vehicle on a jack Do not let anyone sit in the vehicle when it is on a jack e Do not get under the vehicle when it is on a jack If you need to get under a raised vehicle take it to a service center where it can be raised on a lift e Only use the jack in the positions indicated and for lifting this vehicle during a tire change e f working on
300. itching the ignition key from OFF to either the ON or ACC position or after a lan guage change you must wait at least fifteen seconds prior to using the system 73 PAGE POSITION 75 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Voice Tree Main Menu edi Breakdown ergenc English Uconnect amp Es anol Tutorial Francais German Italian Dutch Last Enter Enter Number Name Number on Phone is redialed See Phonebook Flowchart See Setup Flowchart The 32 name language specific phonebook will be used The phones paired are available across all languages Number associated Number with entry is Dialed is dialed Note Available Voice commands are shown in bold face and are underlined 030772524 74 PAGE POSITION 76 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Voice Tree Phonebook Phonebook Enter Location 2nd Confirmation Current Number Phonebook Enter New Number Entry is modified Enter Name Enter Location Enter Number New Entry Added Note Available Voice commands are shown in bold face and are underlined 81c6bf80 75 PAGE POSITION 77 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Own
301. k After cleaning your vehicle s fabric top al ways make sure it is completely dry before lowering e Be especially careful when washing the win dows by following the directions for Care of Fabric Top Windows WASHING Use MOPAR Car Wash or equivalent or mild soap suds lukewarm water and a brush with soft bristles If extra cleaning is PAGE POSITION 303 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 required use MOPAR Convertible Cloth Top Cleaner or equivalent or a mild foaming cleaner on the entire top but support the top from underneath RINSING Be sure to remove all traces of cleaner by rinsing the top thoroughly with clean water Remember to allow the top to dry before lowering it CAUTION Failure to follow these cautions may cause interior water damage stains or mildew on the top material Avoid high pressure car washes as they can damage the top material Also in creased water pressure may force past the weather strips e t is recommended that the top be free of water prior to opening it Operating the top opening a door or lowering a window while the top is wet may allow water to drip into the vehicle s interior Continued CAUTION Continued Use care when washing the vehicle water pressure directed at the weather strip seals may cause water to leak into the vehi
302. ked vehicle Allow ing children to be in a vehicle unattended is dangerous for a number of reasons A child or others could be seriously or fatally injured Children should be warned not to touch the parking brake brake pedal or the shift lever e Do not leave the key fob in or near the vehicle or in a location accessible to chil dren A child could operate power win dows other controls or move the vehicle CAUTION e Before moving the shift lever out of PARK you must turn the ignition switch from the OFF position to the ON RUN position and also press the brake pedal Otherwise damage to the shift lever could result e DO NOT race the engine when shifting from PARK or NEUTRAL into another gear range as this can damage the drivetrain The following indicators should be used to ensure that you have engaged the shift lever into the PARK position e When shifting into PARK firmly move the shift lever all the way forward and to the left until it stops and is fully seated e Look at the shift lever position display and verify that it indicates the PARK position e With brake pedal released verify that the shift lever will not move out of PARK PAGE mS 212 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 REVERSE This range is for moving the vehicle backward Shift into REVERSE only after the
303. kets State and local laws regarding vehicles under tow must be observed frosters etc while being towed the ignition must be in the ON RUN position not the ACC position If the vehicle s battery is discharged refer to Shift Lever Override in What To Do In Emer gencies for instructions on shifting the auto matic transmission out of PARK for towing Do not use sling type equipment when tow ing When securing the vehicle to a flatbed truck do not attach to front or rear suspen sion components Damage to your vehicle may result from improper towing 277 PAGE POSITION 279 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Without The Ignition Key Special care must be taken when the vehicle is towed with the ignition in the OFF position The only approved method of towing without the ignition key is with a flatbed truck Proper towing equipment is necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle 278 Four Wheel Drive Models The manufacturer recommends towing with all wheels OFF the ground Acceptable methods are to tow the vehicle on a flatbed or with one end of the vehicle raised and the opposite end on a towing dolly If flatbed equipment is not available and the transfer case is operable the vehicle may be towed in the forward direction with ALL wheels on the ground IF the transfer case is in NEU TRAL N and t
304. king sure the retainer is the window into the bottom side channel begin fully seated and properly positioned on the door ning at the front and working to the rear of the frame Failure to do so can result in wind and vehicle Finish by closing the zipper completely water leaks or damage to the window and attaching the Velcro along the top and rear of the window Repeat this step for the opposite side 1 Incorrect Insertion 2 Correct Insertion 137 PAGE POSITION 139 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Folding Down The Soft 1 Header Bow 6 Body Side Retainer 2 2 Bow 7 Quarter Window 3 3 Bow 8 Check Strap 4 4 Bow 9 Front Retainer Quarter Window 5 Sail Panel 10 Bottom Retainer Quarter Window 138 PAGE POSITION 140 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 1 Zipper Start 2 Zipper Finish 3 Swing Gate Bar 4 Swing Gate Brackets 5 Sail Panels 139 PAGE POSITION 141 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Clean side
305. ks 2s set we waded 22 ien arc RR TG ES 61 Steering 2524450 Sada edad Go 226 WINDOWS cs hE we ag 23 Pregnant Women and Seat Belis 33 Preparation for Jacking 270 Pretensioners SeatBells 32 Programmable Electronic Features 180 Radial Ply 5 239 Radiator Cap Coolant Pressure Cap 292 Radio Operation 187 Radio Sound Systems 182 Rear Axle Differential 298 Rear Swing Gate 25 Rear Window Defroster 155 Rear Window Features 154 Rear Wiper Washer 154 Recorder Event Data 40 Recreational 0 263 Shifting into Transfer Case Neutral 264 Shifting out of Transfer Case Neutral 265 287 Release Hood 88 Reminder Lights On 91 Reminder Seat 32 Remote Control Door Locks 16 Remote Keyless Entry 16 Remote Sound System Radio Controls 186 Replacement Bulbs 307 Replacement 14 Replacement Parts 283 373 Replacement 5 242 Resetting Oil Change Indicator 176 Restraint 84 Restraints Child 40 43 Restraints Occupant
306. l oper ate automatically shifting between all available gears Tapping the shift lever to the left will downshift the transmission activate ERS mode display the current gear in the instrument clus ter and maintain that gear as the top available gear Once in ERS mode tapping the shift lever to the left or right will change the top available gear To exit ERS mode simply press and hold the shift lever to the right until D is once again displayed in the shift lever position indicator in the instrument cluster WARNING Do not downshift for additional engine brak ing on a slippery surface The drive wheels could lose their grip and the vehicle could Skid causing an accident or personal injury Screen Display 1 21 3 Actual Gear s 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 Allowed NOTE To select the proper gear position for maxi mum deceleration engine braking tap the shift lever to the left repeatedly as the vehicle slows The transmission will shift to the range from which the vehicle can best be slowed down 213 Overdrive Operation The automatic transmission includes an elec tronically controlled Overdrive fifth gear The transmission will automatically shift into Over drive if the following conditions are present e the shift lever is in the DRIVE position e vehicle speed is sufficiently high and e the driver is not heavily pressing the accelerator FOUR WH
307. l v1 Windshield Washers To use the washer pull the lever toward you and hold while spray is desired If the lever is pulled while in the delay range the wiper will start and continue to operate for two or three wipe cycles after the lever is released and then resume the intermittent interval previously selected If the lever is pulled while in the off position the wipers will operate for two or three wipe cycles and then turn off WARNING Sudden loss of visibility through the wind shield could lead to a collision You might not see other vehicles or other obstacles To avoid sudden icing of the windshield during freezing weather warm the windshield with defroster before and during windshield washer use Mist Feature Push down on the wiper lever to activate a single wipe to clear off road mist or spray from a passing vehicle As long as the lever is held down the wipers will continue to operate NOTE The mist feature does not activate the washer pump therefore no washer fluid will be sprayed on the windshield The wash function must be used in order to spray the windshield with washer fluid 031507504 Mist Control TILT STEERING COLUMN This feature allows you to tilt the steering col umn upward or downward The tilt lever is located on the steering column below the turn signal lever Push down on the lever to unlock the steering column With one hand firmly on the steering wheel move the steeri
308. lation Control The system will automatically con trol recirculation However press ing the Recirculation Control button will temporarily put the system in recirculation mode This can be used when outside conditions such as smoke odors dust or high humidity are present Acti vating recirculation will cause the LED in the control button to illuminate CER PAGE mE 192 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 e When the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position the recirculation feature will be cancelled e In cold weather use of the Recirculation mode may lead to excessive window fog ging The Recirculation mode is not al lowed in the defrost mode in order to improve window clearing Recirculation will be disabled automatically if this mode is selected e Extended use of recirculation may cause the windows to fog If the interior of the windows begins to fog press the Recir culation button to return to outside air Some temp humidity conditions will cause captured interior air to condense on windows and hamper visibility For this reason the system will not allow Recirculation to be selected while in de frost mode Attempting to use the recircu lation while in this mode will cause the LED in the control button to blink and then turn off Most of the time when in Au
309. ld be replaced with a new filter at every engine oil change Engine Oil Filter Selection This manufacturers engines have a full flow type oil filter Use a filter of this type for replace ment The quality of replacement filters varies considerably Only high quality filters should be used to assure most efficient service MOPAR engine oil filters are a high quality oil filter and are recommended Engine Air Cleaner Filter Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for the proper maintenance intervals WARNING The air induction system air cleaner hoses etc can provide a measure of protection in the case of engine backfire Do not remove the air induction system air cleaner hoses etc unless such removal is necessary for repair or maintenance Make sure that no one is near the engine compartment before starting the vehicle with the air induction System air cleaner hoses etc removed Failure to do so can result in serious per sonal injury Engine Air Cleaner Filter Selection The quality of replacement engine air cleaner filters varies considerably Only high quality filters should be used to assure most efficient service MOPAR engine air cleaner filters are a high quality filter and are recommended PAGE zd 288 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Maintenance Free Battery Your
310. ld stop as soon as possible check the inflation pressure of each tire on your vehicle and inflate each tire to the vehicle s recommended cold placard pressure value shown in the Inflate to XX message The system will automatically update and the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light and LOW TIRE message will extinguish once the up dated tire pressures have been received The PAGE POSITION 249 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 vehicle need to be driven for up to 20 minutes above 15 mph 24 km h to receive this information The Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will flash on and off for 75 seconds and will remain on solid when a system fault is detected The system fault will also sound a chime If the ignition key is cycled this sequence will repeat providing the system fault still exists A system fault can occur by any of the following sce narios 1 Jamming due to electronic devices or driving next to facilities emitting the same Radio Fre quencies as the TPM sensors 2 Installing some form of aftermarket window tinting that affects radio wave signals 3 Lots of snow or ice around the wheels or wheel housings 4 Using tire chains on the vehicle 5 Using wheels tires not equipped with TPM sensors NOTE e If your vehicle is equipped with a match ing full size
311. ld the override release lever down 7 Move the shift lever to the NEUTRAL posi tion 8 The vehicle may then be started in NEU TRAL 9 Reinstall the shift lever override access cover PAGE 278 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 TOWING A DISABLED VEHICLE This section describes procedures for towing a disabled vehicle using a commercial wrecker service If the transmission and drivetrain are operable disabled vehicles may also be towed as described under Recreational Towing in the Starting And Operating section Wheels OFF the Ground 4WD MODELS See instructions under Recreational Towing e Automatic Transmission in PARK e Manual Transmission in gear NOT in Neutral e Transfer Case in NEUTRAL e Tow in forward direction Towing Condition Flat Tow NONE Front NOT ALLOWED Wheel Lift or Dolly Tow Rear NOT ALLOWED Flatbed ALL BEST METHOD Proper towing or lifting equipment is required to If you must use the accessories wipers de CAUTION prevent damage to your vehicle Use only tow bars and other equipment designed for this purpose following equipment manufacturer s instructions Use of safety chains is mandatory Attach a tow bar or other towing device to main structural members of the vehicle not to bum pers or associated brac
312. le com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Sunrider 2 Dee 148 150 Supplemental Restraint System Airbag 33 Sway Bar Disconnect Electronic 217 Swing Gate 25 Synthetic Engine 286 164 Temperature Control Automatic 187 Temperature Gauge Engine Coolant 165 Tether Anchor Child Restraint 44 Tilt Steering 95 Star ia careers 199 201 MOS a dew Op 53 238 Aging Life of Tires 242 Air Pressure 238 acr 243 Changing 525222252552 269 Compact Spare 240 General Information 238 High Speed 239 Inflation Pressures 238 JACKING gt pay 269 271 of Tires 242 Pressure Monitor System TPMS 245 Pressure Warning Light 166 Radial 22 5 239 Replacement 242 Rotation See ae ma 244 Safety 2222s ean ge RS 238 Snow Tires 240 Spare sese ER 269 SPNG ee r ordo ae 241 Tread Wear Indicators 242 Tongue Weight Trailer Weight 258 To Open 4 88 irii d sis e e e e 254 277 Disabled Vehicle
313. lease lever and fold the seatback forward Removing The Rear Seat Two Door Models WARNING e Itis extremely dangerous to ride in cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed 020037024 Do not allow people to ride any area of Folding Rear Seat your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts 3 Return the seat to the normal position Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in 4 Raise the rear seatback using the assist seat and using a seat belt properly 2 Slowly flip the entire seat forward strap and firmly lock the seat into position e In a collision you or others in your vehicle could be injured if seats are not properly latched to their floor attachments Always be sure that the seats are fully latched Rear Seat Release 1 Fold the rear seat forward following steps 1 and 2 under Fold And Tumble Rear Seat in this section 2 Press down on the release bar on each side and pull the seat out and away from the lower bracket 86 PAGE d 88 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 3 Remove the seat from the vehicle 030933902 Release Bar Location Replacing The Rear Seat Two Door Models Reverse the steps for removing the seat WARNING e
314. lection After selecting one of the languages all prompts and voice commands will be in that language NOTE After every Uconnect Phone language change operation only the language specific 32 phonebook is usable The paired phone name is not language specific and usable across all languages For command translations and alternate com mands in supported languages refer to mand Translations Emergency Assistance If Equipped If you are in an emergency and the mobile phone is reachable e Pick up the phone and manually dial the emergency number for your area If the phone is not reachable and the Uconnect Phone is operational you may reach the emer gency number as follows e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Emergency and the Uconnect Phone will instruct the paired mobile phone to call the emergency number NOTE The default number is 112 The number dialed may not be applicable with the available mobile service and area e If supported this number may be pro grammable on some systems To do this press the button and say Setup followed by Emergency The Uconnect Phone does slightly lower your chances of successfully making a phone call as to that for the mobile phone directly WARNING To use you Uconnect Phone System in an emergency your mobile phone must be e turned on paired to the Uconnec
315. ler principal or the service manager Management personnel at the authorized dealer are in the best position to resolve the problem 344 When you contact the distributor please provide all of the following information e Your name address and phone number e Vehicle Identification Number this 17 digit number is found on an etched plate or label located on the left front corner of the instru ment panel visible through the windshield It is also available from your vehicle registra tion or title Selling and servicing authorized dealer e Vehicle s delivery date and current odometer distance Service history of your vehicle e An accurate description of the problem and the conditions under which it occurs ARGENTINA Chrysler Argentina S A Boulevard Azucena Villaflor 435 C1107CII Buenos Aires Argentina Tel 54 11 4891 7900 Fax 54 11 4891 7901 346 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 AUSTRALIA Chrysler Customer Service Chrysler Australia Pty Ltd ACN 124 956 505 PO Box 4145 Dandenong South Vic 3164 Ph 03 9238 2600 AUSTRIA Jeep Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 0 426 5337 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 20 1741 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12 045 Chrysler Customer Service Universal Toll F
316. les to touch each other as this could establish a ground connection and personal injury could result Jump Starting Procedure WARNING Failure to follow this procedure could result in personal injury or property damage due to battery explosion CAUTION Failure to follow these procedures could re sult in damage to the charging system of the booster vehicle or the discharged vehicle 274 1 Connect the positive end of the jumper cable to the positive post of the discharged vehicle 2 Connect the opposite end of the positive jumper cable to the positive post of the booster battery 3 Connect the negative end of the jumper cable to the negative post of the booster battery 4 Connect the opposite end of the negative jumper cable to a good engine ground exposed metal part of the discharged vehicle s engine away from the battery and the fuel injection system WARNING Do not connect the cable to the negative post of the discharged battery The resulting electrical spark could cause the battery to explode and could result in personal injury 5 Start the engine in the vehicle that has the booster battery let the engine idle a few min utes and then start the engine in the vehicle with the discharged battery Once the engine is started remove the jumper cables in the reverse sequence 6 Disconnect the negative jumper cable from the engine ground of the vehi
317. liability More frequent maintenance may be needed for vehicles in severe operating conditions such as dusty areas and very short trip driving Inspection and service should also be done anytime a malfunction is suspected The oil change indicator system will remind you that it is time to take your vehicle in for sched uled maintenance On Non EVIC equipped vehicles CHANgE OIL will flash in the instrument cluster odom 314 eter and a single chime will sound indicating that an oil change is necessary The oil change indicator message will illuminate approximately 7 000 miles 11 200 km after the most recent oil change was performed Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within 500 miles 800 km However an earlier oil change at 3 000 miles 5 000 km may be required if the vehicle is operated under Se vere Duty Conditions later in this section NOTE The oil change indicator message will not monitor the time since the last oil change Change your vehicle s oil if it has been six months since your last oil change even if the oil change indicator message is NOT illuminated Change your engine oil more often if you drive your vehicle off road for an ex tended period of time e Under no circumstances should oil change intervals exceed 7 500 miles 12 000 km or six months whichever comes first Your dealer will reset the oil change indicator message after completing the scheduled oil change I
318. lly latched before driving your vehicle If the hood is not fully latched it could open when the vehicle is in motion and block your vision Failure to follow this warning could result in serious injury or death LIGHTS Multifunction Lever The multifunction lever controls the operation of the position lights headlights headlight beam selection passing lights flash to pass fog lights if equipped instrument panel light dim ming and turn signals The lever is located on the left side of the steering column 031407684 Multifunction Lever Headlights And Position Lights Turn the end of the multifunction lever to the first detent for position lights and instrument panel lights Turn to the second detent for headlight operation NOTE Lens fogging can occur under certain atmo spheric conditions This will usually clear as atmospheric conditions change to allow the condensation to change back into a vapor Turning the lamps on will usually accelerate the clearing process 031407685 Headlight Switch 89 PAGE POSITION 91 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Automatic Headlights If Equipped This system automatically turns the headlights on or off according to ambient light levels To turn the system on turn the end of the multi function lever to the AUTO position third de
319. lure A tire could explode and injure someone Do not spin your vehicle s wheels faster than 30 mph 48 km h for more than 30 seconds continuously when you are stuck and do not let anyone near a spinning wheel no matter what the speed Tread Wear Indicators Tread wear indicators are in the original equip ment tires to help you in determining when your tires should be replaced 242 055007576 1 Worn Tire 2 New Tire These indicators are molded into the bottom of the tread grooves They will appear as bands when the tread depth becomes 1 16 in 2 mm When the tread is worn to the tread wear indicators the tire should be replaced Life Of Tire The service life of a tire is dependent upon varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style e Tire pressure e Distance driven e Performance tires tires with a speed rating of V or higher and summer tires typically have a reduced tread life Rotation of these tires per the vehicle maintenance schedule is highly recommended WARNING Tires and the spare tire should be replaced after six years regardless of the remaining tread Failure to follow this warning can result in sudden tire failure You could lose control and have a collision resulting in seri ous injury or death Keep dismounted tires in a cool dry place with as little exposure to light as possible Protect tires from contact with oil grease and gasoline Replace
320. lure to do so could result in an accident PAGE 262 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Towing Tips Before setting out on a trip practice turning stopping and backing the trailer in an area away from heavy traffic Manual Transmission If Equipped If using a manual transmission vehicle for trailer towing all starts must be in FIRST gear to avoid excessive clutch slippage Automatic Transmission If Equipped The DRIVE range can be selected when towing The transmission controls include an adaptive drive strategy to avoid frequent shifting when towing However if frequent shifting does occur while in this range you can use the AutoStick shift control to manually select a lower gear PAGE POSITION 263 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 NOTE Using a lower gear while operating the ve hicle under heavy loading conditions will improve performance and extend transmis sion life by reducing excessive shifting and heat build up This action will also provide better engine braking If you REGULARLY tow a trailer for more than 45 minutes of continuous operation then change the transmission fluid and filter as Specified for police taxi fleet or frequent trailer towing Refer to
321. lure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or a collision Operating this vehicle at excessive speeds or while intoxicated may result in loss of control collision with other vehicles or objects going off the road or overturning any of which may lead to serious injury or death Also failure to use seat belts subjects the driver and passengers to a greater risk of injury or death To keep your vehicle running at its best have your vehicle serviced at recommended intervals by an authorized dealer or distributor who has the qualified personnel special tools and equip ment to perform all service The manufacturer and its distributors are vitally interested in your complete satisfaction with this vehicle If you encounter a service or warranty problem which is not resolved to your satisfac tion discuss the matter with your authorized dealer or distributors management Your authorized dealer or distributor will be happy to assist you with any questions about your vehicle ROLLOVER WARNING Utility vehicles have a significantly higher roll over rate than other types of vehicles This vehicle has a higher ground clearance and a higher center of gravity than many passenger cars It is capable of performing better in a wide variety of off road applications Driven in an unsafe manner all vehicles can go out of con trol Because of the higher center of gravity and the narrower track if this vehicle is ou
322. m you must apply continuous braking pressure during the stopping sequence Do not reduce brake pedal pressure unless braking is no longer desired Once the brake pedal is released the BAS is deactivated WARNING The Brake Assist System BAS cannot pre vent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase the trac tion afforded by prevailing road conditions The BAS cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns driving on very slippery surfaces or hydroplaning The capabilities of a BAS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Hill Start Assist HSA The HSA system is designed to assist the driver when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill HSA will maintain the level of brake pressure the driver applied for a short period of time after the driver takes their foot off of the brake pedal If the driver does not apply the throttle during this short period of time the system will release brake pressure and the vehicle will roll down the hill The system will release brake pressure in PAGE zd 232 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 proportion to amount of throttle applied as the vehicle starts to move in the intended direction of
323. matic Locking Mode 32 How To Disengage The Automatic Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the Automatic Locking Mode and activate the ve hicle sensitive emergency locking mode WARNING e The belt and retractor assembly must be replaced if the seat belt assembly Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR feature or any other seat belt function is not working properly when checked according to the procedures in the Service Manual e Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in collisions Seat Belt Pretensioners The seat belts for both front seating positions are equipped with pretensioning devices that are designed to remove slack from the seat belt in the event of a collision These devices may improve the performance of the seat belt by assuring that the belt is tight about the occupant early in a collision Pretensioners work for all size occupants including those in child re straints NOTE These devices are not a substitute for proper seat belt placement by the occupant The seat belt still must be worn snugly and positioned properly The pretensioners are triggered by the Occu pant Restraint Controller ORC Like the air bags the pretensioners are single use items A deployed pretensioner or a deployed air bag must be replaced immediately Enhanced Seat Belt Use Reminder System BeltAlert B
324. ment Tires The tires on your new vehicle provide a balance of many characteristics They should be in spected regularly for wear and correct cold tire inflation pressure The manufacturer strongly recommends that you use tires equivalent to the PAGE 244 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 originals size quality and performance when replacement is needed Refer to the paragraph on Tread Wear Indicators Refer to the Tire and Loading Information placard for the size designation of your tire The Load Index and Speed Symbol for your tire will be found on the original equipment tire sidewall See the Tire Sizing Chart example found in the Tire Safety Information section of this manual for more information relating to the Load Index and Speed Symbol of a tire It is recommended to replace the two front tires or two rear tires as a pair Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle s handling If you ever replace a wheel make sure that the wheel s specifications match those of the origi nal wheels It is recommended you contact your original equipment or an authorized tire dealer with any questions you may have on tire specifications or capability Failure to use equivalent replace ment tires may adversely affect the safety handling and ride of your vehicle PAGE
325. mental rain snow etc If the temperature is below 72 F 24 C and or the top has been folded down for a period of time the top will appear to have shrunk when you raise it making it difficult to put up This is caused by a natural contraction of the vinyl coating on the fabric top Place the vehicle in a warm area Pull steadily on the top fabric The vinyl will stretch back to its original size and the top can then be installed If the temperature is 41 F 5 C or below do not attempt to put the top down or roll the rear or side curtains CAUTION e Do not run a fabric top through an auto matic car wash Window scratches and wax build up may result Do not lower the top when the temperature is below 41 F 5 Damage to the top may result Do not move your vehicle until the top has been either fully attached to the windshield frame or fully lowered Continued CAUTION Continued e Do not lower the top with the windows installed Window and top damage may occur Refer to Appearance Care For Fabric Top Models in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further information It contains important information on cleaning and caring for your vehicle s fabric top Do not use any tools screwdrivers etc to pry or force any of the clamps clips or retainers securing the soft top Do not force or pry the soft top framework when opening or closing Damage to the top may result 117 PAGE POS
326. minutes before shutting it down This idle period will allow the lubricating oil and coolant to carry excess heat away from the combustion chamber bearings internal components and turbocharger This is espe cially important for turbocharged charge air cooled engines TURBOCHARGER COOL DOWN CHART Driving Load Turbocharger Idle Time In Minutes Conditions Temperature Before Shut Down Stop amp Go Empty Cool Less than 1 Stop amp Go Medium Warm 1 Highway Speeds Medium Warm 2 City Traffic Max GCWR Warm 3 Highway Speeds Max GCWR Warm 4 Uphill Grade Max GCWR Hot 5 202 PAGE 204 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 STOP START SYSTEM DIESEL MODELS WITH MANUAL TRANSMISSION ONLY The Stop Start function is developed to save fuel and reduce emissions The system will stop the engine automatically during a vehicle stop if the required conditions are met Pressing the clutch pedal will automatically re start the ve hicle Automatic Mode The Stop Start feature is enabled after every normal customer engine start It will remain in STOP START NOT READY until you drive for ward with a vehicle speed greater than 3 mph 5 km h At that time the system will go into STOP START READY and if all other conditions are met can go into an STOP START AUTO STOP
327. mission components Such damage is not covered by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Fluid Level Check 3 6L Engine It is best to check the fluid level when the transmission is at normal operating temperature approximately 180 F 82 C This occurs after at least 15 miles 25 km of driving At normal operating temperature the fluid cannot be held comfortably between the fingertips Use the following procedure to check the auto matic transmission fluid level properly 1 Park the vehicle on level ground 2 Remove the engine cover by pulling it up off the mounting studs 3 Run the engine at idle speed and normal operating temperature 4 Fully apply the parking brake and press the brake pedal 296 5 Place the shift lever momentarily into each gear position allowing time for the transmission to fully engage in each position ending with the shift lever in PARK 6 Remove the dipstick wipe it clean and rein sert it until seated 7 Remove the dipstick again and note the fluid level on both sides The fluid level reading is only valid if there is a solid coating of oil on both sides of the dipstick Note that the holes in the dipstick will be full of fluid if the actual level is at or above the hole The fluid level should be between the HOT upper reference holes on the dipstick at normal operating temperature If the fluid level is low add fluid through the dipstick tube to bring it to the proper lev
328. missions Brake System In order to assure brake system performance all brake system components should be in spected periodically Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for the proper maintenance intervals 294 WARNING Riding the brakes can lead to brake failure and possibly an accident Driving with your foot resting or riding on the brake pedal can result in abnormally high brake tempera tures excessive lining wear and possible brake damage You would not have your full braking capacity in an emergency Power Disc Brakes Disc brakes do not require adjustment how ever several hard stops during the break in period are recommended to seat the linings and wear off any foreign material Brake Master Cylinder The fluid level in the master cylinders should be checked whenever the vehicle is serviced If necessary add fluid to bring level to the full level mark on the side of the reservoir of the brake master cylinder With disc brakes fluid level can be expected to fall as the brake pads wear If the brake fluid level is abnormally low check sys tem for leaks Refer to Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further informa tion WARNING e Use only manufacturers recommended brake fluid Refer to Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further information Using the wrong type of brake fluid can severely damage your brake system
329. ms up NOTE High speed no load running of a cold en gine can result in excessive white smoke and poor engine performance No load en gine speeds should be kept under 1 200 rpm during the warm up period especially in cold ambient temperature conditions If temperatures are below 32 F 0 C operate the engine at moderate speeds for five minutes before full loads are applied 201 Engine Idling In Cold Weather Avoid prolonged idling in ambient temperatures below 0 F 18 C Long periods of idling may be harmful to your engine because combustion chamber temperatures can drop so low that the fuel may not burn completely Incomplete com bustion allows carbon and varnish to form on piston rings and injector nozzles Also the unburned fuel can enter the crankcase diluting the oil and causing rapid wear to the engine Stopping the Engine The following chart should be used as a guide in determining the amount of engine idle time required to sufficiently cool down the turbo charger before shut down depending upon the type of driving and the amount of cargo Before turning off your turbo diesel engine always allow the engine to return to normal idle speed and run for several seconds This assures proper lubrication of the turbo charger This is particularly necessary after any period of hard driving Idle the engine a few minutes before routine shutdown After full load operation idle the engine three to five
330. n ON 7 If the sequence was completed properly the ESC Activation Malfunction Indicator Light will blink several times to confirm HSA is off Steps 1 7 must be completed within 90 seconds to turn off HSA Repeat steps 1 7 to re enable HSA functionality PAGE zd 234 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Electronic Roll Mitigation ERM This system anticipates the potential for wheel lift by monitoring the driver s steering wheel input and the speed of the vehicle When ERM determines that the rate of change of the steer ing wheel angle and vehicle s speed are suffi cient to potentially cause wheel lift it applies the appropriate brake and may reduce engine power to lessen the chance that wheel lift will occur ERM will only intervene during very se vere or evasive driving maneuvers Electronic Roll Mitigation ERM can only re duce the chance of wheel lift occurring during severe or evasive driving maneuvers It cannot prevent wheel lift due to other factors such as road conditions leaving the roadway or striking objects or other vehicles NOTE Anytime the ESC system is in the Full Off mode ERM is disabled Refer to Electronic Stability Control ESC for a complete expla nation of the available ESC modes PAGE POSITION 235 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_Info
331. n against the door or window Sit upright in the center of the seat In a collision you and your passengers can suffer much greater injuries if you are not properly buckled up You can strike the interior of your vehicle or other passen gers or you can be thrown out of the vehicle Always be sure you and others in your vehicle are buckled up properly Buckle up even though you are an excellent driver even on short trips Someone on the road may be a poor driver and cause a collision that includes you This can happen far away from home or on your own street Research has shown that seat belts save lives and they can reduce the seriousness of injuries in acollision Some of the worst injuries happen when people are thrown from the vehicle Seat belts reduce the possibility of ejection and the risk of injury caused by striking the inside of the vehicle Everyone in a motor vehicle should be belted at all times Lap Shoulder Belts All seating positions in your vehicle equipped with lap shoulder belts The belt web bing retractor is designed to lock during very sudden stops or collisions This feature allows the shoulder part of the belt to move freely with you under normal conditions However in a collision the belt will lock and reduce the risk of you striking the inside of the vehicle or being thrown out WARNING e It is dangerous to ride a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people
332. n only CAUTION Failure to follow these cautions may cause interior water damage stains or mildew Opening a door or lowering a window while the top is wet may allow water to drip into the vehicle s interior Careless handling and storage of the re movable door frame s may damage the seals causing water to leak into the vehi cle s interior Continued 113 PAGE POSITION 115 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 CAUTION Continued e The door frame s must be positioned properly to ensure sealing Improper in stallation can cause water to leak into the vehicle s interior Door Frame Removal 1 Unscrew and remove the door frame attach ment knobs two per door WARNING Use both hands to remove the door frames The door frames will fold and could cause injury if both hands are not used 2 Place one hand on the upper rear and one hand on the front of the door frame 3 Pull the frame toward you with your rearward hand to remove the frame from the vehicle 81924019 WARNING Never store the door frames in your vehicle In an event of an accident a loose door frame many cause personal injury If re moved always store the door frames outside of the vehicle 4 Screw the knobs back into the door frame and fold for storage Store in a secur
333. n until the top two bolts are installed 22 81929257 4 Tighten all side bar attachment bolts 5 Install the lower windshield plates with the six black round headed Torx head screws us ing a 40 Torx head driver on each side of the base of the windshield 6 Reinstall the wiper arms REAR WINDOW FEATURES HARD TOP ONLY Rear Window Wiper Washer If Equipped A rotary switch on the center portion of the control lever located on the right side of the steering column controls the operation of the rear wiper washer function PAGE 156 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 031507505 Rear Wiper Washer Control Rotate the switch upward to the first detent position for rear wiper operation Rotate the switch upward past the first detent to activate the rear washer The washer pump and the wiper will con tinue to operate as long as the switch is held Upon release the wiper will cycle two to three times before returning to the set position PAGE POSITION 157 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 If the rear wiper is operating when the ignition is turned to the LOCK position the wiper will automatically return to the Park position When the vehicle is restarted
334. nable the window con trols press the window lockout button upward Window Lockout Switch Rear Power Windows Four Door Models The rear passenger window switches are lo cated on the back of the center floor console Press the switch downward to open the window and upward to close the window Rear Power Window Switches Four Door Models Wind Buffeting Wind buffeting can be described as the percep tion of pressure on the ears or a helicopter type sound in the ears Your vehicle may exhibit wind buffeting with the windows down in certain open or partially open positions This is a normal occurrence and can be minimized by adjusting the window opening PAGE E 26 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 REAR SWING GATE The rear swing gate can be unlocked by using the key Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmit ter or by activating the power door lock switches located on the front doors To open the swing gate press the button on the gate handle Gate Handle NOTE Close the rear flip up window before at tempting to close the swing gate hard top models only CAUTION Do not press on rear wiper blade when closing the rear flip up window as damage to the blade will result WARNING Driving with the flip up window open can allow poisonous exhaust gases into your vehicle Y
335. nd swing gate on the first press of the UNLOCK button on the RKE transmitter For vehicles equipped with an Electronic Ve hicle Information Center EVIC refer to Elec tronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features in Understanding Your Instrument Panel for further information For vehicles not equipped with the EVIC the Remote Unlock feature can be enabled or disabled by performing the following steps 1 Press and hold the LOCK button on a pro grammed RKE transmitter PAGE EN 18 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 2 Continue to hold the RKE transmitter LOCK button for at least four seconds but not longer than 10 seconds then press and hold the RKE transmitter UNLOCK button 3 Release both buttons at the same time 4 Test this feature while outside of the vehicle by pressing the LOCK UNLOCK button on the RKE transmitter NOTE Pressing the RKE transmitter LOCK button while you are inside of the vehicle will acti vate the Vehicle Security Alarm Opening a door with the Vehicle Security Alarm acti vated will cause the alarm to sound Press the RKE transmitter UNLOCK button to de activate the Vehicle Security Alarm 5 If the desired programming was not achieved or to reactivate this feature repeat the above steps NOTE Pr
336. nd Loading Information placard located on the drivers door pillar for the maximum combined weight of occu pants and cargo for your vehicle Towing Requirements To promote proper break in of your new vehicle drivetrain components the following guidelines are recommended CAUTION e Do not tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles 805 km the new vehicle is driven The engine axle or other parts could be damaged Continued PAGE POSITION 261 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua CAUTION Continued e Then during the first 500 miles 805 km that a trailer is towed do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of the vehicle wear in at the heavier loads WARNING Improper towing can lead to an injury acci dent Follow these guidelines to make your trailer towing as safe as possible Make certain that the load is secured in the trailer and will not shift during travel When trailering cargo that is not fully secured dynamic load shifts can occur that may be difficult for the driver to control You could lose control of your vehicle and have an accident e All trailer hitches should be professionally installed on your vehicle Continued WARNING Continued e When hauling cargo or towing a trailer do not overlo
337. nd or to the connectors WARNING Do not plug in or remove the iPod or external USB device while driving Failure to follow this warning could result in an acci dent Bluetooth Streaming Audio BTSA Music can be streamed from your cellular phone to the Uconnect phone system Controlling BTSA Using Radio Buttons To get into the BTSA mode press either AUX button on the radio or press the VR button and say Bluetooth Streaming Audio Play Mode When switched to BTSA mode some audio devices can start playing music over the vehi cle s audio system but some devices require the music to be initiated on the device first then it will get streamed to the Uconnect phone system Seven devices can be paired to the Uconnect phone system but just one can be selected and played Selecting Different Audio Device 1 Press PHONE button to begin 2 After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Setup then Select Audio Devices 3 Say the name of the audio device or ask the Uconnect phone system to list audio devices Next Track Use the SEEK UP button or press the VR button on the radio and say Next Track to jump to the next track music on your cellular phone Previous Track Use the SEEK DOWN button or press the VR button on the radio and say Previous Track to jump to the previous track music on your cellular phone 185 PAGE POSITION 187 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareA
338. nd rear of the window Repeat this step for the opposite side 15 Locate the black swing gate bar Slide the swing gate bar over the receiver at the bottom inside of the rear window The spongy part of the seal should be down and pointed outward to seal with the swing gate when closed 16 Install the rear window by starting both zipper ends at the lower left corner of the rear window opening Ensure that the zippers are properly started and aligned before zipping to prevent damage 17 Run the first zipper fully around to the right side of the window 81b34ac6 147 PAGE POSITION 149 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 18 Grasp the swing gate bar and position it into the swing gate brackets r 036033903 20 Complete the installation of the sail panel SUNRIDER TWO DOOR by inserting the rest of the retainer into the body MODELS IF EQUIPPED 19 Insert the rear window retainer into the channel swing gate bracket on both the left and right 21 Close the header latches and return the sides sun visors to their secured position CAUTION Operating the top opening a door or lower ing a window while the top is wet may allow water to drip into the vehicle s interior NOTE If you are going to be driving faster than 40 mph 64 km h with the Sunrider fea
339. ne 2 2 2 2 251 SEMMEN Gasoline T eea 252 eaMaterials Addeditolkuell a a CE 252 e FUEL REQUIREMENTS DIESEL ENGINES 252 PADDING FUEL er 253 Locking Fuel Filler Cap Gas 253 e TRAIEER TOWING gt lt oe coche sl RE e wiry eee es ee 254 Common Towing Definitions 254 Breakaway Cable 255 Trailer Towing Weights Maximum Trailer Weight Ratings 256 Trailer And Tongue Weight 258 e Towing Requirements 259 O TRIMMING UPS P P2525 261 Trailer Hitch Attaching Points 262 e RECREATIONAL TOWING BEHIND MOTORHOME ETC 263 Towing This Vehicle Behind Another Vehicle 263 e Recreational Towing Four Wheel Drive Models 264 198 PAGE 200 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 STARTING PROCEDURES Before starting your vehicle adjust your seat adjust both inside and outside mirrors and fasten your seat belts WARNING e When leaving the vehicle always remove the key fob from the ignition and lock your vehicle e Never leave children alone in a vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Allow ing children to be in a vehi
340. nel s must be positioned prop erly to ensure sealing Set the panels on the windshield frame so that there is no over hang Also make sure that the panels are sitting flush with the body 2 Install the right panel first then the left panel 3 Reinstall the panel s using the same steps for removal in reverse order Rear Hard Top Removal 1 Remove both front panels Refer to Front Panel s Removal in this section 2 Open both doors 3 Remove the two Torx head screws that secure the hard top at the B pillar near the top of the door using a 40 Torx head driver Four Door Only 4 Remove the six Torx head screws that secure the hard top to the vehicle along the interior bodyside using a 40 Torx head driver 111 PAGE POSITION 113 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 5 Open the swing gate all the way to ensure clearance of the rear window glass Lift the rear window glass 81947 57 6 Locate the wire harness on the left rear inside corner of the vehicle 112 Wire Harness Connector 7 Release the red locking tab by pulling out ward to the right Red Locking Tab 8 To remove the wiring harness press the tab and pull downward to disconnect 035734181 IN Press Tab To Disconnect 9 To remove the washer hose pinch the grips on
341. ng Between Calls If two calls are in progress one active and one on hold press the button until you hear a single beep indicating that the active and hold status of the two calls have switched Only one call can be placed on hold at one time Conference Call When two calls are in progress one active and one on hold press and hold the button until you hear a double beep indicating that the two calls have been joined into one conference call Three Way Calling To initiate three way calling press the but ton while a call is in progress and make a second phone call as described under Making a Second Call While Current Call in Progress After the second call has established press and hold the amp button until you hear a double 68 beep indicating that the two calls have been joined into one conference call Call Termination To end a call in progress momentarily press the button Only the active call s will be termi nated and if there is a call on hold it will become the new active call If the active call is termi nated by the phone far end a call on hold may not become active automatically This is cell phone dependent To bring the call back from hold press and hold the button until you hear a single beep Redial e Press the X button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Redial e The Uconnect Phone will call the last num ber that was dialed from you
342. ng column up or down as desired Pull upwards on the lever to lock the column firmly in place Tilt Steering Column Lever 95 PAGE POSITION 97 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 WARNING Do not adjust the steering column while driving Adjusting the steering column while driving or driving with the steering column unlocked could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death ELECTRONIC SPEED CONTROL IF EQUIPPED When engaged the Electronic Speed Control takes over accelerator operations at speeds greater than 25 mph 40 km h The Electronic Speed Control buttons are lo cated on the right side of the steering wheel 96 Electronic Speed Control Buttons 1 ON OFF 2 RES 4 CANCEL 3 SET NOTE In order to ensure proper operation the Electronic Speed Control System has been designed to shut down if multiple Speed Control functions are operated at the same time If this occurs the Electronic Speed Control System can be reactivated by push ing the Electronic Speed Control ON OFF button and resetting the desired vehicle set speed To Activate Push the ON OFF button The Cruise Indicator Light in the instrument cluster will illuminate To turn the system off push the ON OFF button
343. ng the highest priority phone present in or near approximately within 30 ft 9 the vehicle Delete Uconnect Phone Paired Mobile Phones e Press the X button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Setup Phone Pairing 72 e At the next prompt say Delete and follow the prompts e You can also press the button at any time while the list is being played and then choose the phone you wish to delete Things You Should Know About Your Uconnect Phone Uconnect Phone Tutorial To hear a brief tutorial of the Uconnect Phone features press the button and say Uconnect Tutorial Voice Training For users experiencing difficulty with the Uconnect Phone recognizing their voice com mands or numbers the Uconnect Phone Voice Training feature may be used To enter this training mode follow one of the two following procedures From outside the Uconnect Phone mode 0 from radio mode e Press and hold the button for five sec onds until the session begins or e Press the button and say the Voice Training System Training Start Voice Training command Repeat the words and phrases when prompted by the Uconnect Phone For best results the Voice Training session should be completed when the vehicle is parked with the engine running all windows closed and the blower fan switched OFF This procedure may be repeated with a new use
344. ngine off immediately and call an authorized dealer for service WARNING A hot engine cooling system is dangerous You or others could be badly burned by steam or boiling coolant You may want to call an authorized dealer for service if your vehicle overheats If you decide to look un der the hood yourself see Maintaining Your Vehicle Follow the warnings under the Cooling System Pressure Cap paragraph 165 20 Cruise Indicator Light This light shows when the elec CRUISE tronic speed control system is turned on 21 4WD Indicator Light If Equipped This light alerts the driver that the 4WD vehicle is in the four wheel drive mode and the front and rear drive shafts are mechanically locked to gether forcing the front and rear wheels to rotate at the same speed 22 Odometer Trip Odometer ECO Fuel Saver Indicator Button Press this button to change the display from odometer to either of the two trip odometer settings or the ECO display Trip A or Trip B will appear when in the trip odometer mode Press and hold the button for two seconds to reset the trip odometer to 0 miles or kilometers The odometer must be in trip mode to reset 166 23 Shift Lever Indicator The Shift Lever Indicator is self contained within the instrument cluster It displays the gear po sition of the automatic transmission 24 Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light Each tire including the spare if
345. ngine speed for each gear Change gear in good time Do not shift down a gear manually in order to brake PAGE d 52 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 SAFETY TIPS Transporting Passengers NEVER TRANSPORT PASSENGERS IN THE CARGO AREA WARNING e Do not leave children or animals inside parked vehicles in hot weather Interior heat build up may cause serious injury or death It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Exhaust Gas WARNING Exhaust gases can injure or kill They con tain carbon monoxide CO which is color less and odorless Breathing it can make you unconscious and can eventually poison you To avoid breathing CO follow these safety tips e Do not run the engine in a closed garage or in confined areas any longer than needed to move your vehicle in or out of the area If you are required to drive with the trunk liftgate open make sure that all windows are closed and the climate control BLOWER switch is set at high speed DO NOT use the recircula
346. ning Your Vehicle CHAngE OIL Message Your vehicle is equipped with an engine oil change indicator system The CHANgE OIL message will flash in the instrument cluster odometer for approximately 12 seconds after a single chime has sounded to indicate the next scheduled oil change interval The engine oil change indicator system is duty cycle based which means the engine oil change interval may fluctuate dependent upon your personal driving style Unless reset this message will continue to display each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON RUN position To turn off the message temporarily press and release the Trip Odom eter button on the instrument cluster To reset the oil change indicator system after perform ing the scheduled maintenance refer to the following procedure 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON RUN position do not start the engine 2 Fully depress the accelerator pedal Slowly three times within 5 seconds 3 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF LOCK position NOTE If the indicator message illuminates when you start the vehicle the oil change indica tor system did not reset If necessary repeat this procedure 26 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL The Malfunction Indicator Light MIL is a part of an Onboard Diagnostic System called OBD II that monitors engine and automatic transmission control systems The light will illuminate when the ignition is in the ON position before eng
347. nt and attach the hook to the tether anchor located on the back of the seat WARNING An incorrectly anchored tether strap could lead to increased head motion and possible injury to the child Use only the anchor positions directly behind the child seat to secure a child restraint top tether strap Vehicles With Rear Web Buckles That May Need To Be Twisted e Inthe rear seat you may have trouble tight ening the lap shoulder belt on the child re straint because the buckle or latch plate is too close to the belt path opening on the restraint Disconnect the latch plate from the buckle and twist the short buckle end belt several times to shorten it Insert the latch plate into the buckle with the release button facing out 49 PAGE POSITION 51 JOB Gxzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 e f the belt still can t be tightened or if pulling and pushing on the restraint loosens the belt disconnect the latch plate from the buckle turn the buckle around and insert the latch plate into the buckle again If you still can t make the child restraint secure try a different seating position Transporting Pets Air Bags deploying in the front seat could harm your pet An unrestrained pet will be thrown about and possibly injured or injure a passen ger during panic braking or in a collision Pets sho
348. ntal collisions depending on several factors including the severity and type of collision Advanced Front Air Bags are not expected to reduce the risk of injury in rear side or rollover collisions The Advanced Front Air Bags will not deploy in all frontal collisions including some that may produce substantial vehicle damage for ex ample some pole collisions truck underrides and angle offset collisions On the other hand depending on the type and location of impact Advanced Front Air Bags may deploy in crashes with little vehicle front end damage but that produce a severe initial deceleration The side air bags will not deploy in all side collisions Side air bag deployment will depend on the severity and type of collision Because air bag sensors measure vehicle de celeration over time vehicle speed and damage by themselves are not good indicators of whether or not an air bag should have de ployed Seat belts are necessary for your protection in all crashes and also are needed to help keep you in position away from an inflating air bag The ORC also monitors the readiness of the electronic parts of the air bag system whenever the ignition switch is in the START or ON RUN positions If the key is in the LOCK position in the ACC position or not in the ignition the air bag system is not on and the air bags will not inflate The ORC contains a backup power supply System that may deploy the air bags even if the b
349. nter 319 PAGE POSITION 321 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Manual v1 60 000 Miles 96 000 km or 48 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter tt Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Replace the engine air cleaner filter Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Inspect the front and rear axle fluid Change if using your vehicle for police taxi fleet or frequent trailer towing Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Change the manual transmission fluid if using your vehicle for any of the following trailer towing snow plowing heavy loading taxi police delivery service commercial service off road desert operation or more than 50 of your driving is at sustained high speeds dur ing hot weather above 90 F 32 C Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter if using your vehicle for any of the following police taxi fleet or frequent trailer tow ing Change the transfer case fluid if using your vehicle for any of the following police taxi fleet off road or frequent trailer towing O O O O C Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 320 PAGE POSITION 322 JOB zeta
350. nths Maintenance Service Schedule J Change the engine oil and engine oil filter J Rotate tires 1 Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary 1 Inspect exhaust system 1 Inspect the front suspension tie rod ends and boot seals replace if necessary Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 325 PAGE POSITION 327 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Ownprs_Manual_v1 120 000 Miles 192 000 or 96 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Replace the engine air cleaner filter Replace accessory drive belt s Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Inspect the front and rear axle fluid change if using your vehicle for police taxi fleet off road or frequent trailer towing Change the transfer case fluid if using your vehicle for any of the following police taxi fleet off road or frequent trailer towing Change the manual transmission fluid if using your vehicle for any of the following trailer towing snow plowing heav
351. nual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua WARNING Continued e The capabilities of an ABS equipped ve hicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopar dize the user s safety or the safety of others CAUTION The Anti Lock Brake System is subject to possible detrimental effects of electronic in terference caused by improperly installed aftermarket radios or telephones NOTE During severe braking conditions a pulsing sensation may occur and a clicking noise will be heard This is normal indicating that the Anti Lock Brake System is functioning ELECTRONIC BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with an advanced electronic brake control system that includes Anti Lock Brake System ABS Traction Con trol System TCS Brake Assist System BAS Hill Start Assist HSA Electronic Roll Mitigation ERM Electronic Stability Control ESC Trailer Sway Control TSC and Hill Descent Control HDC All of these systems work to gether to enhance vehicle stability and control in various driving conditions and are commonly referred to as ESC 229 WARNING The Anti Lock Brake System ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can they increase the traction afforded by prevailing road con ditions The ABS cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns driving on very slippery
352. oad is dangerous The added strain on your tires could cause them to fail You could have a serious collision Do not drive a vehicle loaded to the maximum ca pacity at continuous speeds above 75 mph 120 km h Radial Ply Tires WARNING Combining radial ply tires with other types of tires on your vehicle will cause your vehicle to handle poorly The instability could cause a collision Always use radial ply tires in sets of four Never combine them with other types of tires Cuts and punctures in radial tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your authorized tire dealer for radial tire repairs All Season Tires If Equipped All Season tires provide traction for all seasons spring summer fall and winter Traction levels may vary between different all season tires All season tires can be identified by the M S M amp S M S or MS designation on the tire sidewall Use all season tires only in sets of four failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle 239 Summer Or Three Season Tires If Equipped Summer tires provide traction in both wet and dry conditions and are not intended to be driven in snow or on ice Summer tires will not contain the all season designation or mountain snowflake symbol on the tire sidewall Use summer tires only in sets of four failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle
353. occupants only 2 Dial in the tempera ture you would like the system to maintain by rotating the Tempera ture Control knob Once the comfort level is se lected the system will 045638695 maintain that level auto matically using the heat ing system Should the desired comfort level require air conditioning the system will auto matically make the adjustment You will experience the greatest efficiency by simply allowing the system to function automati cally Selecting the O OFF position on the blower control stops the system completely and closes the outside air intake The recommended setting for maximum com fort is 72 F 22 C for the average person however this may vary 188 NOTE e The temperature setting can be adjusted at anytime without affecting automatic operation e Pressing the Air Conditioning Control button while in AUTO mode will cause the LED in the control button to flash three times and then turn off This indicates that the system is in AUTO mode and requesting the air conditioning is not necessary e If your air conditioning performance seems lower than expected check the front of the A C condenser located in front of the radiator for an accumulation of dirt or insects Clean with a gentle water spray from behind the radiator and through the condenser Fabric front fas cia protectors may reduce airflow to the condenser reducing air conditioning per formance Blower Contr
354. of equipment ordered certain descriptions and illustrations may differ from your vehicle s equipment The detailed index at the back of this Owner s Manual contains a complete listing of all sub jects Consult the following table for a description of the symbols that may be used on your vehicle or throughout this Owner s Manual PAGE 8 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 d NJ Q 25 Do 7 2 BAS TOME eee WATER IN FUEL xs a M EXTERIOR BULB HIGH BEAM TURN SIGNALS UPPER AR FAILURE OUTLET SPEED CONTROL C 10 Me B ms 1 0 P Og 20 e y 2 2 MASTER LIGHTING KEY ACTIVATE UPPER AND LOWER eae WINDOW LIFT wr T wast PARKING INTERMITTENT WIPER ASHER SWITCH POWER OUTLET AIR OUTLET eem X Uw Oa 8 DOME LIGHT FRONT FOG UGHT HOOD RELEASE ELECTRONIC AL FAILURE OF ANTHLOCK OD ENGINE OL REAR WINDOW DEFROST fin ANS HEATEO MIRROR te a MTM C G MAL FUNCTION TRANS INDICATOR LIGHT onu PAGE POSITION 9 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own DOW DOWN sTABAITYCONTROL ORI BRAKING SYSTEM 2005 Q C A awp srake WINDSHIELD UFTOA
355. oil and engine oil fil ter Tt J Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 322 PAGE POSITION 324 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 90 000 Miles 144 000 km or 72 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Replace the engine air cleaner filter Inspect and replace PCV valve if necessary Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Inspect the front and rear axle fluid Change if using your vehicle for police taxi fleet or frequent trailer towing Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Inspect exhaust system Inspect the front suspension tie rod ends and boot seals replace if necessary Change the manual transmission fluid if using your vehicle for any of the following trailer towing snow plowing heavy loading taxi police delivery service commercial service off road desert operation or more than 50 of your driving is at sustained high speeds dur ing hot weather above 90 F 32 C Inspect the transfer case fluid 0 O O C Odometer Rea
356. ol For full automatic opera tion or for automatic blower operation turn the knob to the AUTO position In manual mode there are seven blower speeds that can 045607536 be individual selected In off position the blower will shut off Manual Operation This system offers a full complement of manual override features which consist of Blower Pre ferred Automatic Mode Preferred Automatic or Blower and Mode Preferred Automatic This means the operator can override the blower the mode or both There is a manual blower range for times when the AUTO setting is not desired The blower can be set to any fixed blower speed by rotating the Blower Control knob on the left NOTE Please read the Automatic Temperature Control Operation Chart that follows for de tails PAGE zs 190 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Automatic Temperature Control Operation The system will Air Temperature Air Recirculation Operation How Blower Control Mode Control Control Control A C Operation Full Automatic Operation Set blower knob to Automatic Automatic Automatic Automatic but can Automatic Auto Sct mode knob be overridden to Auto Set temperature for 10 minutes knobs for comfort at a time Blower Preferred Automatic Set blower knob 10 any Use
357. om nese ans er 97 eaio Accelerate EoriPassing TT 97 e ELECTRICAL POWERIOUTEET 97 CUPHOUDERS fa 222220250502 252222022222 100 IFront Cupholders 100 Bear Cupholders 100 e STORAGE che mere S clt us 100 Glovebox Storage 100 Console Storage Compartment 100 Rear Storage 101 DUAL TOP TWO DOOR MODELS IF EQUIPPED 101 Removing The Soft Top Two Door Models 101 Installing The Soft Top Two Door Models 102 57 PAGE POSITION 59 JOB Gzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual 1 e DUAL TOP FOUR DOOR MODELS IF EQUIPPED 104 Removing The Soft Top Four Door Models 104 Installing The Soft Top Four Door Models 105 e FREEDOM TOP THREE PIECE MODULAR HARD TOP IF EQUIPPED 2 2 4 45 4 0 2 107 exEront Panel s Removal 108 Freedom Storage 109 egEront Panel s Installatton mae 111 Front Panel s Installation With Rear Hard Top Removed 111 s Rear Hard Top Removal 111 e Rear Hard Top Installation c IEEE S 113 DOOR FRAME
358. on as possible within the next 500 miles 805 km Your dealer will reset the oil change indicator message after completing the scheduled oil change If this scheduled oil change is per formed by someone other than your dealer the message can be reset by referring to the steps described under Instrument Cluster Description Odometer Trip Odometer in Un derstanding Your Instrument Panel for further information Required Maintenance Intervals Refer to the Maintenance Schedules on the following pages for the required maintenance intervals NOTE Under no circumstances should oil change intervals exceed 15 000 miles 25 000 km or 12 months whichever comes first PAGE 332 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 15 000 Miles 25 000 km 12 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Tt Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary If using your vehicle in dusty or off road conditions inspect the engine air cleaner filter and replace if necessary Drain the fuel filter water separator unit Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Oooo Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 331 PAGE POSITION 333 JOB zeta tweddle
359. on is shifted into PARK with the transfer case in NEUTRAL N and the en gine running With the transfer case in NEU TRAL N ensure that the engine is OFF before shifting the transmission into PARK 13 Attach the vehicle to the tow vehicle using a suitable tow bar 14 Release the parking brake Shifting Out of NEUTRAL N Use the following procedure to prepare your vehicle for normal usage 1 Bring the vehicle to a complete stop leaving it connected to the tow vehicle 2 Firmly apply the parking brake 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position 4 Turn the ignition switch to the ON RUN po sition but do not start the engine 5 Press and hold the brake pedal 6 Shift the transmission into NEUTRAL 7 Shift the transfer case lever to the desired position NOTE When shifting the transfer case out of NEU TRAL N turning the engine OFF may be required to avoid gear clash 8 Shift the automatic transmission into PARK or place manual transmission in Neutral 9 Release the brake pedal 10 Disconnect vehicle from the tow vehicle 11 Start the engine 12 Press and hold the brake pedal 13 Release the parking brake 14 Shift the transmission into gear release the brake pedal and clutch pedal on manual trans missions and check that the vehicle operates normally 265 PAGE POSITION 267 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_
360. ont fog lights turn on the position lights or headlights and pull out the end of the lever 031407687 Front Fog Light Switch Rear Fog Lights If Equipped To activate the rear fog lights turn on the front position lights or headlights pull out the end of the multifunction lever and rotate the lever to the last detent NOTE The headlights will always be on when the rear fog lamps are activated Instrument Panel Dimmer Rotate the center portion of the lever to the extreme bottom position to fully dim the instru ment panel lights and prevent the interior lights from illuminating when a door is opened Rotate the center portion of the lever up to increase the brightness of the instrument panel lights when the parking lights or headlights are on Rotate the center portion of the lever upward to the next detent position to brighten the odom eter and radio when the parking lights or head lights are on 91 PAGE POSITION 93 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Rotate the center portion of the lever upward to the last detent to turn on the interior lighting 031407686 Dimmer Control Interior Lights The overhead light will come on when a door is opened It may also be turned on by rotating the control for the dimmer switch on the multifunc tion lever fully upward
361. or near a roadway be ex tremely careful of motor traffic e To assure that spare tires flat or inflated are securely stowed spares must be stowed with the valve stem facing out 5 Raise the vehicle by turning the jack screw to the right Raise the vehicle till the tire is raised from the surface of the road Minimum tire lift provides maximum stability 46960 71 Jack Warning Label WARNING Raising the vehicle higher than necessary can make the vehicle less stable and cause CAUTION attempt to raiseithe vehicle byijacxing a collision It could slip off the jack and hurt someone near it Raise the vehicle only enough to remove the tire on locations other than those indicated in the Jacking Instructions for this vehicle 1 Remove the spare tire jack and tools from the stored location 2 Loosen but do not remove the wheel lug nuts by turning them to the left one turn while the wheel is still on the ground 3 Assemble the jack and jacking tools Con nect the jack handle driver to the extension then to the lug wrench 4 Operate the jack from the front or the rear of the vehicle Place the jack under the axle tube as shown Do not raise the vehicle until you are sure the jack is fully engaged 6 Remove the lug nuts and wheel Front Jacking Location 271 PAGE POSITION 273 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441
362. oroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV OwnPers Manual v1 150 000 Miles 250 000 120 Months Maintenance Service Schedule WARNING Change the engine oil and engine oil filter You can be badly injured working on or Rotate tires around a motor vehicle Do only that service Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary work for which you have the knowledge and Replace engine air leaner ilter the right equipment If you have any doubt Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes om ed p iie y y about your ability to perform a service job Drain the fuel filter water separator unit Replace the fuel filter take your vehicle to a competent mechanic Inspect the front and rear axle fluid change if using your vehicle for police taxi fleet off road or frequent trailer towing Inspect the transfer case fluid Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Flush and replace the engine coolant antifreeze OOO OOO O Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 340 PAGE 342 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 IF YOU NEED CONSUMER ASSISTANCE e IF YOU NEED ASSISTANCE
363. orted radio mode is active Changing The Volume 1 Start a dialogue by pressing the Voice Com mand ve button 2 Say a command e g Help 3 Use the ON OFF VOLUME rotary knob to adjust the volume to a comfortable level while the Voice Command system is speaking Please note the volume setting for Voice Com mand is different than the audio system Main Menu Start a dialogue by pressing the Voice Com mand button You may say Main Menu to Switch to the main menu In this mode you can say the following com mands e Radio AM to switch to the radio AM mode Radio FM to switch to radio FM mode Disc to switch to the disc mode e USB to switch to USB mode e Bluetooth Streaming to Bluetooth Streaming mode switch to e to switch to the memo recorder e System Setup to switch to system setup Radio AM Or Radio Long Wave Or Radio Medium Wave If Equipped To switch to the AM band say AM or Radio AM In this mode you may say the following commands e Frequency to change the frequency e Next Station to select the next station Previous Station to select the previous station e Menu Radio to switch to the radio menu e Main Menu to switch to the main menu Radio FM To switch to the FM band say FM or Radio In this mode you may say the following commands e Frequency to change the frequenc
364. osi tion The ESC Activation Malfunction Indicator Light located in the instrument cluster starts to flash as soon as the tires lose traction and the ESC system becomes active The ESC Activation Malfunction Indicator Light also flashes when TCS is active If the ESC Activation Malfunction Indicator Light begins to flash during acceleration ease up on the accel erator and apply as little throttle as possible Be sure to adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions 233 WARNING The Electronic Stability Control ESC can not prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase the traction afforded by prevailing road condi tions The ESC cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns driving on very slippery sur faces or hydroplaning The capabilities of an ESC equipped vehicle must never be ex ploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others The ESC system has three available operating modes in 4H range The system has one oper ating mode in 4L range Two wheel drive ve hicles and four wheel drive vehicles in 2H range have two operating modes 234 WARNING With the ESC switched off the enhanced vehicle stability offered by ESC and ERM are unavailable In an emergency evasive ma neuver the ESC and ERM systems will not engage to assist in
365. osition NOTE Do not attempt to shift when only the front or rear wheels are spinning The transfer case is not equipped with a synchronizer and the front and rear driveshaft speeds must be equal for a shift to take place Shifting while only the front or rear wheels are spinning can cause damage to the transfer case PAGE 216 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 When operating your vehicle in 4L the engine speed will be approximately three times four times for Rubicon models that of the 2H or 4H positions at a given road speed Take care not to overspeed the engine Proper operation of four wheel drive vehicles depends on tires of equal size type and cir cumference on each wheel Any difference will adversely affect shifting and cause damage to the transfer case Because four wheel drive provides improved traction there is a tendency to exceed safe turning and stopping speeds Do not go faster than road conditions permit PAGE POSITION 217 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua WARNING You or others could be injured if you leave the vehicle unattended with the transfer case in the NEUTRAL N position without first fully engaging the parking brake The trans fer case NEUTRAL N
366. ou and your passengers could be injured by these fumes Keep the flip up window closed when you are operating the vehicle OCCUPANT RESTRAINTS Some of the most important safety features in your vehicle are the restraint systems e Three point lap and shoulder belts for the driver and all passengers e Advanced Front Air Bags for driver and front passenger e Supplemental Seat Mounted Side Air Bags SAB if equipped e An energy absorbing steering column and steering wheel e Knee bolsters blockers for front seat occupants e Front seat belts incorporate pretensioners that may enhance occupant protection by managing occupant energy during an impact event e All seat belt systems except the driver s include Automatic Locking Retractors ALRs which lock the seat belt webbing into position by extending the belt all the way out and then adjusting the belt to the desired length to restrain a child seat or secure a large item in a seat if equipped Please pay close attention to the information in this section It tells you how to use your restraint system properly to keep you and your passen gers as safe as possible If you will be carrying children too small for adult sized seat belts the seat belts or the ISOFIX feature also can be used to hold infant 25 PAGE POSITION 27 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 12
367. ou can strip the screws if they are overtightened 7 Remove the tether strap from the pivot bracket PAGE 108 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 8 Using the plastic reinforcement as a handle remove the tether strap from the bracket hook by sliding strap up off hook and slide down the side bow both sides PAGE POSITION 109 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 9 Button the side bow tether strap both sides 10 Remove the swing gate bar black metal bar for bottom of rear window and set aside NOTE Be sure the wire harness in the left rear corner is not tangled in the soft top bows before you lift the top 11 Unsnap and remove the black boot cover This cover should be discarded It was intended as a protective cover for shipping only NOTE A visual instruction sheet is enclosed in the dual top wrap 12 Put up the soft top Refer to Soft Top Putting Up The Soft Top in this section FREEDOM TOP THREE PIECE MODULAR HARD TOP IF EQUIPPED CAUTION e The hard top is not designed to carry any additional loads such as roof racks spare tires building hunting or camping sup plies and or luggage etc Also it was not designed as a structural
368. ou to enter up to 32 names in the phonebook with each name having up to four associated phone numbers and designations Each language has a sepa rate 32 name phonebook accessible only in that language In addition if equipped and sup ported by your phone Uconnect Phone auto matically downloads mobile phone s phone book Edit Uconnect Phonebook Entries Editing names in the phonebook is recom mended when the vehicle is not in motion Automatic downloaded phonebook entries can not be deleted or edited e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Phonebook Edit e You will then be asked for the name of the phonebook entry that you wish to edit e Next choose the number designation home work mobile or other that you wish to edit 66 e When prompted recite the new phone num ber for the phonebook entry that you are editing After you are finished editing an entry in the phonebook you will be given the opportunity to edit another entry in the phonebook call the number you just edited or return to the main menu Phonebook Edit can be used to add another phone number to a name entry that already exists in the phonebook For example the entry John Doe may have a mobile and a home number but you can add John Doe s work number later using the Phonebook Edit fea ture NOTE Editing phonebook entries is recommended when the vehicl
369. ould combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash in vestigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the ve hicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Child Restraints Everyone in your vehicle needs to be buckled up at all times including babies and children Children 12 years or under should ride properly buckled up in a rear seat if available According to crash statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats rather than in the front There are different sizes and types of restraints for children from newborn size to the child almost large enough for an adult safety belt Always check the child seat owner s manual to ensure you have the correct seat for your child Use the restraint that is correct for your child PAGE E 42 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 WARNING In a collision an unrestrained child can be come a projectile inside the vehicle The force required to hold even an infant on your lap could become so great that you could not hold the child no matter how strong you are The child an
370. ove 15 mph 24 km h will turn OFF the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light as long as none of road tires are below the low pressure warning thresh old 250 e If your vehicle is not equipped with a matching full size spare wheel and tire assembly it does not have a tire pressure monitoring sensor in the spare tire The TPMS will not be able to monitor the tire pressure If you install the spare tire in place of a road tire that has a pressure below the low pressure warning limit upon the next ignition switch cycle the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will remain ON a chime will sound and the EVIC will still display a flashing pressure value in the graphic display After driving the vehicle for up to 20 minutes above 15 mph 24 km h the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will flash on and off for 75 seconds and then remain on solid In addition the EVIC will display a SERVICE TPM SYSTEM mes sage for a minimum of five seconds and then display dashes in place of the pressure value For each subsequent ig nition switch cycle a chime will sound the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will flash on and off for 75 seconds and then remain on solid and the EVIC will display a SERVICE TPM SYSTEM message for a minimum of five seconds and then display dashes in place of the pressure value Once you repair or replace the original road tire and reinstall it on the
371. products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of problems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 354 PAGE 356 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 NETHERLANDS NEW ZEALAND NORWAY Jeep Customer Service Chrysler New Zealand RSA BIL Universal Toll Free Number Private Bag 14907 vre Eikervei 77 Tel 00 800 0 426 5337 Panmure New Zealand N 3048 Drammen Local Toll Free Number Tel 0031 203421760 Tel 09573 7800 Tel 47 32 21 88 00 Fax 09573 7808 Fax 47 32 82 60 99 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12 045 Chrysler Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 1692 1692 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0031 203421758 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12046 Dodge Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 36343 000 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0031 203421754 International Toll Number Tel Not Available The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of problems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number
372. r Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 328 PAGE POSITION 330 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 T This maintenance is recommended by the manufacturer to the owner but is not required to maintain emissions warranty WARNING You can be badly injured working on or around a motor vehicle Do only service work for which you have the knowledge and the right equipment If you have any doubt about your ability to perform a service job take your vehicle to a competent mechanic Severe Duty Conditions Tt Change the engine oil and engine oil filter at every 4500 miles 7 500 km or six months if using your vehicle under any of the following Severe duty conditions Stop and go driving Driving in dusty conditions e Short trips of less than 10 miles 16 km e Trailer towing e Taxi police or delivery service commercial service Off road or desert operation Maintenance Schedule Diesel Engine At Each Stop for Fuel e Check the engine oil level about five minutes after a fully warmed engine is shut off Checking the oil level while the vehicle is on level ground will improve the accuracy of the oil level reading Add oil only when the level is at or below the ADD or MIN mark e Check the windshield washer solvent add as required Once a Month
373. r The system will adapt to the last trained voice only To restore the Voice Command system to fac tory default settings enter the Voice Training session via the above procedure and follow the prompts Voice Command For best performance adjust the rearview mirror to provide at least 2 in 1 cm gap between the overhead console if equipped and the mirror e Always wait for the beep before speaking PAGE EN 74 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Speak normally without pausing just as you would speak to a person sitting a few feet meters away from you Make sure that no one other than you is speaking during a voice period Performance is maximized under low to medium blower setting low to medium vehicle speed low road noise e smooth road surface e fully closed windows e dry weather conditions Even though the system is designed for users speaking in European English Dutch French German Italian or Spanish accents the system may not always work for some When navigating through an automated sys tem such as voice mail or when sending a page at the end of speaking the digit string make sure to say Send Storing names in the phonebook when the vehicle is not in motion is recommended tis not recommended to store similar sound ing names in the U
374. r When AutoStick is active the current transmission gear is dis played in the instrument cluster In AutoStick mode the transmission will shift up or down when is manually selected by the driver unless an engine lugging or overspeed condi tion would result It will remain in the selected gear until another upshift or downshift is cho sen except as described below e The transmission will automatically upshift when necessary to prevent engine over speed e The transmission will automatically downshift as the vehicle slows to prevent engine lug ging and will display the current gear e The transmission will automatically downshift to first gear when coming to a stop After a stop the driver should manually upshift the transmission as the vehicle is accelerated Heavily pressing the accelerator pedal will generate an automatic downshift for im proved acceleration when reasonable You can start out from a stop in first or second gear Tapping at a stop will allow starting in second gear Starting out in sec ond gear is helpful in snowy or icy conditions PAGE m 214 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 The system will ignore attempts to upshift at too low of a vehicle speed Avoid using speed control when AutoStick is engaged e Transmission shif
375. r than necessary to maintain headway Over revving the engine can spin the wheels and 220 traction will be lost If you start to slow to a stop try turning your steering wheel no more than a 1 4 turn quickly back and forth while still apply ing throttle This will allow the tires to get a fresh bite and help maintain your momentum CAUTION On icy or slippery roads do not downshift at high engine RPM or vehicle speeds be cause engine braking may cause skidding and loss of control Mud Deep mud creates a great deal of suction around the tires and is very difficult to get through You should use second gear manual transmission or DRIVE automatic transmis Sion with the transfer case in the 4L Low position to maintain your momentum If you start to slow to a stop try turning your steering wheel no more than a 1 4 turn quickly back and forth for additional traction Mud holes pose an increased threat of vehicle damage and getting stuck They are normally full of debris from previous vehicles getting stuck As a good prac tice before entering any mud hole get out and determine how deep it is if there are any hidden obstacles and if the vehicle can be safely recov ered if stuck Sand Soft sand is very difficult to travel through with full tire pressure When crossing soft sandy spots in a trail maintain your vehicle s momen tum and do not stop The key to driving in soft sand is using the appropriate
376. r CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 CAUTION Do not use chemical flushes in your power steering system as the chemicals can dam age your power steering components Such damage is not covered by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty WARNING Fluid level should be checked on a level surface and with the engine off to prevent injury from moving parts and to ensure ac curate fluid level reading Do not overfill Use only manufacturers recommended power steering fluid If necessary add fluid to restore to the proper indicated level With a clean cloth wipe any spilled fluid from all surfaces Refer to Fluids Lubricants and Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further information PAGE POSITION 229 JOB Q2zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 PARKING BRAKE Before leaving the vehicle make sure that the parking brake is fully applied Also be certain to leave an automatic transmission in PARK or manual transmission in REVERSE or first gear The parking brake lever is located in the center console To apply the parking brake pull the lever up as firmly as possible To release the parking brake pull the lever up slightly press the center button then lower the lever com pletely Parking Brake When the parking brake
377. r High Mounted Stop Lamp 1 Remove the spare tire terclockwise then remove it from the housing CHMSL 2 Remove the four screws holding the lens 4 Pull the bulb straight from the socket to uh KMS 2 a pie Fe cover in place on the spare tire carrier extends upward from the tailgate behind the replace 3 Disconnect the wire harness from the back spare tire If service is needed obtain the LED Cover Assembly from your local autho of the LED cover rized dealer FLUID CAPACITIES U S Metric Fuel Approximate Two Door Models 18 5 Gallons 70 Liters Fuel Approximate Four Door Models 22 5 Gallons 85 Liters Engine Oil With Filter 3 6 Liter Engine 6 Quarts 5 6 Liters 2 8 Liter Diesel Engine 7 Quarts 6 5 Liters Cooling System 3 6 Liter Engine MOPAR Antifreeze Coolant 10 Year 150 000 Mile Formula Or 10 5 Quarts 9 9 Liters ganic Additive Technology that meets the requirements of Chrysler Material Standard MS 12106 such as FIAT classification 9 55523 PARAFLU UP 2 8 Liter Diesel Antifreeze Coolant 10 Year 150 000 Mile Formula OAT 13 Quarts 12 Liters Organic Additive Technology that meets the requirements of Chrysler Material Standard MS 12106 such as FIAT classification 9 55523 PARAFLU UP ncludes coolant recovery bottle filled to MAX level 310 PAGE 312 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShare
378. r conditioner A C is on turn it off The A C system adds heat to the engine cooling system and turning the A C off can help remove this heat You can also turn the temperature control to maximum heat the mode control to floor and the blower control to high This allows the heater core to act as a supple ment to the radiator and aids in removing heat from the engine cooling system WARNING You or others can be badly burned by hot engine coolant antifreeze or steam from your radiator If you see or hear steam com ing from under the hood do not open the hood until the radiator has had time to cool Never try to open a cooling system pressure cap when the radiator or coolant bottle is hot PAGE m 270 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 JACKING AND TIRE WARNING Continued Turn the black plastic wing nut counter CHANGING The jack is designed to be used as a tool clockwise to loosen the jack from the stor for changing tires only The jack should not age bin be used to lift the vehicle for service pur WARNING Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel Jack Location Being under a jacked up vehicle is danger T
379. r door 81925275 4 Loosely install the rear knob long knob to hold the door rail in position 5 Carefully set the front of the front door frame in the rubber seal at the top of the windshield 116 81925281 6 Clip the front of the door rail over the side bar making sure that the material for the side bar cover is not pinched by the door frame 7 Position the rear of the front door frame to lay on top of the front of the rear door frame Ensure the seals are installed correctly to avoid water leaks 8 Loosely install both knobs beginning with the front knob long knob Then install the middle knob short knob through the front and rear door frames and screw into the top of the B pillar 9 Tighten the front knob then the rear most knob and then the middle knob Repeat this procedure for the other side PAGE sd 118 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 SOFT TOP TWO DOOR MODELS Please visit the owners section of Jeep com for instructional videos CAUTION The soft top is not designed to carry any additional loads such as roof racks spare tires building hunting or camping supplies and or luggage etc Also it was not de signed as a structural member of the vehicle and thus cannot properly carry any addi tional loads other than environ
380. r mobile phone NOTE This may not be the last number dialed from the Uconnect Phone Call Continuation Call continuation is the progression of a phone call on the Uconnect Phone after the vehicle ignition has been switched to OFF Call continu ation functionality available on the vehicle can be any one of three types e After the ignition is switched to OFF a call can continue on the Uconnect Phone either until the call ends or until the vehicle battery condition dictates cessation of the call on the Uconnect Phone and transfer of the call to the mobile phone e After the ignition is cycled to OFF a call can continue on the Uconnect Phone for a cer tain duration after which the call is automati cally transferred from the Uconnect Phone to the mobile phone e An active call is automatically transferred to the mobile phone after the ignition is cycled to OFF PAGE EN 70 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Uconnect Phone Features Language Selection To change the language that the Uconnect Phone is using e Press the X button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say the name of the language you wish to switch to English Dutch French Ger man Italian or Spanish if so equipped e Continue to follow the system prompts to complete language se
381. r more details e Stop Start System Page Diesel Manual Transmission Only refer to Stop Start Sys tem in Starting And Operating for more details e Low Tire Pressure e Service TPM System refer to Tire Pres sure Monitoring System in Starting and Operating for more details e Premium TPM System Graphic Display Oil Change Required Your vehicle is equipped with an engine oil change indicator system The Oil Change Re quired message will flash in the EVIC display for approximately 10 seconds after a single chime has sounded to indicate the next sched uled oil change interval The engine oil change indicator system is duty cycle based which means the engine oil change interval may fluc tuate dependent upon your personal driving style Unless reset this message will continue to display each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON position To turn off the message tem porarily press and release the MENU button To reset the oil change indicator system after performing the scheduled maintenance per form the following procedure 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Do not start the engine 2 Fully depress the accelerator pedal slowly three times within 10 seconds 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion NOTE If the indicator message illuminates when you start the vehicle the oil change indica tor system did not reset If necessary repeat thi
382. r s Manual it should be stored in the vehicle for convenient reference and remain with the vehicle when sold The manufacturer reserves the right to make changes in design and specifications and or to make additions to or improvements in its prod ucts without imposing any obligations upon itself to install them on products previously manufactured The Owner s Manual illustrates and describes the features that are standard or available as extra cost options Therefore some of the equipment and accessories in this publication may not appear on your vehicle NOTE Be sure to read the Owner s Manual first before driving your vehicle and before at taching or installing parts accessories or making other modifications to the vehicle In view of the many replacement parts and accessories from various manufacturers avail able on the market the manufacturer cannot be certain that the driving safety of your vehicle will not be impaired by the attachment or installation of such parts Even if such parts are officially approved for example by a general operating permit for the part or by constructing the part in an officially approved design or if an individual operating permit was issued for the vehicle after the attachment or installation of such parts it cannot be implicitly assumed that the driving 5 PAGE POSITION 7 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en
383. r selectable Automatic Automatic Automatic but can Automatic desired airflow level other to any speed be overridden than Auto Set mode for 10 minutes knob to Auto Set temperature at a time knobs for comfort Mode Preferred Automatic Set mode knob to any desired Automatic User selectable Automatic User selectable User selectable air delivery point other than to any air outside or A C on or off Auto Set blower knob to delivery point recirculated Auto Set temperature Not allowed in knobs for comfort Defrost Mode Blower and Mode Set blower knob to any User selectable User selectable Automatic User selectable User selectable Preferred Automatic desired airflow level other to any speed to any air outside or on or off than Auto Set mode delivery point recirculated knob to any desired air Not allowed in delivery point other than Defrost Mode Auto Set temperature knobs for comfort 045663216 189 PAGE POSITION 191 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 The operator can override the AUTO mode setting to change airflow distribution by rotating the Mode Control knob on the right to one of the following positions e Panel s Air is directed through the outlets in the instrument panel These outlets can be adjusted to direct airflow NOTE The center instrument panel outlets can be aimed so th
384. r the catalytic converter and once the engine has started ignite and damage the con verter and vehicle Continued 200 WARNING Continued e f the vehicle has a discharged battery booster cables may be used to obtain a start from a booster battery or the battery in another vehicle This type of start can be dangerous if done improperly Refer to Jump Starting in What To Do In Emer gencies for further information Without Tip Start Manual Transmission Only If the engine fails to start after you have followed the Normal Starting or Extreme Cold Weather procedures it may be flooded Push the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it there while cranking the engine This should clear any excess fuel in case the engine is flooded CAUTION To prevent damage to the starter do not crank the engine for more than 15 seconds at a time Wait 10 to 15 seconds before trying again If the engine has been flooded it may start to run but not have enough power to continue running when the key is released If this occurs continue cranking with the accelerator pedal pushed all the way to the floor Release the accelerator pedal and the key once the engine is running smoothly If the engine shows no sign of starting after two 15 second periods of cranking with the accel erator pedal held to the floor repeat the Normal Starting or Extreme Cold Weather proce dures With Tip St
385. r your shoulder belt The lap and shoulder belt are meant to be used together 4 Position the lap belt across your thighs below your abdomen To remove slack in the lap belt portion pull up on the shoulder belt To loosen the lap belt if it is too tight tilt the latch plate and pull on the lap belt A snug belt reduces the risk of sliding under the belt in a collision NOTE The Seat Belt Reminder Light will remain on until the driver s seat belt is buckled Removing Slack From Belt WARNING A lap belt worn too high can increase the risk of injury in a collision The belt forces won t be at the strong hip and pelvic bones but across your abdomen Always wear the lap part of your seat belt as low as possible and keep it snug Continued WARNING Continued e A twisted belt may not protect you properly In a collision it could even cut into you Be sure the belt is straight If you cant straighten a belt in your vehicle take it to your authorized dealer immediately and have it fixed 5 Position the shoulder belt on your chest so that it is comfortable and not resting on your neck The retractor will withdraw any slack in the belt 6 To release the belt push the red button on the buckle The belt will automatically retract to its stowed position If necessary slide the latch plate down the webbing to allow the belt to retract fully 29 PAGE POSITION 31 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShar
386. rary emergency use only This tire is identified by a label located on the limited use spare wheel This label contains the driving limitations for this spare This tire may look like the original equipped tire on the front or rear axle of your vehicle but it is not Installation of this limited use spare tire affects vehicle handling Since it is not the same as your original equipment tire replace or repair the original equipment tire and reinstall on the vehicle at the first opportu nity WARNING Limited use spares are for emergency use only Installation of this limited use spare tire affects vehicle handling With this tire do not drive more than the speed listed on the limit use spare wheel Keep inflated to the cold tire inflation pressure listed on your Tire and Loading Information Placard located on the driver s side door opening Replace or repair the original equipment tire at the first opportunity and reinstall it on your vehicle Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control Tire Spinning When stuck in mud sand snow or ice condi tions do not spin your vehicle s wheels above 30 mph 48 km h or for longer than 30 seconds continuously without stopping when you are stuck Refer to Freeing A Stuck Vehicle in What To Do In Emergencies for further information 241 WARNING Fast spinning tires can be dangerous Forces generated by excessive wheel speeds may cause tire damage or fai
387. re M20 15 Cabin Compart function Control Pressure Moni Amp ment Node Inte Switch tor Glow Plug Blue rior Light Module Ex Switch Bank Mtg FM E te E port Diesel Only M21 20 Auto Shut Slow P y M16 10 Airbag Module Amp Down ASD 3 Amp Yellow Red M22 10 Right Horn HI M17 15 Left Tail Amp LOW Amp License Park Red Blue Lamp M23 10 Left Horn HI Amp LOW Red 305 Cav Car Mini Description Cav Car Mini Description Cav Car Mini Description ity tridge Fuse ity tridge Fuse ity tridge Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse M24 25 Rear Wiper M30 15 Wiper Motor M36 20 Power Outlet Amp Amp Frt J1962 Diag Amp Natu Blue nostic Feed Yellow ral M31 20 Backup Lamps M37 10 Anti Lock Brake M25 20 Fuel Pump Amp Amp System Elec Amp Diesel Lift Yellow Red tronic Stability Yellow Pump Export M32 10 Airbag Control Control Stop Only Lamp Switch Amp ler TT EU Fuel P R M26 10 Power Window Red ROPE ME B Amp Switch Driver z Red Window Switch Mes Rer in cux M38 25 Lock Unlock M27 10 ignition Switch Red ae Motors m ist 2 M34 10 Park Assist Cli ral E mate Control M28 10 Powertrain Con Red System Head Amp trol Module lamp Wash Red Compass M29 10 Powertrain M35 10 Heated Mirrors Amp Amp Red Red 306 PAGE 308 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441
388. re your vehicle for recreational towing WARNING You or others could be injured if you leave the vehicle unattended with the transfer case in the NEUTRAL N position without first fully engaging the parking brake The trans fer case NEUTRAL N position disengages both the front and rear driveshafts from the powertrain and will allow the vehicle to move even if the transmission is in PARK The parking brake should always be applied when the driver is not in the vehicle CAUTION It is necessary to follow these steps to be certain that the transfer case is fully in NEU TRAL N before recreational towing to pre vent damage to internal parts 1 Bring the vehicle to a complete stop 2 Press and hold the brake pedal 3 Shift the automatic transmission into NEU TRAL or depress the clutch pedal on a manual transmission 4 Turn the engine OFF 5 Shift the transfer case lever into NEUTRAL N 6 Start the engine 7 Shift the transmission into REVERSE 8 Release the brake pedal and clutch pedal on manual transmissions for five seconds and ensure that there is no vehicle movement 9 Repeat Steps 7 and 8 with automatic trans mission in DRIVE or manual transmission in first gear 10 Turn the engine OFF 11 Firmly apply the parking brake 12 Shift the transmission into PARK or place manual transmission in gear NOT in Neutral CAUTION Damage to the transmission may occur if the transmissi
389. ree Number Tel 00 800 1692 1692 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 201745 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12046 Dodge Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 36343 000 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 201747 International Toll Number Tel Not Available BALANCE OF THE CARIBBEAN Interamericana Trading Corporation Warrens St Michael Barbados West Indies BB22026 PO Box 98 Tel 246 417 8000 Fax 246 425 2888 The Customer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of prob ems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 345 PAGE POSITION 347 JOB Qeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV OwnPers Manual v1 BELGIUM Jeep Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 0 426 5337 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 55 888 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12 045 Chrysler Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 1692 1692 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 18 142 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12046 Dodge Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 36343 000 Local Toll Free Number Tel 0800 16 166 International Toll Number Tel
390. releasing the brake pedal Always remember the driver is responsible for braking the vehicle Continued 232 WARNING Continued e HSA is not a parking brake Always apply the parking brake fully when leaving your vehicle Also be certain to leave the trans mission in PARK Failure to follow these warnings may cause the vehicle to roll down the incline and could collide with another vehicle object or person and cause serious or fatal injury Always re member to use the parking brake while parking on a hill and that the driver is responsible for braking the vehicle NOTE The HSA system may also be turned on and off if the vehicle is equipped with the Elec tronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC Re fer to Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC in Understanding Your Instrument Panel for further information HSA If you wish to turn off the HSA system follow this procedure 1 Start with the engine off and vehicle in PARK automatic transmission or NEUTRAL with clutch out manual transmission with wheels straight Apply parking brake on manual trans mission vehicle 2 Start the engine 3 With the engine running the brake applied and the clutch out rotate the steering wheel 180 counterclockwise from center 4 Press the ESC OFF switch four times within twenty seconds 5 Rotate the steering wheel 360 clockwise 180 clockwise from center 6 Cycle ignition switch OFF the
391. riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Wearing a seat belt incorrectly is danger ous Seat belts are designed to go around the large bones of your body These are the strongest parts of your body and can take the forces of a collision the best Wearing your belt in the wrong place could make your injuries in a collision much worse You might suffer internal injuries or you could even slide out of part of the belt Follow these instructions to wear your seat belt safely and to keep your passengers safe too Continued 27 PAGE POSITION 29 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 WARNING Continued Two people should never be belted into a single seat belt People belted together can crash into one another in a collision hurting one another badly Never use a lap shoulder belt or lap belt for more than one person no matter what their size Lap Shoulder Belt Operating Instructions 1 Enter the vehicle and close the door Sit back and adjust the seat 2 The seat belt latch plate is above the back of the front seat next to your arm in the rear seat Grasp the latch plate and p
392. rmal starting of either a cold or a warm engine is obtained without pumping or pressing the accelerator pedal Turn the ignition switch to the START position and release when the engine starts If the engine fails to start within 10 seconds turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position wait 10 to 15 seconds then repeat the Normal Starting procedure Tip Start Feature Automatic Transmission Only Turn the ignition switch to the START position and release it as soon as the starter engages The starter motor will continue to run but will automatically disengage itself when the engine is running If the engine fails to start the starter will disengage automatically in 10 seconds If this occurs turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position wait 10 to 15 seconds then repeat the Normal Starting procedure 199 Extreme Cold Weather below 20 F or 29 C To ensure reliable starting at these tempera tures use of an externally powered electric engine block heater available from your autho rized dealer is recommended If Engine Fails To Start WARNING Never pour fuel or other flammable liquids into the throttle body air inlet opening in an attempt to start the vehicle This could result in a flash fire causing serious per sonal injury e Do not attempt to push or tow your vehicle to get it started Vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission cannot be started this way Unburned fuel could ente
393. roChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 75 000 Miles 125 000 or 60 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Tt Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary If using your vehicle in dusty or off road conditions inspect the engine air cleaner filter and replace if necessary Drain the fuel filter water separator unit Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary LL Oooo Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 335 PAGE POSITION 337 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV OwnPers Manual v1 90 000 Miles 150 000 km 72 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Replace engine air cleaner filter Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Drain the fuel filter water separator unit Replace the fuel filter Inspect the front and rear axle fluid change if using your vehicle for police taxi fleet off road or frequent trailer towing Inspect the transfer case fluid Inspect the brake linings replace if necessar
394. roper headlight beam position with the road surface regardless of vehicle load The headlight level ing switch is located on the lower switch bank below the climate controls To operate With the low beams on 0 1 push the upper side or lower side 2 2 of the headlight leveling switch until the appropriate number which responds to the load listed on the following chart illuminates on the switch NOTE Headlight Leveling will not activate when the parking lights or high beam headlights are on 0 Driver only or driver and front passenger 1 All seating positions occupied 2 All seating positions occupied plus an evenly distributed load in the lug gage compartment The total weight of passengers and load does not exceed the maximum load capacity of the vehicle 3 Driver plus an evenly distributed load in the luggage compartment The total weight of the driver and load does not exceed the maximum load capacity of the vehicle Calculations based on a passenger weight of 165 Ibs 75 kg 93 PAGE POSITION 95 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 WINDSHIELD WIPERS AND WASHERS The windshield wiper washer control lever is located on the right side of the steering column The front wipers are operated by rotating a switch located at the end of the l
395. rous exhaust gases which can kill could enter the vehicle e The fabric upper doors and fabric top are designed only for protection against the elements Do not rely on them to contain occupants within the vehicle or to protect against injury during an accident Remem ber always wear seat belts CAUTION Failure to follow these cautions may cause interior water damage stains or mildew on the top material e t is recommended that the top be free of water prior to opening it Operating the top opening a door or lowering a window while the top is wet may allow water to drip into the vehicle s interior Continued CAUTION Continued e Careless handling and storage of the soft top may damage the seals causing water to leak into the vehicle s interior e The soft top must be positioned properly to ensure sealing Improper installation can cause water to leak into the vehicle s inte rior NOTE Do not remove any of the three attachment knobs unless you are planning on installing the hard top Quick Steps For Lowering The Soft Top 1 Remove the side windows 2 Remove the back window 133 PAGE POSITION 135 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Start zipper from the right side to remove back window 3 Release header latches from the windshield frame 134 4
396. rward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and your foot is firmly pressing the brake pedal 208 Key Ignition Park Interlock This vehicle is equipped with a Key Ignition Park Interlock which requires the shift lever to be placed in PARK before the ignition switch can be turned to the LOCK OFF position The key can only be removed from the ignition when the ignition is in the LOCK OFF position and the shift lever is locked in PARK whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF position Brake Transmission Shift Interlock System This vehicle is equipped with a Brake Transmis sion Shift Interlock System BTSI that holds the shift lever in PARK unless the brakes are ap plied To shift the transmission out of PARK the ignition switch must be turned to the ON RUN position engine running or not and the brake pedal must be pressed Five Speed Automatic Transmission The shift lever position display located in the instrument cluster indicates the transmission gear range You must press the brake pedal to move the shift lever out of PARK refer to Brake Transmission Shift Interlock System in this section To drive move the shift lever from PARK or NEUTRAL to the DRIVE position The electronically controlled transmission pro vides a precise shift schedule The transmission electronics are self calibrating therefore the
397. s 311 Fog GIMS cR vie 91 309 Fog Light 309 Fold and Tumble Rear Seat 85 Folding Rear 87 Folding Windshield 151 Four Way Hazard Flasher 268 Four Wheel 214 Four Wheel Drive Operation 214 Freeing A Stuck Vehicle 275 Front Axle Differential 298 PUGH cet he b Bae eet 250 Adding 253 Additives 252 Diesel 252 Ethanol vic ideo ER hes 251 Filler Cap Gas 253 Gasoline sese xe eu 250 esae ee Raed es 162 Octane Rating 250 Requirements 310 Tank Capacity 310 PUCING i uu c ees It peo es 253 FUSES i no vrbe 302 Gas Cap Fuel Filler Cap 253 254 283 Gasoline CleanAir 251 Gasoline 250 Gauges Coolant Temperature 165 ye fe 162 Odometer 167 Speedometer 162 164 Gear 0 5 205 209 369 Gear Select Lever 276 General Information 14 17 18 Glass 300 Glow Plug Light 170 Gross Axle Weight 254 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 254 Hands Free Phone Uconnect
398. s equipped with a sophisticated onboard diagnostic system called OBD Il This System monitors the performance of the emis sions engine and automatic transmission con trol systems When these systems are operat ing properly your vehicle will provide excellent performance and fuel economy as well as engine emissions well within current govern ment regulations If any of these systems require service the OBD II system will turn on the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL It will also store diagnos tic codes and other information to assist your service technician in making repairs Although your vehicle will usually be drivable and not need towing see your authorized dealer for Service as soon as possible PAGE POSITION 285 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 CAUTION e Prolonged driving with the MIL on could cause further damage to the emission con trol system It could also affect fuel economy and drivability The vehicle must be serviced before any emissions tests can be performed e f the MIL is flashing while the engine is running severe catalytic converter dam age and power loss will soon occur Imme diate service is required Loose Fuel Filler Cap Message After fuel is added the vehicle diagnostic sys tem can determine if the fuel filler cap is possi bly loose improperly installed or damaged
399. s functioning the ESC Activation Malfunction Indicator Light will flash the en gine power may be reduced and you may feel the brakes being applied to individual wheels to attempt to stop the trailer from swaying TSC is disabled when the ESC system is in the Partial Off or Full Off modes PAGE 238 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 WARNING If TSC activates while driving slow the ve hicle down stop at the nearest safe location and adjust the trailer load to eliminate trailer sway Hill Descent Control HDC If Equipped HDC is only intended for low speed off road driving HDC maintains vehicle speed while descending hills in off road driving conditions by applying the brakes when necessary The symbol indicates the status of a the Hill Descent Control HDC fea ture The lamp will be on solid when HDC is armed HDC can only be armed when the transfer case is the 4WD LOW position and the vehicle speed is less then 30 mph 48 km h If these conditions are not met while attempting to use the HDC feature the HDC indicator light will flash on off PAGE POSITION 239 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua When enabled HDC senses the terrain and
400. s may result PAGE POSITION 169 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 25 Odometer Trip Odometer Display Area The odometer display shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven The trip odometer shows individual trip mileage Refer to Odom eter Trip Odometer ECO Fuel Saver Indica tor Button for additional information Vehicle Odometer Messages When the appropriate conditions exist the fol lowing odometer messages will display ECO Fuel Saver Indicator dOO eee ben D ea ES Door Ajar wx Swing Gate Ajar LoWtirE Low Tire Pressure HOTOIL Transmission Oil Temperature Above Normal Limits gASCAP Fuel Cap Fault noFUSE Fuse Fault CHAngE OIL Oil Change Required ECO Fuel Saver Indicator If Equipped The ECO indicator will illuminate when you are driving in a fuel efficient manner and can be used to modify driving habits in order to in crease fuel economy LoW tirE When the appropriate condition exists the odometer display will toggle between LoW and tirE for three cycles HOTOIL Transmission Temperature Warn ing Message The HOTOIL cluster message will appear in the odometer accompanied with a chime to indicate that there is excessive transmission fluid temperature that might occur with severe usag
401. s procedure PAGE zs 178 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 EVIC Main Menu To step to each main menu feature press and release the MENU button once for each step A step from the last item in the list will cause the first item in the feature list to be displayed The following features are in the Main menu e Compass Outside Temperature and ECO display e Average Fuel Economy e Distance to Empty e Elapsed Time e EVIC Units Selection e System Status e Personal Settings e Tire PSI NOTE For features in the EVIC that can be reset Average Fuel Economy and Elapsed Time the EVIC prompts a reset with a SELECT button graphic and the word RESET next to it PAGE POSITION 179 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 When the SELECT button is pressed the se lected feature will reset and RESET ALL will display next to the SELECT button graphic Pressing SELECT a second time will reset both Average Fuel Economy and Elapsed Time After three seconds without pressing SELECT RE SET ALL will return to RESET and only the selected feature will have been reset Compass Display ECO Fuel Saver Mode If Equipped The compass readings indicate the direction the vehicle is facing Press and release
402. s to light when the lever is moved it would suggest that the indicator bulb is defective e A tone will chime if the turn signals are left on for more than 1 mile 2 km PAGE d 92 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Lane Change Assist Tap the lever up or down once without moving beyond the detent and the turn signal right or left will flash three times then automatically turn off Lights On Reminder If the headlights or parking lights are on after the ignition is turned OFF the high beam indicator light will remain illuminated and a chime will sound when the driver s door is opened Headlight Dimmer Switch Push the multifunction lever away from you to switch the headlights to high beam Pull the lever toward you to switch the headlights back to low beam Daytime Running Lights If Equipped The headlights come on at a low intensity level when shifted into any position other than PARK auto transmission or when the vehicle begins to move manual transmission NOTE The Daytime Running Light on the same side of the vehicle as the active turn signal will turn off automatically when a turn signal is in operation and turn on again when the turn signal is not operating Front Fog Lights If Equipped The front fog light switch is in the 40 multifunction lever To activate the fr
403. say Pair a Phone to select that option without having to listen to the rest of the voice prompt Turning Confirmation Prompts On Off Turning confirmation prompts off will stop the system from confirming your choices e g the Uconnect Phone will not repeat a phone num ber before you dial it e Press the X button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say e Setup Confirmations Prompts On e Setup Confirmations Prompts Off Phone and Network Status Indicators If available on the radio and or on a premium display such as the instrument panel cluster and supported by your mobile phone the Uconnect Phone will provide notification to PAGE E 72 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 inform you of your phone and network status when you are attempting to make a phone call using Uconnect Phone The status is given for roaming network signal strength phone battery strength etc Dialing Using the Mobile Phone Keypad You can dial a phone number with your mobile phone keypad and still use the Uconnect Phone while dialing via the mobile phone key pad the user must exercise caution and take precautionary safety measures By dialing a number with your paired Bluetooth mobile phone the audio will be played through your vehicle s audio system The Uconnect Phone
404. se mirrors are heated to melt frost ss or ice This feature is activated when ever you turn on the rear window de froster Refer to Rear Window Fea tures in Understanding The Features Of Your Vehicle for further information 61 PAGE POSITION 63 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 Vanity Mirrors Vanity mirrors are located on the sun visors To use the mirrors rotate the sun visor down and swing the mirror cover upward Vanity Mirror Uconnect Phone IF EQUIPPED NOTE For Uconnect Phone with Navigation radio refer to the Navigation radio Manual s sepa rate booklet Uconnect Phone section Uconnect Phone is a voice activated hands free in vehicle communications system 62 Uconnect Phone allows you to dial a phone number with your mobile phone using simple voice commands e g Call Jim Work or Dial 151 1234 5555 Your mobile phone s audio is transmitted through your vehi cle s audio system the system will automati cally mute your radio when using the Uconnect Phone The Uconnect Phone requires a mobile phone equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Profile version 1 0 or higher See Uconnect website for supported phones NOTE For Uconnect Phone customer support visit the following website e www UconnectPhone com
405. sistent gasoline speci fications the Worldwide Fuel Charter WWFC which define fuel properties necessary to de liver enhanced emissions performance and durability for your vehicle The manufacturer recommends the use of gasoline that meets the WWEFC specifications if they are available Poor quality gasoline can cause problems such as hard starting stalling and stumble If you experience these problems try another brand of gasoline before considering service for the vehicle Methanol Methyl or Wood Alcohol is used in a variety of concentrations when blended with unleaded PAGE POSITION 253 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 gasoline You may find fuels containing 396 or more methanol along with other alcohols called cosolvents Problems that result from using methanol gasoline or E 85 Ethanol blends are not the responsibility of the manufacturer While MTBE is an oxygenate made from Methanol it does not have the negative effects of Methanol CAUTION Do not use gasolines containing Methanol or E 85 Ethanol Use of these blends may result in starting and driveability problems and may damage critical fuel system compo nents Ethanol The manufacturer recommends that your ve hicle be operated on fuel containing no more than 1096 ethanol Purchasing your fuel from a reputable supplier may reduce the risk of ex
406. sory seat covers or place objects between you and the SAB the performance could be adversely affected and or objects could be pushed into you causing serious injury If your vehicle is equipped with SAB do not attach cupholders or any other objects on or around the door The inflating SAB could drive the objects into occupants causing serious injury Continued WARNING Continued e Do not cover or place items on the air bag covers These items may cause serious injury during inflation e Do not drill cut or tamper with the knee bolster in any way e Do not mount any accessories to the knee bolster such as alarm lights stereos citi zen band radios etc Supplemental Seat Mounted Side Air Bags SAB If Equipped Supplemental Seat Mounted Side Air Bags SAB may provide enhanced protection to help protect an occupant during a side impact The SAB is marked with an air bag label sewn into the outboard side of the front seats B Supplemental Seat Mounted Side Air Bag Location When the air bag deploys it opens the seam between the front and side of the seat s trim cover Each air bag deploys independently a left side impact deploys the left air bag only and a right side impact deploys the right air bag only NOTE Air Bag covers not be obvious in the interior trim but they will open during air bag deployment 35 PAGE POSITION 37 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler
407. spare wheel and tire assem bly it has a tire pressure monitoring sen sor and can be monitored by the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS In the event that the matching full size spare tire is swapped with a low pressure road tire the next ignition key cycle will still show the Tire Pressure Monitoring Tell tale Light to be ON a LOW TIRE mes sage displayed for a minimum of five seconds the Inflate to XX message dis played and a chime to sound Driving the vehicle for up to 20 minutes above 15 mph 24 km h will turn OFF the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light and LOW TIRE message as long as none of the road tires are below the low pressure warning threshold f your vehicle is not equipped with a matching full size spare wheel and tire assembly it does not have a tire pressure monitoring sensor in the spare tire The TPMS will not be able to monitor the tire pressure If you install the spare tire in 247 place of road tire that has pressure below the low pressure warning limit upon the next ignition key cycle a chime will sound and the Tire Pressure Moni toring Telltale Light and LOW TIRE message will turn ON The Inflate to XX message will also be displayed After driv ing the vehicle for up to 20 minutes above 15 mph 24 km h the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will flash on and off for 75 seconds and then remain on solid For each subsequent igni
408. spect the complete ex haust system and adjacent body areas for bro 289 ken damaged deteriorated mispositioned parts Open seams or loose connections could permit exhaust fumes to seep into the passen ger compartment In addition inspect the ex haust system each time the vehicle is raised for lubrication or oil change Replace as required CAUTION The catalytic converter requires the use of unleaded fuel only Leaded gasoline will de stroy the effectiveness of the catalyst as an emissions control device and may seriously reduce engine performance and cause seri ous damage to the engine Under normal operating conditions the catalytic converter will not require maintenance How ever it is important to keep the engine properly tuned to assure proper catalyst operation and prevent possible catalyst damage 290 CAUTION Damage to the catalytic converter can result if your vehicle is not kept in proper operating condition In the event of engine malfunction particularly involving engine misfire or other apparent loss of performance have your vehicle serviced promptly Continued opera tion of your vehicle with a severe malfunction could cause the converter to overheat re sulting in possible damage to the converter and vehicle WARNING A hot exhaust system can start a fire if you park over materials that can burn Such materials might be grass or leaves coming into contact with your exhaust
409. stall the hard top Refer to Freedom Top Three Piece Modular Hard Top Front Rear Panel Installation in this section Installing The Soft Top Four Door Models NOTE The following procedures are for first time set up only For future soft top procedures refer to Soft Top in this section 1 Locate and remove the following items prior to hard top removal e Right and left door frames Six door frame attachment knobs 105 e Right and left quarter windows e Rear window 2 Remove the hard top Refer to Freedom Top Three Piece Modular Hard Top Front Rear Panel Removal in this section 3 Install the door frames Refer to Door Frame in this section 4 Install the soft top with the pivot brackets above the sport bar brackets lower the soft top into the sport bar bracket slots in a downward motion to lock tab on soft top You will need to lift the top to get the brackets to line up Another person may be needed to help with this opera tion NOTE If you are doing this alone use one arm to hold the soft top up the other to align the brackets 106 5 Lower the pivot bracket onto the sport bar bracket mounting tab in a downward motion to lock into tab 6 Screw the pivot screws back into place using a 30 Torx head driver Secure them until they are snug being careful not to cross thread the screws or overtighten 036072289 CAUTION Do not overtighten the screws Y
410. sts across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt and increase the risk of injury in a collision As a guide if you are shorter than average you will prefer a lower position and if you are taller than average you will prefer a higher position When you release the anchorage try to move it up or down to make sure that it is locked in position NOTE The adjustable upper shoulder belt anchor age is equipped with an Easy Up feature This feature allows the shoulder belt an chorage to be adjusted in the upward posi tion without pressing the release button To verify the shoulder belt anchorage is latched pull downward on the shoulder belt anchorage until it is locked into position Seat Belts In Passenger Seating Positions The seat belts in the passenger seating posi tions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractors which are used to secure a child re straint system For additional information refer to Installing Child Restraints Using The Vehicle Seat Belt under the Child Restraint section The chart below defines the type of feature for each seating position Driver Center Passen ger First Row N A N A ALR Second ALR ALR ALR Row N A Not Applicable ALR Automatic Locking Retractor If the passenger seating position is equipped with an ALR and is being used for normal usage Only pull
411. sur faces or hydroplaning The capabilities of an ABS equipped vehicle must never be ex ploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Traction Control System TCS This system monitors the amount of wheel spin of each of the driven wheels If wheel spin is detected brake pressure is applied to the slip ping wheel s to provide enhanced acceleration and stability A feature of the TCS system func tions similar to a limited slip differential and controls the wheel spin across a driven axle If one wheel on a driven axle is spinning faster than the other the system will apply the brake of 230 the spinning wheel This will allow more engine torque to be applied to the wheel that is not spinning This feature remains active even if TCS and ESC are in either the Partial Off or Full Off modes Refer to Electronic Stability Control 5 in this section for further infor mation Brake Assist System BAS The BAS is designed to optimize the vehicle s braking capability during emergency braking maneuvers The system detects an emergency braking situation by sensing the rate and amount of brake application and then applies optimum pressure to the brakes This can help reduce braking distances The BAS comple ments the anti lock brake system ABS Apply ing the brakes very quickly results in the best BAS assistance To receive the benefit of the Syste
412. t Phone Button The radio or steering wheel con trols if equipped will contain the two control buttons Uconnect Phone X button and Voice Com mand ve button that will enable you to access the system When you press the button you will hear the word Uconnect fol lowed by a BEEP The beep is your signal to give a command NOTE The driver side upper windshield trim con tains the microphone for the Uconnect Phone Voice Command Button Actual button location may vary VR with radio The individual buttons are described in the Operation section The Uconnect Phone can be used with Hands Free Profile certified Bluetooth mobile phones Some phones may not support all the Uconnect Phone features Refer to your mo bile service provider or the phone manufacturer for details The Uconnect Phone is fully integrated with the vehicle s audio system The volume of the Uconnect Phone can be adjusted either from the radio volume control knob or from the steering wheel radio control if so equipped The radio display will be used for visual prompts from the Uconnect Phone such as CELL or caller ID on certain radios Operation Voice commands can be used to operate the Uconnect Phone and to navigate through the Uconnect Phone menu structure Voice com mands are required after most Uconnect Phone prompts You will be prompted for a specific command and then guided through the available options
413. t System and have network coverage Breakdown Service If Equipped If you need Breakdown service e Press the button to begin e After the Ready prompt and the following beep say Breakdown service NOTE The Breakdown service number has to be setup before using To setup press the RQ button and say Setup Breakdown Ser vice and follow prompts Paging To learn how to page refer to Working with Automated Systems Paging works properly 69 PAGE POSITION 71 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 except for pagers of certain companies which time out a little too soon to work properly with the Uconnect Phone Voice Mail Calling To learn how to access your voice mail refer to Working with Automated Systems Working with Automated Systems This method is used in instances where one generally has to press numbers on the mobile phone keypad while navigating through an au tomated telephone system You can use your Uconnect Phone to access a voice mail system or an automated service such as a paging service or automated cus tomer service Some services require immedi ate response selection In some instances that may be too quick for use of the Uconnect Phone When calling a number with your Uconnect Phone that normally requires you to enter in a touch
414. t Available Vehicle Not in Park Automatic Transmission Personal Settings Not Available Vehicle Motion Manual Transmission e Left Right Front Door Ajar one or more doors open with a single chime if speed is above 1 mph 1 6 km h 175 e Left Right Rear Door Ajar or more doors open with a single chime if speed is above 1 mph 1 6 km h e Door s Ajar with a single chime if vehicle is in motion e Liftgate Ajar with a single chime e Check Gascap refer to Adding Fuel in Starting And Operating for more details e Service Park Assist System with a single chime e Oil Change Required with a single chime e ECO Fuel Saver Indicator If Equipped e Stop Start Not Ready Diesel Manual Transmission Only refer to Stop Start Sys tem in Starting And Operating for more details e Stop Start Ready Diesel Manual Trans mission Only refer to Stop Start System in Starting And Operating for more details e Stop Start Auto Stop Active Diesel Manual Transmission Only refer to Stop Start Sys tem in Starting And Operating for more details 176 e Stop Start Key Start Required Diesel Manual Transmission Only refer to Stop Start System in Starting And Operating for more details e Service Stop Start System Diesel Manual Transmission Only refer to Stop Start Sys tem in Starting And Operating fo
415. t being used for occupant restraints are stowed and out of reach of children It is recommended that before in stalling the child restraint buckle the seat belt so the seat belt is tucked behind the child restraint and out of reach If the buck led seat belt interferes with the child re straint installation instead of tucking the seat belt behind the child restraint route the PAGE d 46 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 seat belt through the child restraint belt path and then buckle it This should stow the seat belt out of the reach of an inquisitive child Remind all children in the vehicle that the seat belts are not toys and should not be played with and never leave an unattended child in the vehicle The rear seating positions have lower anchor ages that are capable of accommodating ISOFIX compatible child seats having flexible webbing mounted lower attachments Child seats with fixed lower attachments must be installed in the outboard positions only Regard less of the specific type of lower attachment never install ISOFIX compatible child seats such that two seats share a common lower anchorage If you are installing ISOFIX compatible child restraints in adjacent rear seating positions you can use the ISOFIX anchors or the vehicle s seat belt for the outboard position but you must use
416. t of control it may roll over when some other vehicles may not PAGE 6 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Do not attempt sharp turns abrupt maneuvers or other unsafe driving actions that can cause loss of vehicle control Failure to operate this vehicle safely may result in a collision rollover of the vehicle and severe or fatal injury Drive carefully 010308790 Rollover Warning Label Failure to use the driver and passenger seat belts provided is a major cause of severe or fatal injury In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt Always buckle up IMPORTANT NOTICE ALL MATERIAL CONTAINED IN THIS PUBLI CATION IS BASED ON THE LATEST INFOR MATION AVAILABLE AT TIME OF PUBLICA TION APPROVAL THE RIGHT IS RESERVED TO PUBLISH REVISIONS AT ANY TIME This Owner s Manual has been prepared with the assistance of service and engineering spe cialists to acquaint you with the operation and maintenance of your new vehicle It is supple mented by a Warranty Information Booklet and various customer oriented documents You are urged to read these publications carefully Fol lowing the instructions and recommendations in this Owner s Manual will help assure safe and enjoyable operation of your vehicle After you have read the Owne
417. t the first op portunity Do not install a wheel cover or attempt to mount a conventional tire on the compact spare wheel since the wheel is designed specifically for the compact spare tire Do not install more than one compact spare tire and wheel on the vehicle at any given time WARNING Compact spares are for temporary emer gency use only With these spares do not drive more than 50 mph 80 km h Tempo rary use spares have limited tread life When the tread is worn to the tread wear indicators the temporary use spare tire needs to be replaced Be sure to follow the warnings which apply to your spare Failure to do so could result in spare tire failure and loss of vehicle control PAGE POSITION 243 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Full Size Spare If Equipped The full size spare is for temporary emergency use only This tire may look like the original equipped tire on the front or rear axle of your vehicle but it is not This spare tire may have limited tread life When the tread is worn to the tread wear indicators the temporary use full Size spare tire needs to be replaced Since it is not the same as your original equipment tire replace or repair the original equipment tire and reinstall on the vehicle at the first opportu nity Limited Use Spare If Equipped The limited use spare tire is for tempo
418. t will maintain the rocking motion without spinning the wheels or racing the engine PAGE POSITION 277 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua CAUTION Racing the engine or spinning the wheels may lead to transmission overheating and failure Allow the engine to idle with the transmission in NEUTRAL for at least one minute after every five rocking motion cycles This will minimize overheating and reduce the risk of transmission failure during prolonged efforts to free a stuck vehicle NOTE Press the ESC Off switch to place the Electronic Stability Control ESC system in Partial mode before rocking the ve hicle Refer to Electronic Brake Control in Starting And Operating for further infor mation Once the vehicle has been freed press the ESC Off switch again to restore ESC On mode CAUTION e When rocking a stuck vehicle by shifting between DRIVE 2nd gear and REVERSE do not spin the wheels faster than 15 mph 24 km h or drivetrain damage may re sult Rewving the engine or spinning the wheels too fast may lead to transmission over heating and failure It can also damage the tires Do not spin the wheels above 30 mph 48 km h while in gear no trans mission shifting occurring 275 WARNING Fast spinning tires can be dangerous Forces generated by excessive wheel spee
419. tect any stone chips or scratches in the paint touch them up immediately The cost of such repairs is considered the re sponsibility of the owner e f your vehicle is damaged due to a collision or similar cause that destroys the paint and protective coating have your vehicle re paired as soon as possible The cost of such repairs is considered the responsibility of the owner e f you carry special cargo such as chemicals fertilizers de icer salt etc be sure that such materials are well packaged and sealed e If a lot of driving is done on gravel roads consider mud or stone shields behind each wheel e Use MOPAR Touch Up Paint on scratches as soon as possible Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match the color of your vehicle Wheel And Wheel Trim Care e All wheels and wheel trim especially alumi num and chrome plated wheels should be cleaned regularly with a mild soap and water to prevent corrosion e To remove heavy soil and or excessive brake dust use MOPAR Wheel Cleaner 299 PAGE POSITION 301 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 CAUTION Do not use scouring pads steel wool a bristle brush or metal polishes Do not use oven cleaner These products may damage the wheel s protective finish Avoid automatic car washes that use acidic solutions or harsh brushes that may damage the
420. ted It is normal for the dip stick cap to spring back slightly from its fully seated position as long as its seal remains engaged in the dipstick tube Fluid Level Check 2 8L Diesel Engine The fluid level is preset at the factory and does not require adjustment under normal operating conditions Routine fluid level checks are not required therefore the transmission filler tube is capped and no dipstick is provided Your autho rized dealer can check your transmission fluid level using a special service dipstick If you notice fluid leakage or transmission malfunc tion visit your authorized dealer immediately to have the transmission fluid level checked Op erating the vehicle with an improper fluid level can cause severe transmission damage PAGE POSITION 299 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Fluid And Filter Changes Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for the proper maintenance intervals In addition change the fluid and filter if the transmission is disassembled for any reason Clutch Hydraulic System Manual Transmission If Equipped The clutch hydraulic system is fed by a segre gated volume of fluid within the brake system master cylinder reservoir In the event of leak age or wear use only the manufacturer s rec ommended brake fluid Refer to Fluids Lubri cants and Genuine Parts in Maintaining Your Veh
421. the Maintenance Schedule for transmission fluid change inter vals NOTE Check the automatic transmission fluid level before towing gasoline engine only AutoStick e When using the AutoStick shift control se lect the highest gear that allows for adequate performance and avoids frequent downshifts For example choose 4 if the desired speed can be maintained Choose 3 or 2 if needed to maintain the desired speed e To prevent excess heat generation avoid continuous driving at high RPM Reduce vehicle speed as necessary to avoid ex tended driving at high RPM Return to a higher gear or vehicle speed when grade and road conditions allow Electronic Speed Control If Equipped Do not use in hilly terrain or with heavy loads e When using the speed control if you experi ence speed drops greater than 10 mph 16 km h disengage until you can get back to cruising speed e Use speed control in flat terrain and with light loads to maximize fuel efficiency 261 Cooling System To reduce potential for engine and transmission overheating take the following actions City Driving When stopped for short periods of time shift the transmission into NEUTRAL and increase en gine idle speed Highway Driving Reduce speed Air Conditioning Turn off temporarily 262 Trailer Hitch Attaching Points Your vehicle will require extra equipment to tow a trailer safely and efficiently The tr
422. the audible chime will sound when the shift lever is placed in the PARK position from any position other than PARK and then moved out of the PARK position This will occur even if the message was previously cleared WARNING With the ESC switched off the enhanced vehicle stability offered by ESC and ERM are unavailable an emergency evasive ma neuver the ESC and ERM systems will not engage to assist in maintaining stability The Full Off mode is intended for off road use only 235 ESC Activation Malfunction Indicator Light and ESC OFF Indicator Light ee The ESC Activation Malfunction Indicator Light in the instrument cluster will come on when the igni tion switch is turned to the ON position It should go out with the engine running If the ESC Activation Malfunction Indicator Light comes on continuously with the engine running a malfunction has been detected in the ESC system If this light remains on after several ignition cycles and the vehicle has been driven several miles kilometers at speeds greater than 30 mph 48 km h see your authorized dealer as soon as possible to have the problem diagnosed and corrected The ESC Activation Malfunction Indicator Light located in the instrument cluster starts to flash as soon as the tires lose traction and the ESC system becomes active The ESC Activation Malfunction Indicator Light also flashes when TCS is active If the ES
423. the engine accessory drive belt Inspect the front and rear axle fluid change if using your vehicle for police taxi fleet off road or frequent trailer towing Change the transfer case if using your vehicle for police taxi fleet off road or frequent trailer towing Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary Inspect the manual transmission fluid add as necessary Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter Replace the engine timing belt and timing belt tensioner 0 O O O O O O O O O C C Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 338 PAGE POSITION 340 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 135 000 Miles 225 000 km 108 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary If using your vehicle in dusty or off road conditions inspect the engine air cleaner filter and replace if necessary Drain the fuel filter water separator unit Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary LL Oooo Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 339 PAGE POSITION 341 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuth
424. tial to the safe and satisfactory operation of your vehicle Three primary areas are affected by improper tire pressure Safety WARNING e Improperly inflated tires are dangerous and can cause collisions e Under inflation increases tire flexing and can result in over heating and tire failure e Over inflation reduces a tire s ability to cushion shock Objects on the road and chuckholes can cause damage that result in tire failure e Over inflated or under inflated tires can affect vehicle handling and can fail sud denly resulting in loss of vehicle control Continued 238 WARNING Continued e Unequal tire pressures can cause steering problems You could lose control of your vehicle e Unequal tire pressures from one side of the vehicle to the other can cause the vehicle to drift to the right or left e Always drive with each tire inflated to the recommended cold tire inflation pressure Economy Improper inflation pressures can cause uneven wear patterns to develop across the tire tread These abnormal wear patterns will reduce tread life resulting in a need for earlier tire replace ment Under inflation also increases tire rolling resistance resulting in higher fuel consumption Ride Comfort And Vehicle Stability Proper tire inflation contributes to a comfortable ride Over inflation produces a jarring and un comfortable ride Both under inflation and over inflation affect the stability of the v
425. tic Instrument Cluster Lenses The lenses in front of the instruments in this vehicle are molded in clear plastic When clean ing the lenses care must be taken to avoid scratching the plastic 1 Clean with a wet soft rag A mild soap solution may be used but do not use high alcohol content or abrasive cleaners If soap is used wipe clean with a clean damp rag 2 Dry with a soft cloth Seat Belt Maintenance Do not bleach dye or clean the belts with chemical solvents or abrasive cleaners This will weaken the fabric Sun damage can also weaken the fabric If the belts need cleaning use MOPAR Total Clean a mild soap solution or lukewarm water Do not remove the belts from the vehicle to wash them Dry with a soft cloth Replace the belts if they appear frayed or worn or if the buckles do not work properly PAGE 302 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Appearance Care For Fabric Models CAUTION To maintain the appearance of your vehicle s interior trim and top follow these precau tions e Avoid leaving your vehicle unattended with the top down as exposure to sun or rain may damage interior trim e Do not use harsh cleaners or bleaching agents on top material as damage may result Do not allow any vinyl cleaner to run down and dry on the paint leaving a strea
426. ting will be more noticeable when AutoStick is engaged To disengage AutoStick mode hold the shift lever to the right until D is once again displayed in the instrument cluster You can shift in or out of the AutoStick mode at any time without taking your foot off the accelera tor pedal WARNING Do not downshift for additional engine brak ing on a slippery surface The drive wheels could lose their grip and the vehicle could Skid causing an accident or personal injury PAGE POSITION 215 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Electronic Range Select ERS Operation The Electronic Range Select ERS shift control is only used when the transfer case is in the 4L Low range In the transfer case 2H and 4H High positions the AutoStick shift control is available refer to AutoStick in this section The Electronic Range Select ERS shift control allows the driver to limit the highest available gear when the transfer case is in the 4L Low position and the shift lever is in the DRIVE position For example if you shift the transmis sion into 3 third gear the transmission will never shift above third gear but will shift down into second and first gears normally You can switch between DRIVE and ERS mode at any vehicle speed When the shift lever is in the DRIVE position the transmission wil
427. tion key cycle a chime will sound and the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will flash on and off for 75 seconds and then remain on solid Once you repair or re place the original road tire and reinstall it on the vehicle in place of the spare tire the TPMS will update automatically and the Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light will turn OFF as long as no tire pressure is below the low pressure warn ing limit in any of the four active road tires The vehicle may need to be driven for up to 20 minutes above 15 mph 24 km h in order for the TPMS to receive this information 248 Premium System If Equipped The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses wireless technology with wheel rim mounted electronic sensors to monitor tire pres sure levels Sensors mounted to each wheel as part of the valve stem transmit tire pressure readings to the Receiver Module NOTE It is particularly important for you to regu larly check the tire pressure in all of your tires and to maintain the proper pressure The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS con sists of the following components Receiver Module Four Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensors e Various Tire Pressure Monitoring System Messages which display in the Electronic Vehicle Information Center EVIC and a graphic displaying tire pressures Tire Pressure Monitoring Telltale Light A tire pressure monitoring sensor is located in the spare wheel
428. tion mode If it is necessary to sit in a parked vehicle with the engine running adjust your heat ing or cooling controls to force outside air into the vehicle Set the blower at high Speed The best protection against carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle body is a properly main tained engine exhaust system Whenever a change is noticed in the sound of the exhaust system when exhaust fumes can be detected inside the vehicle or when the underside or rear of the vehicle is damaged have a competent mechanic inspect the com plete exhaust system and adjacent body areas for broken damaged deteriorated or misposi tioned parts Open seams or loose connections could permit exhaust fumes to seep into the passenger compartment In addition inspect the exhaust system each time the vehicle is raised for lubrication or oil change Replace as required Safety Checks You Should Make Inside The Vehicle Seat Belts Inspect the belt system periodically checking for cuts frays and loose parts Damaged parts must be replaced immediately Do not disas semble or modify the system 51 PAGE POSITION 53 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 Front seat belt assemblies must be replaced after a collision Rear seat belt assemblies must be replaced after a collision if they have been damaged i e bent re
429. tire pressure accelerating slowly avoiding abrupt maneuvers and maintaining the vehicle s momentum If you are going to be driving on large soft sandy areas or dunes reduce your tire pressure to a mini mum of 15 psi 103 kPa to allow for a greater tire surface area Reduced tire pressure will drastically improve your traction and handling while driving on the soft sand but you must return the tires to normal air pressure before driving on pavement or other hard surfaces Be sure you have a way to reinflate the tires prior to reducing the pressure PAGE m 222 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 CAUTION Reduced tire pressures may cause tire un seating and total loss of air pressure To reduce the risk of tire unseating while at a reduced tire pressure reduce your speed and avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers Crossing Obstacles Rocks And Other High Points While driving off road you will encounter many types of terrain These varying types of terrain bring different types of obstacles Before pro ceeding review the path ahead to determine the correct approach and your ability to safely recover the vehicle if something goes wrong Keeping a firm grip on the steering wheel bring the vehicle to a complete stop and then inch the vehicle forward until it makes contact with the object Apply t
430. tom of the grille away starting at one side and working toward the other 4 Turn both park and turn signal socket as semblies 1 4 turn counterclockwise and re move 5 Remove the four screws holding the metal retaining ring 6 Remove the lamp from the collar 7 Remove the connector from the lamp and remove the rubber seal 8 Unlatch the metal spring bulb retainer by pushing forward and outward on retaining legs 9 Pull the bulb from the housing 10 Install the bulb into the headlamp housing CAUTION Do not touch the new bulb with your fingers Oil contamination will severely shorten bulb life If the bulb comes in contact with any oily surface clean the bulb with rubbing alcohol 11 Latch the metal spring retainer to headlamp bulb 12 Install the rubber seal and connector to the headlamp bulb 13 Reinstall lamp to body with retaining ring and four screws 14 Reinstall park and turn signal connectors and reinstall front grille PAGE m 310 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Front Park Turn Signal 1 Remove the front grille Turn the retainers along the top 1 4 turn counterclockwise and remove 2 Pull the bottom of the grille away starting at one side and working toward the other 3 Turn the socket assembly 1 4 turn counter clockwise and remove from hous
431. tomatic Op eration you can temporarily put the sys tem into Recirculation Mode by pressing the Recirculation button However under certain conditions while in Automatic Mode the system is blowing air out the defrost vents When these conditions are present and the Recirculation button is pressed the indicator will flash and then turn off This tells you that you are unable to go into Recirculation Mode at this time If you would like the system to go into Recirculation Mode you must first move the Mode knob to Panel Panel Bi Level and then press the Recirculation button This feature reduces the possibility of window fogging Operating Tips NOTE Refer to the chart at the end of this section for suggested control settings for various weather conditions Summer Operation The engine cooling system in air conditioned vehicles must be protected with a high quality antifreeze coolant to provide proper corrosion protection and to protect against engine over heating A solution of 5096 ethylene glycol anti freeze coolant and 5096 water is recommended Refer to Maintenance Procedures in Main taining Your Vehicle for proper coolant selec tion Winter Operation Use of the air Recirculation Mode during winter months is not recommended because it may cause window fogging 191 PAGE POSITION 193 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE
432. tone sequence on vour mobile phone keypad you can press the button and say the sequence you wish to enter followed by the word Send For example if required to enter your PIN followed with a pound 3 7 4 6 you 70 can press the button and say 37461 Send Saying a number or sequence of num bers followed by Send is also to be used for navigating through an automated customer ser vice center menu structure and to leave a number on a pager You can also send stored Uconnect Phone book entries as tones for fast and easy access to voice mail and pager entries To use this feature dial the number you wish to call and then press the button and say Send The system will prompt you to enter the name or number and say the name of the phonebook entry you wish to send The Uconnect Phone will then send the corresponding phone number associated with the phonebook entry as tones over the phone NOTE e You may not hear all of the tones due to mobile phone network configurations this is normal Some paging and voice mail systems have system time out settings that are too short and may not allow the use of this feature Barge In Overriding Prompts The Voice Command button can be used when you wish to skip part of a prompt and issue your voice command immediately For example if a prompt is asking Would you like to pair a phone clear a you could press the button and
433. too fast for the conditions and you could lose control and have an accident Do not use Electronic Speed Control in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding icy snow covered or slip pery ELECTRICAL POWER OUTLET There two 12 Volt 13 Amp auxiliary power outlets that can provide power for accessories designed for use with the standard power outlet adapters 97 PAGE POSITION 99 JOB Q2zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 The front power outlet is powered from the CAUTION ignition switch Power is available when the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position Do not exceed the maximum power of 160 Watts 18 Amps at 12 Volts If the 160 Watt 13 Amp power rating is exceeded the fuse protecting the system will need to be replaced e Power outlets are designed for accessory plugs only Do not insert any other object in the power outlets as this will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Improper use of Rear Power Outlet If Equipped the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your New Vehicle Limited War Front Power Outlet ranty When the optional cigar lighter heating element is used in the power outlet it heats when pushed in and pops out automatically when ready for use To preserve the heating ele ment do not hold the lighter in the heating position On v
434. top removal e Right and left door frames e Door frame attachment knobs four for two door models six for four door models e Right and left quarter windows e Rear window 2 Remove the hard top Refer to Freedom Top Three Piece Modular Hard Top Front Rear Panel Removal in this section 3 Install the door frames Refer to Door Frame in this section 4 If the soft top has been removed follow these steps to reinstall the soft top If the soft top is on the vehicle proceed to step 5 a If the pivot brackets have been removed unzip the sport bar covers and attach the pivot brackets to the sports bar with the four screws that were removed using a 30 Torx head driver Re cover and re zip the sport bar covers PAGE 104 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 A 035605928 b Lay the soft top into the rear of the vehicle with the bows pointing forward and the curved portion of the bows facing upward c Reattach the knuckles onto the metal pivot brackets NOTE To aid in reattaching the knuckles you may carefully tap on the knuckles using a rubber mallet PAGE POSITION 105 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 d Screw the pivot screws back into plac
435. tractor torn webbing etc If there is any question regarding belt or retractor condition replace the belt Air Bag Warning Light The light should come on and re main on for four to eight seconds as a bulb check when the ignition switch is first turned ON If the light is not lit during starting see your authorized dealer If the light stays on flickers or comes on while driving have the system checked by an authorized dealer Y Defroster Check operation by selecting the defrost mode and place the blower control on high speed You should be able to feel the air directed against the windshield See your authorized dealer for service if your defroster is inoperable 52 Floor Mat Safety Information Always use floor mats designed to fit the foot well of your vehicle Use only floor mats that leave the pedal area unobstructed and that are firmly secured so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways WARNING Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury e Always make sure that floor mats properly attached to the floor mat fasten ers Never place or install floor mats or other floor coverings in the vehicle that cannot be properly secured to prevent them from moving and interfering with the pedals or the ability to control the vehicle Cont
436. ture open it is recommended that you remove the rear window of the vehicle 148 PAGE 150 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Opening Sunrider 1 Unclip and move the sun visors to the side 2 Release the header latches from the loops on the windshield frame 4 Grasp the header and lift the top back Make 5 Locate the straps to secure the side bows sure the material is folded back as shown Wrap the straps around the bows as shown NOTE Repeat on the other side The Sunrider latch on the door rail should not be activated for Sunrider use If acti A 3 Slide the plastic sleeve forward vated the soft top must be reinstalled start ip ing from the sail panels 036107475 6 Reposition the sun visors 149 PAGE POSITION 151 JOB Qxzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Closing Sunrider 1 Remove the straps from the side bows 2 Unclip and move the sun visors to the side 3 Grasp the front header and pull it to the front of the vehicle 4 Hook the header latches to the loops on the windshield frame close latches and return the sun visors to their original positions 5 Slide the plastic sleeve rearward over the Sunri
437. turning the ignition switch from the OFF position to the ON RUN position The light should illuminate for approximately two sec onds The light should then turn off unless the parking brake is applied or a brake fault is detected If the light does not illuminate have the light inspected by an authorized dealer The light also will turn on when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the ON RUN position NOTE This light shows only that the parking brake is applied It does not show the degree of brake application 164 12 Anti Lock Brake ABS Light After the ignition is turned on the Anti Lock Brake System ABS light illuminates to indicate function check at vehicle start up If the light remains on after start up or comes on and stays on at road speeds it may indicate that the ABS has de tected a malfunction or has become inopera tive The system reverts to standard non anti lock brakes If both the Brake Warning Light and the ABS Warning Light are on see an authorized dealer immediately Refer to Anti Lock Brake System in Starting And Operating 13 Air Bag Warning Light e Y This light will turn on for four to eight seconds as a bulb check when the ignition switch is first turned to ON RUN If the light is either not on during starting stays on or turns on while driving have the system inspected at an authorized dealer as soon as possible Refer to Occupant Restraints in
438. tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 67 500 Miles 108 000 54 Months Maintenance Service Schedule J Change the engine oil and engine oil filter J Rotate tires 1 Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary 1 Inspect exhaust system 1 Inspect the front suspension tie rod ends and boot seals replace if necessary Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 321 PAGE POSITION 323 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV OwnPers Manual v1 75 000 Miles 120 000 km or 60 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter J Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary If using your vehicle for any of the following Dusty or off road conditions Inspect the engine air cleaner filter replace if necessary Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 82 500 Miles 132 000 km or 66 Months Maintenance Service Schedule 2 Change the engine
439. u in understanding the following information Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR is the total allowable weight of your vehicle This includes driver passengers cargo and tongue weight The total load must be limited so that you do not exceed the GVWR Gross Trailer Weight GTW The GTW is the weight of the trailer plus the weight of all cargo consumables and equip ment permanent or temporary loaded in or on the trailer in its loaded and ready for operation condition The recommended way to measure GTW is to put your fully loaded trailer on a vehicle scale The entire weight of the trailer must be supported by the scale Gross Combination Weight Rating GCWR The GCWR is the total permissible weight of your vehicle and trailer when weighed in com bination NOTE The GCWR rating includes a 150 Ibs 68 kg allowance for the presence of a driver Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The GAWR is the maximum capacity of the front and rear axles Distribute the load over the front and rear axles evenly Make sure that you do not exceed either front or rear GAWR PAGE m 256 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 WARNING It is important that you do not exceed the maximum front or rear GAWR A dangerous driving condition can result if either rating is exceeded You could lose control of th
440. ual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Set The Variance Start the engine and leave the transmission gear selector lever in the PARK position Press and hold the RESET button on the steering wheel for approximately ten seconds until the current variance zone number is displayed To change the zone press and release the STEP button to increase the variance one step Re peat as necessary until the desired variance is achieved NOTE The factory default zone is 8 During pro gramming the zone value will wrap around from zone 15 to zone 1 Manual Compass Calibration If the compass appears erratic inaccurate or abnormal you may wish to calibrate the com pass Prior to calibrating the compass make sure the proper zone is selected 1 Start the engine and leave the transmission in the PARK position PAGE POSITION 175 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 2 Press and hold the RESET button for ap proximately 10 seconds until the current vari ance zone number is displayed 3 Release the RESET button then press and hold again for approximately 10 seconds until the direction is displayed with the CAL indicator on continuously in the display 4 To complete the compass calibration drive the vehicle in or more complete 360 degree circles under 5 mph 8 km h in an are
441. ually impact win dow zipper operation To maintain ease of use of the window zippers each window zipper should be cleaned and lubricated regularly Use MOPAR Soft Top Zipper Cleaner and Lubri cant or equivalent to ease zipper operation Before applying make sure the zipper teeth are clear of sand mud and other materials Clean both sides of the zipper not just one side Rinse both zipper halves with fresh water and allow to dry Aggressively work the MOPAR Soft Top Zipper Cleaner and Lubricant or equivalent into the zipper teeth If a stuck zipper slide is expe rienced work the MOPAR Soft Top Zipper Cleaner and Lubricant or equivalent into the zipper slide Several applications may be re quired before the zipper comes free 6 Never paste stickers gummed labels or any tape to the windows Adhesives are hard to remove and may damage the windows FUSES Totally Integrated Power Module The Totally Integrated Power Module is located in the engine compartment near the battery This center contains cartridge fuses mini fuses and relays A label that identifies each compo nent is printed on the inside of the cover Totally Integrated Power Module PAGE 304 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 PAGE POSITION 305 JOB zeta twed
442. uld be restrained in the rear seat in pet harnesses or pet carriers that are secured by seat belts 50 ENGINE BREAK IN RECOMMENDATIONS A long break in period is not required for the engine and drivetrain transmission and axle in your vehicle Drive moderately during the first 300 miles 500 km After the initial 60 miles 100 km speeds up to 50 or 55 mph 80 or 90 km h are desirable While cruising brief full throttle acceleration within the limits of local traffic laws contributes to a good break in Wide open throttle accelera tion in low gear can be detrimental and should be avoided The engine oil installed in the engine at the factory is a high quality energy conserving type lubricant Oil changes should be consistent with anticipated climate conditions under which ve hicle operations will occur For the recom mended viscosity and quality grades refer to Maintenance Procedures in Maintaining Your Vehicle CAUTION Never use Non Detergent Oil or Straight Mineral Oil in the engine or damage may result NOTE Anew engine may consume some oil during its first few thousand miles kilometers of operation This should be considered a nor mal part of the break in and not interpreted as an indication of difficulty Additional Requirements For Diesel Engine If Equipped During the first 1500 km avoid heavy loads e g driving at full throttle Do not exceed 2 3 of the maximum permissible e
443. ull out the belt Slide the latch plate up the webbing as far as neces sary to allow the belt to go around your lap 28 AN Pulling Out Belt and Latch Plate 3 When the belt is long enough to fit insert the latch plate into the buckle until you hear a click Inserting Latch Plate Into Buckle WARNING e A belt that is buckled into the wrong buckle will not protect you properly The lap por tion could ride too high on your body possibly causing internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you e A belt that is too loose will not protect you properly In a sudden stop you could move too far forward increasing the possibility of injury Wear your seat belt snugly e A belt that is worn under your arm is dangerous Your body could strike the in side surfaces of the vehicle in a collision increasing head and neck injury A belt worn under the arm can cause internal injuries Ribs aren t as strong as shoulder bones Wear the belt over your shoulder so that your strongest bones will take the force in a collision Continued PAGE d 30 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 WARNING Continued e Ashoulder belt placed behind you will not protect you from injury during a collision You are more likely to hit your head in a collision if you do not wea
444. ultistage inflator design This allows the air bag to have different rates of inflation that are based on several factors including the severity and type of collision 33 PAGE POSITION 35 JOB Q2zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 This vehicle may be equipped with a driver and or front passenger seat belt buckle switch that detects whether the driver or front passen ger seat belt is fastened The seat belt buckle switch may adjust the inflation rate of the Ad vanced Front Air Bags This vehicle may be equipped with Supplemen tal Seat Mounted Side Air Bags SAB to pro vide enhanced protection for an occupant dur ing a side impact The Supplemental Seat Mounted Side Air Bags are located in the outboard side of the front seats NOTE e Air Bag covers may not be obvious in the interior trim but they will open during air bag deployment e After any accident the vehicle should be taken to an authorized dealer immedi ately 34 Air Bag System Components Your vehicle may be equipped with the following air bag system components Occupant Restraint Controller ORC e Air Bag Warning Light e Steering Wheel and Column e Instrument Panel e Knee Impact Bolster e Driver Advanced Front Air Bag e Passenger Advanced Front Air Bag e Supplemental Seat Mounted Side Air Bags SAB e Front an
445. ument cluster may turn on if the gas cap is not secured properly Make sure that the gas cap is tightened each time the vehicle is refueled e When the fuel nozzle clicks or shuts off the fuel tank is full Loose Fuel Filler Cap Message gASCAP After fuel has been added the vehicle diagnos tic system can determine if the fuel filler cap is possibly loose improperly installed or dam aged If the system detects a malfunction the gASCAP message will display in the odometer display Tighten the gas cap until a clicking sound is heard This is an indication that the gas cap is properly tightened Press the odometer reset button to turn the message off If the problem persists the message will appear the next time the vehicle is started This might indicate a damaged cap If the problem is detected twice in a row the system will turn on 254 the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Resolving the problem will turn the MIL light off TRAILER TOWING In this section you will find safety tips and information on limits to the type of towing you can reasonably do with your vehicle Before towing a trailer carefully review this information to tow your load as efficiently and safely as possible To maintain warranty coverage follow the re quirements and recommendations this manual concerning vehicles used for trailer towing Common Towing Definitions The following trailer towing related definitions will assist yo
446. urning on the ignition switch the Vehicle Security Light will turn on for three seconds for a bulb check If the light remains on after the bulb check it indicates that there is a problem with the electronics In addition if the light begins to flash after the bulb 13 PAGE POSITION 15 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Own rs Manual v1 check it indicates that someone used an invalid key to start the engine Either of these condi tions will result in the engine being shut off after two seconds If the Vehicle Security Light turns on during normal vehicle operation vehicle running for longer than 10 seconds it indicates that there is a fault in the electronics Should this occur have the vehicle serviced as soon as possible by an authorized dealer CAUTION The Sentry Key Immobilizer system is not compatible with some after market remote starting systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and loss of security protection All of the keys provided with your new vehicle have been programmed to the vehicle electron ics 14 Replacement Keys NOTE Only keys that have been programmed to the vehicle electronics can be used to start the vehicle Once a Sentry Key has been programmed to a vehicle it cannot be pro grammed to any other vehicle CAUTION Always remove
447. ustomer Service offers information and assistance on products services dealerships and 24H Roadside Assistance It can be contacted from the main European countries by calling the Universal Toll Free Number In case of prob ems please use the Local Toll Free Number or the International Toll Number 353 PAGE POSITION 355 JOB Q2zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV OwnPers Manual v1 LATVIA TC MOTORS LTD 41 Krasta Str LV 1003 Riga Tel 437167812 313 Mob 371 29498662 Fax 371 67812313 SIA Autobrava G Astras street 5 LV 1084 Riga Tel 371 67812312 Mob 371 29498662 Fax 371 671 462 56 LITHUANIA Silberauto AS Pirkliu 0 9 LT 02300 Vilnius Tel 370 52 665956 GSM 370 698 24950 Fax 370 52 665951 service24h silberauto It LUXEMBURG Jeep Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 0 426 5337 Local Toll Free Number Tel 8002 5888 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12 045 Chrysler Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 1692 1692 Local Toll Free Number Tel 8002 8216 International Toll Number Tel 39 02 444 12046 Dodge Customer Service Universal Toll Free Number Tel 00 800 36343 000 Local Toll Free Number Tel 8002 8217 International Toll Number Tel Not Available The Customer Service offers information and assistance on
448. utes of continuous operation At that time the number of illuminated LEDs changes from two to one indicating the change The LOW level setting will turn OFF automati cally after approximately 45 minutes NOTE When a heat setting is selected heat will be felt within two to five minutes WARNING e Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medi cation alcohol use exhaustion or other physical condition must exercise care when using the seat heater It may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat or seatback that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion This may cause the seat heater to overheat Sitting in a seat that has been overheated could cause serious burns due to the increased surface temperature of the seat Head Restraints Head restraints are designed to reduce the risk of injury by restricting head movement in the event of a rear impact Head restraints should PAGE d 86 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 be adjusted so that the top of the head restraint is located above the top of your ear WARNING The head restraints for all occupants must be properly adjusted prior to operating the ve hicle or occupying a se
449. uthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 e f the shoulder belt contacts the face or neck move the child closer to the center of the vehicle Never allow a child to put the shoul der belt under an arm or behind the back Installing The Child Restraint System We urge you to carefully follow the directions of the manufacturer when installing your child re straint Many but not all restraint systems will be equipped with separate straps on each side with each having a hook or connector for attach ment to the lower anchorage and a means for adjusting the tension of the strap Forward facing toddler restraints and some rearward facing infant restraints will also be equipped with a tether strap having a hook for attachment to the tether strap anchorage and a means for adjusting the tension of the strap In general you will first loosen the adjusters on the lower and tether straps so that you can more easily attach the hook or connector to the lower and tether anchorages The tether strap should be routed under the center of the head restraint and attached to the tether anchor on the rear of the seatback Then tighten all three straps as you push the child restraint rearward and down ward into the seat Not all child restraint systems will be installed as we have described here Again carefully follow the instructions that come with the c
450. uthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Browse Browsing is not available on a BTSA device Only the current song that is playing will display info STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROLS The remote sound system controls are located on the rear surface of the steering wheel Reach behind the wheel to access the switches 045033001 Remote Sound System Controls Back View Of Steering Wheel 186 The right hand control is a rocker type switch with a pushbutton in the center and controls the volume and mode of the sound system Press ing the top of the rocker switch will increase the volume and pressing the bottom of the rocker switch will decrease the volume Pressing the center button will make the radio switch between the various modes available The left hand control is a rocker type switch with a pushbutton in the center The function of the left hand control is different depending on which mode you are in The following describes the left hand control operation in each mode Radio Operation Pressing the top of the switch will Seek up for the next listenable station and pressing the bottom of the switch will Seek down for the next listenable station The button located in the center of the left hand control will tune to the next preset station that you have programmed in the radio preset push button CD Player Pressing the top of the
451. uthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 tua The engine oil filler cap also shows the recom mended engine oil viscosity for your engine For information on engine oil filler cap location refer to Engine Compartment in Maintaining Your Vehicle for further information SAE 5W 30 engine oil approved to Fiat 9 55535 CR1 may be used when SAE 5W 20 engine oil meeting MS 6395 is not available Engine Oil Diesel Engine Checking Oil Level To assure proper engine lubrication the engine oil must be maintained at the correct level Check the oil level at regular intervals such as every fuel stop For vehicles equipped with a Diesel Particulate Filter DPF it is acceptable to have an oil level up to 3 8 inch 10 mm above the MAX line Beyond 3 8 inch 10 mm it is recommended to change the oil The best time to check the engine oil level is about five minutes after a fully warmed engine is shut off Checking the oil while the vehicle is on level ground will improve the accuracy of the oil level readings Maintain the oil level between the MIN and MAX markings on the dipstick Adding 1 U S Quart 0 95 L of oil when the reading is at the MIN mark will result in a MAX reading on these engines Engine Oil Selection 2 8L Diesel Engine Use only Diesel Engine Oils conforming to Fiat 9 55535 S1 or Fiat 9 55535 S3 that also meet the requirements of ACE
452. uthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 Rear Storage Compartment The rear cargo area storage compartment cover is held by a spring loaded latch In order to remove the rear storage compartment cover use the following procedure NOTE The rear storage compartment latch should not be used as cargo tie down 1 Flip up the pull loop so it is perpendicular straight up to the top surface of the tray 2 Pull up on the loop and twist it 90 degrees so it is parallel to the slotted hole in the tray 3 Open the rear compartment cover 035433926 gt Rear Storage Cover PAGE POSITION 103 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 DUAL TOP TWO DOOR MODELS IF EQUIPPED If your vehicle is equipped with a Dual Top you must remove one of the tops from the ve hicle If the soft top is removed the pivot brackets must also be removed from the sport bar The soft top was installed at the factory for shipping purposes only The soft top and the hard top are to be used indepen dently Removal is mandatory to prevent any possible wear and tear on the soft top Your vehicle warranty will not cover damage resulting from both tops remaining on the vehicle at the same time for extended periods of time Removing The Soft Top
453. utton long enough will jump to the beginning of the current track e Jump forward in the current track by pressing and holding the FF gt gt button 183 Asingle press backward lt lt RW or forward FF gt gt will jump backward or forward respec tively for five seconds e Use the lt lt SEEK and SEEK gt gt buttons to jump to the previous or next track Pressing the SEEK gt gt button during play mode will jump to the next track in the list or press the VR button and say Next or Previous Track e While a track is playing press the INFO button to see the associated metadata artist track title album etc for that track Pressing the INFO button again jumps to the next screen of data for that track Once all screens have been viewed the last INFO button press will go back to the play mode screen on the radio Pressing the REPEAT button will change the audio device mode to repeat the current playing track or press the VR button and say Repeat ON or Repeat Off Press the SCAN button to use iPod USB MP3 device scan mode which will play the first 10 seconds of each track in the current list and then forward to the next song To stop 184 SCAN mode and start playing the desired track when it is playing the track press the SCAN button again During Scan mode pressing the lt lt SEEK and SEEK gt gt buttons will select the previous and next tracks e RND button available on sales code RES
454. ve Warning Messages stored Pressing and re leasing the DOWN button when SYSTEM WARNINGS PRESENT is displayed will display each stored warning for each button press Press and Release the MENU button to return to the Main Menu Personal Settings Customer Programmable Features Personal Settings allows the driver to set and recall features when the vehicle speed is at PAGE 182 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 0 mph 0 km h manual transmission or when the shift lever is in PARK auto transmission Press and release the MENU button until Per sonal Settings displays in the EVIC Use the DOWN button to display one of the following choices Language When in this display you may select one of five languages for all display nomenclature includ ing the trip functions and the navigation system if equipped Press the SELECT button while in this display to select English Espanol or Fran cais Then as you continue the information will display in the selected language Unlock Doors Automatically on Exit If Equipped When is selected all doors will unlock when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the PARK or NEUTRAL position and the driver s door is opened To make your selection press and release the SELECT button until On or Off appears PAGE POSITION 1
455. ve the A pillar cap 5 Disconnect microphone if equipped with Uconnect phone 6 Open the sport bar Velcro covering PAGE 154 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 7 Remove the one hex bolt 13 visible through the plastic trim on the bottom side of the side bar one hex bolt 13 mm on the side of the side bar and one hex bolt 13 mm on top of the side bar NOTE Pull side bar out horizontally when remov ing CAUTION Do not remove the head impact foam from the side bars as damage to the foam may result PAGE POSITION 155 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 NOTE Store all of the mounting bolts in their origi nal threaded holes and tighten for safekeep ing 8 Remove the side bar assembly and reattach the sport bar Velcro covering 9 To safely store the side bars in your vehicle use four cinch straps available from your au thorized dealer Attach the straps through the slots located on the floor behind the folded rear seat at the front of the storage bin cover WARNING You or others could be injured if you carry the side bars loose in your vehicle Remove the side bars from the vehicle or securely store them as described or they may cause per sonal
456. vehicle in place of the spare tire the TPMS will update automatically In addition the Tire Pressure Monitoring Tell tale Light will turn OFF and the graphic in the EVIC will display a new pressure value instead of dashes as long as no tire pressure is below the low pressure warning limit in any of the four active road tires The vehicle may need to be driven for up to 20 minutes above 15 mph 24 km h in order for the TPMS to receive this information FUEL REQUIREMENTS GASOLINE ENGINES This engine is designed to meet all emissions regulations and provide excellent fuel economy and performance when using high quality un leaded gasoline with a minimum research oc tane rating of 91 The use of premium gasoline is not recommended as it will not provide any benefit over regular gasoline in these engines PAGE m 252 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 Light spark knock at low engine speeds is not harmful to your engine However continued heavy spark knock at high speeds can cause damage and immediate service is required Poor quality gasoline can cause problems such as hard starting stalling and hesitations If you experience these symptoms try another brand of gasoline before considering service for the vehicle Over 40 auto manufacturer s worldwide have issued and endorsed con
457. vehicle is equipped with a maintenance free battery You will never have to add water nor is periodic maintenance required WARNING Battery posts terminals and related acces sories contain lead and lead compounds Always wash hands after handling the bat tery CAUTION It is essential when replacing the cables on the battery that the positive cable is attached to the positive post and the negative cable is attached to the negative post Battery posts are marked positive and negative and are identified on the battery case Also if a fast charger is used while the battery is in the vehicle disconnect both vehicle battery cables before connecting the charger to the battery Do not use a fast charger to pro vide starting voltage PAGE POSITION 289 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 Air Conditioner Maintenance For best possible performance your air condi tioner should be checked and serviced by an authorized dealer at the start of each warm season This service should include cleaning of the condenser fins and a performance test Drive belt tension should also be checked at this time CAUTION Do not use chemical flushes in your air conditioning system as the chemicals can damage your air conditioning components Such damage is not covered by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty WARNING
458. vehicle s sound system providing metadata artist track title album etc information on the radio display The audio device can be controlled using the radio buttons to Play Browse and List the iPod contents e The audio device battery charges when plugged into the USB AUX connector if sup ported by the specific audio device Controlling The iPod Or External USB Device Using Radio Buttons To get into the iPod USB MP3 control mode and access a connected audio device either press the AUX button on the radio faceplate or press the VR button and say USB or Switch to USB Once in the iPod USB MP3 control mode audio tracks if available from audio device start playing over the vehicle s audio system Play Mode When switched to iPod USB MP3 control mode the iPod or external USB device auto matically starts Play mode In Play mode the following buttons on the radio faceplate may be used to control the iPod or external USB device and display data e Use the TUNE control knob to select the next or previous track e Turning it clockwise forward by one click while playing a track skips to the next track or press the VR button and say Next Track e Turning it counterclockwise backward by one click will jump to the previous track in the list or press the VR button and say Previous Track e Jump backward in the current track by pressing and holding the RW button Holding the RW b
459. w tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continu ously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of PAGE 168 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly CAUTION The TPMS has been optimized for the origi nal equipment tires and wheels TPMS pres sures and warning have been established for the tire size equipped on your vehicle Un desirable system operation or sensor dam age may result when using replacement equipment that is not of the same size type and or style Aftermarket wheels can cause sensor damage Do not use tire sealant from a or balance beads if your vehicle is equipped with a TPMS as damage to the sensor
460. wheel s pro tective finish Only MOPAR Wheel Cleaner or equivalent is recommended Interior Care Use MOPAR Total Clean or equivalent to clean fabric upholstery and carpeting Interior Trim should be cleaned starting with a damp cloth a damp cloth with MOPAR Total Clean or equivalent then MOPAR Spot amp Stain Remover or equivalent if absolutely nec essary Do not use harsh cleaners or Armor All Use MOPARe Total Clean or equivalent to clean vinyl upholstery 300 WARNING Do not use volatile solvents for cleaning purposes Many are potentially flammable and if used in closed areas they may cause respiratory harm CAUTION When installing hanging air fresheners in your vehicle read the installation instructions carefully Some air fresheners will damage the finish of painted or decorated parts if allowed to directly contact any surface Glass Surfaces All glass surfaces should be cleaned on a regular basis with MOPAR Glass Cleaner or any commercial household type glass cleaner Never use an abrasive type cleaner Use cau tion when cleaning the inside rear window equipped with electric defrosters or the right rear quarter window equipped with the radio antenna Do not use scrapers or other sharp instrument that may scratch the elements When cleaning the rear view mirror spray cleaner on the towel or rag that you are using Do not spray cleaner directly on the mirror Cleaning Plas
461. will illuminate and a single chime will sound Further over heating will cause the temperature gauge to pass In this case a continuous chime will sound until the engine is allowed to cool PAGE POSITION 167 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 17 Rear Fog Light Indicator If Equipped This indicator will illuminate when the Q rear fog lights are on 18 Vehicle Security Light If Equipped This light will flash at a fast rate for approximately 15 seconds when the vehicle security alarm is arm ing and then will flash slowly until the vehicle is disarmed 19 Temperature Gauge The temperature gauge shows engine coolant temperature Any reading within the normal range indicates that the engine cooling system is operating satisfactorily The gauge pointer will likely indicate a higher temperature when driving in hot weather up mountain grades or when towing a trailer It should not be allowed to exceed the upper limits of the normal operating range CAUTION Driving with a hot engine cooling system could damage your vehicle If the tempera ture gauge reads pull over and stop the vehicle Idle the vehicle with the air condi tioner turned off until the pointer drops back into the normal range If the pointer remains on the H and you hear continuous chimes turn the e
462. window 9 Beginning from the rear lower corner com pletely unzip the window 036067911 6 Remove the rear window retainer from the swing gate bracket on both the left and right sides NOTE When releasing the sail panel retainers it is helpful to pull down on the rear roof bow 10 Once unzipped remove the side window retainers from the door channel and body side channel Repeat this step on the opposite side 11 Finish releasing the sail panel retainers from the body side channel at the rear corners of the vehicle 141 PAGE POSITION 143 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 12 Fold the sail panels so that they rest on top of the soft top 13 The swing gate brackets do not need to be removed unless the hard top is being installed To remove the swing gate brackets pull the front of the bracket forward while rolling the entire bracket back in toward the vehicle to disengage 142 14 Grasp the front side bow behind the header and lift the top 15 Fold back the front section of the top pulling the fabric rearward Gently rest the header on top of the rear portion of the deck 16 Fold the top so that the material forms a W as shown Enter the vehicle and move the material into two folds PAGE 144 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChr
463. witch to turn on the Hazard Warning flasher When the switch is activated all directional turn signals will flash on and off to warn oncoming traffic of an emergency Press the switch a second time to turn off the Hazard Warning flashers This is an emergency warning system and it should not be used when the vehicle is in motion Use it when your vehicle is disabled and itis creating a safety hazard for other motorists When you must leave the vehicle to seek assis tance the Hazard Warning flashers will con tinue to operate even though the ignition is placed in the OFF position NOTE With extended use the Hazard Warning flashers may wear down your battery 268 IF YOUR ENGINE OVERHEATS In any of the following situations you can reduce the potential for overheating by taking the appropriate action e On the highways slow down e In city traffic while stopped shift transmis sion into NEUTRAL but do not increase engine idle speed CAUTION Driving with a hot cooling system could dam age your vehicle If the temperature gauge reads HOT H pull over and stop the ve hicle Idle the vehicle with the air conditioner turned off until the pointer drops back into the normal range If the pointer remains on HOT H and you hear continuous chimes turn the engine off immediately and call for ser vice NOTE There are steps that you can take to slow down an impending overheat condition e If your ai
464. within a few seconds the system will present you with a list of options If you ever wish to interrupt the system while it lists options press the Voice Command button listen for the beep and say your command Pressing the Voice Command button while the system is speaking is known as barging in The system will be interrupted and after the beep you can add or change commands This will become helpful once you start to learn the options NOTE At any time you can say the words Can cel Help or Main Menu These commands are universal and can be used from any menu All other commands can be used depending upon the active application When using this system you should speak clearly and at a normal speaking volume The system will best recognize your speech if the windows are closed and the heater air conditioning fan is set to low At any point if the system does not recognize one of your commands you will be prompted to repeat it PAGE E 80 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV Owners Manual v1 hear the first available Menu press the Voice Command button and say Help or Main Menu Commands The Voice Command system understands two types of commands Universal commands are available at all times Local commands are available if the supp
465. y Oo DODOOCOODOOUOLU Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 336 PAGE POSITION 338 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 105 000 Miles 175 000 km 84 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter Tt Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary If using your vehicle in dusty or off road conditions inspect the engine air cleaner filter and replace if necessary Drain the fuel filter water separator unit Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary LL OOO Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 337 PAGE POSITION 339 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Ownprs_Manual_v1 120 000 Miles 200 000 km 96 Months Maintenance Service Schedule Change the engine oil and engine oil filter tt Rotate tires Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary Replace engine air cleaner filter Adjust parking brake on vehicles equipped with four wheel disc brakes Drain the fuel filter water separator unit Replace the fuel filter Replace
466. y e Next Station to select the next station e Previous Station to select the previous station e Menu Radio to switch to the radio menu e Main Menu to switch to the main menu Disc Mode To switch to the disc mode say Disc In this mode you may say the following commands e Track to change the track e Next Track to play the next track e Previous Track to play the previous track e Main Menu to switch to the main menu USB Mode To switch to USB mode say USB In this mode you may say the following commands e Next Track to play the next track 79 PAGE POSITION 81 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 e Previous Track to play the previous track e Play to play a Artist Name Playlist Name Album Name Track Name etc Bluetooth Streaming BT Mode To switch to Bluetooth Streaming BT mode say Bluetooth Streaming In this mode you may say the following commands e Next Track to play the next track e Previous Track to play the previous track e List to list a Artist Playlist Aloum Track etc Memo Mode To switch to the voice recorder mode say In this mode you may say the follow ing commands e New Memo to record a new memo Dur
467. y downward pressure the top cor ner of the rear soft top bow 3 bow then complete attaching the sail panel retainers into the body side channel 19 Close the header latches and return the sun visors to their secured position 17 Insert the rear window retainer into the swing gate bracket on both the left and right sides 15 Run the zipper fully around to the right side of the window 16 Grasp the swing gate bar and position it into the swing gate brackets 131 PAGE POSITION 133 JOB Qzeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP Owners Manual JOB 1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 SOFT TOP FOUR DOOR MODELS Please visit the owner s section of Jeep com for instructional videos CAUTION The soft top is not designed to carry any additional loads such as roof racks spare tires building hunting or camping supplies and or luggage etc Also it was not de signed as a structural member of the vehicle and thus cannot properly carry any additional loads other than environmental rain snow etc If the temperature is below 72 F 24 C and or the top has been folded down for a period of time the top will appear to have shrunk when you raise it making it difficult to put up This is caused by a natural contraction of the vinyl coating on the fabric top 132 Place the vehicle in a warm area Pull steadily on the top fabric The vinyl will str
468. y loading taxi police delivery service commercial service off road desert operation or more than 50 of your driving is at sustained high speeds dur ing hot weather above 90 F 32 C LJ Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center 326 PAGE POSITION 328 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 127 500 Miles 204 000 or 135 000 Miles 216 000 km or 108 Months Maintenance Service Schedule 102 Months Maintenance Service Sched Change the engine oil and engine oil filter tt ule 1 Rotate tires Change the engine oil and engine oil fil Inspect all door latches for presence of grease reapply if necessary If using your vehicle for any of the following Dusty or off road conditions Inspect the Rotate tires engine air cleaner filter replace if necessary Inspect all door latches for presence of I Inspect the brake linings replace if necessary grease reapply if necessary Inspect exhaust system 1 Inspect the front suspension tie rod ends and boot seals replace if necessary Odometer Reading Date Odometer Reading Date Repair Order Dealer Code Repair Order Dealer Code Signature Authorized Service Center Signature Authorized Service Center
469. y loading conditions in hilly terrain travel ing into strong head winds or while towing heavy trailers use the AutoStick shift control refer to AutoStick in this section to select lower gear Under these conditions using a lower gear will improve performance and ex tend transmission life by reducing excessive shifting and heat buildup Transmission Limp Home Mode Transmission function is monitored electroni cally for abnormal conditions If a condition is detected that could result in transmission dam age Transmission Limp Home Mode is acti vated In this mode the transmission remains in the current gear until the vehicle is brought to a stop After the vehicle has stopped the trans mission will remain in second gear regardless of which forward gear is selected PARK RE VERSE and NEUTRAL will continue to oper ate The Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may be illuminated Limp Home Mode allows the vehicle to be driven to an authorized dealer for service without damaging the transmission In the event of a momentary problem the transmission can be reset to regain all forward gears by performing the following steps 1 Stop the vehicle 211 Shift the transmission into PARK Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position Wait approximately 10 seconds a RC m Restart the engine 6 Shift into the desired gear range If the problem is no longer detected the transmission will return to
470. ysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 18 Before lowering the top open the swing gate to prevent possible damage to the rear center high mounted brake light Grasp the folded side bows and slide the top along the door frame track to the rear door frame 036067915 20 Tuck the fabric and the check straps be tween the bows as far inside as possible This will keep any portion of the top from flapping outside of the vehicle 17 Release the side bows by pressing down on the latch above the front of the rear door Push the top rearward to disengage Repeat this step on the other side 19 Gently slide the side bows off the door frame track and lower the top down into the vehicle NOTE Help from another person will ease this operation 143 PAGE POSITION 145 JOB zeta tweddle com InfoShareAuthoroChrysler CLS_InfoShareAuthoroChrysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 1 21 Once the top is fully down use the Velcro straps provided to secure the top to the vehicle by wrapping the strap around the side bows and through the slot on the body 22 Close the front header latches 23 Remove the door frames if desired Refer to Door Frame in this section for further infor mation 144 Putting Up The Soft Top NOTE Be extremely careful when putting up the soft top to prevent the doors from getting scratched It may be
471. ysler GRP_Owners_Manual JOB_1180441 en 2013 WRANGLER EE 13JK72 126 ENG AA DIV_Owners_Manual_v1 The most common causes e Road salt dirt and moisture accumulation e Stone and gravel impact e Insects tree sap and tar e Salt in the air near seacoast localities e Atmospheric fallout industrial pollutants Washing e Wash your vehicle regularly Always wash your vehicle in the shade using MOPAR Car Wash or a mild car wash soap and rinse the panels completely with clear water f insects tar or other similar deposits have accumulated on your vehicle use MOPAR Super Kleen Bug and Tar Remover to remove Use a high quality cleaner wax such as MOPAR Cleaner Wax to remove road film stains and to protect your paint finish Take care never to scratch the paint Avoid using abrasive compounds and power buffing that may diminish the gloss or thin out the paint finish CAUTION Do not use abrasive or strong cleaning materials such as steel wool or scouring powder that will scratch metal and painted surfaces e Use of power washers exceeding 1 200 psi 8 274 kPa can result in damage or removal of paint and decals Special Care f you drive on salted or dusty roads or if you drive near the ocean hose off the undercar riage at least once a month Itis important that the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors rocker panels and trunk be kept clear and open f you de

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

取扱説明書 - FMWORLD（個人）  Samsung LN19A330J1D User's Manual  User`s Manual  Targus AKP08EU  Enfocus PitStop Pro 09  タ ッ チ パ ネ ル の 設 定  B450 DESMALEZADORA      Licensing Information User Manual Oracle Switch ES2  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file